gc M. L. 974.401 Es7es v. 19-20 1425143 GENEALOGY COLLECTION ALLEN COUNTY mHftL.',9. .L'BRARY 3 1833 01101 1225 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2013 http://archive.org/details/bulletinofessexv19v20esse BULLETIN ESSEX INSTITUTE, VOLUME XIX. 1887. SALEM, MASS. PRINTED AT THE SALEM PRESS, 1888. ^ 1425143 CONTENTS. On the West Indian Teiidae in the Museum of Comparative Zo- ology ; by Samuel Garman , 1 West Indian Batrachia in the Museum of Comparative Zoology ; by Samuel Garman, 13 On West Indian Geckonidae and Anguidse ; by Samuel Garman, 17 On West Indian Reptiles. Iguanidae ; by Samuel Garman, . 25 On West Indian Reptiles. Scincidae ; by Samuel Garman, . 51 Annual Meeting, Monday, May 16, 1887, 55 Election of officers, 59; retrospect of the year, 62; meetings, 73; field meet- ings, 74; library, 78; publications, 90; rose show, 91; museum, 91; art ex- hibition, 92; financial, 93. On the Santhals, a semi-barbarous tribe of Northeastern Ben- gal; by Samuel Kneeland, 95 Reptiles and Batrachians from Texas and Mexico ; by Samuel Garman, 119 (iii) BULLETIN OF THE ESSEX! INSTITUTE Vol. 19. Salem: Jan., Feb., March, 1887. Nos. 1-2-3, ON THE WEST INDIAN TEIIDiE IN THE MU- SEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. BY SAMUEL G ARM AN. The greater part of the collection on which this notice is based was gathered for Professor Alexander Agassiz by the writer. The balance was purchased by the Mu- seum from Messrs. F. Lagois, C. S. Cazabon, Dr. D. F. Weinland and others. As far as possible series were ob- tained, the better to enable one to fix upon the character- istics of the varieties of a species inhabiting several of the islands, or those of closely allied species from the same or different localities. In the result the number of species has been augmented, instead of reduced as was expected. TUPINAMBIS NIGROPUNCTATUS SpiX, 1825. Specimens from Trinidad apparently have the scales somewhat larger and the femoral pores in greater num- ber. The pores range from fourteen to seventeen. The species is called "Matt" by the natives. ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX 1 (1) 2 ON THE WEST INDIAN TEIID^ Centropyx Copii, nom. sp. n. Barbadoes. "Back with three pale lines ; dorsal scales, minute. Surinam, Mus. Leyd." is the original announcement, of his species Centropyx intermedins (Schleg.), by Dr. Gray, 1831, Syn. Kept., 31 (in Griff. Cuv. An. King., ix). In his Catalogue of Lizards B. M., 1845, he says O. in- termedins is synonymous with O. calcaratus. Professor Cope, 1861, Pr. Phil. Ac, 496, is the first to give a description which unquestionably applies to the Centropyx of Barbadoes. Whether Dr. Gray was right in his later conclusion in regard to what he had called C. intermedins, it is evident he was not acquainted with the Barbadan type. Hence it would appear preferable that the latter should bear the name of the distinguished nat- uralist who first made it known. Ameiva atrigularis. A, surinamensis, var. n. Nostril between the two nasals ; five occipitals, longer than broad ; four supraoculars, posterior three commonly separated from the supraciliaries by a series of granules of which the anterior is large and rhomboid in shape, third not separated from the postfrontals and not in con- tact with the frontal ; six to seven supraciliaries ; loreal undivided ; six labials. Lower labials five to six ; sub- mentals one anterior and four pairs or more ; gular gran- ules much enlarged in a broad band across the throat, postgulars enlarged in the middle ; mesoptychium with several rows as large as the largest gulars ; no wedge- shaped backward intrusion between the pectorals on the chest. Dorsal granules small, smooth. Ventrals in twelve (twelve to fourteen) rows; transverse series thirty to thirty-two. Preanals irrregular, commonly three large IN THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 6 shields arranged in a triangle, with a small plate wedged behind the suture of the posterior two, and the triangle it- self arched around in front by about eight small plates of which the posterior are the larger. Three or four rows of medium-sized brachials, subcontinuous with the three or four rows of antebrachials ; postbrachials in three or four rows, smaller than brachials. About ten rows of femoral plates, and five of tibials. Femoral pores sixteen to sev- enteen . Digits feebly serrated ; fifth toe much shorter than inner. Caudals keeled. Back, brownish olive, with closely placed spots or ver- miculations of brown ; flanks more olive, with or without dark-edged white spots ; outer ventrals and thighs with large spots of white, or of black, or of both. Near the vent the lower surface is yellowish. The throat and chin are black on all except the young. Small ones have a dark band along each side of the body at the upper edge of flank and tail ; on the body near each edge of this band there is a series of small round white spots. Below the band the flank is lighter. On the front edges of the outer ventrals, on the femorals and on the base of the tail, there are black spots, and the throat is olive. Hab. Trinidad. Ameiva aquilina. A. surinamensis var. n. Nostril between the two nasals ; five occipitals ; four supraoculars, posterior two separated from other head shields by granules, anterior one in contact with supracil- iaries; loreal undivided; labials six to seven. Lower labials six to seven ; submentals one anterior and four or five pairs ; gular granules enlarged in a band, of eight se- ries or more, across the throat ; behind the gulars there 4 ON THE WEST INDIAN TEIIDjE is another band of smaller ones; mesoptychials nearly as large as gulars, in six to eight series, reaching across the lower surface. Dorsal granules small, smooth. Ven- trals in fourteen rows, outer small, transverse series thirty- one to thirty-three. Anteriorly on the chest there is no intrusion of granules between the median series of plates. Preanals most often in transverse series, two to six of the median plates enlarged ; sometimes with three larger shields arranged in a triangle. Brachials moderate, in three or four rows, second row largest ; antebrachials in three rows, outer broad ; postbrachials small. Ten or eleven rows of femoral plates, and four or five of tibials. Femoral pores eighteen to twenty-two. Digits serrated ; fifth toe shorter than inner. Caudals keeled. Four of the specimens from Grenada have the frontal divided transversely, near its posterior extremity ; the other four from the same locality are normal and agree with those from St. Vincent, thirty-nine in number, none of which possess the divided frontal shield. Adults are brown on the back and more or less mottled with black. The flanks are darker in the upper half, more olive in the lower, marked with four to six longitu- dinal rows of small, rounded, dark edged spots of white. Beneath olivaceous, clouded or marked with lighter, and at the edges of the flanks marked with black. In front and beneath, the thighs are blotched with black and yel- low. The white spots also form vertical or transverse series in many cases. Young with a series of about seventeen transverse bands of brown, separated by spaces of equal width and bisected by a narrow line of lighter color along the vertebra) from 1li«' Lack of the neck. From the eye to the base of the tail a dark band runs along the upper edge of the flank ; posteriorly it is broken into spots ; along the body its IN THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 5 edges are deeply scalloped and in the concavities of the scallops there are white spots. Below the" dark band a lighter one extends from the ear to the thigh ; and below this on the flank there is another dark band with irregular edges which beneath are rendered more so by the lighter spots. This lizard resembles A. bifrontata especially in regard to the division of the frontal in some specimens. It dif- fers in having fourteen rows of ventrals, in the anal plates, in brachials, antebrachials, postbrachials, and tibials, in the femoral pores, and in coloration. The specimens from St. Vincent appear to have a greater number of brighter, more distinct spots both of white and black and they have undivided frontals ; beyond these I am unable to fix upon characters to distinguish them from the others. Ameiva fuscata sp. n. " Nostril between the two nasals ; occipitals irregular, six or more ; supraoculars three ; on one specimen a fourth hardly larger than the granules is present ; supraciliaries seven to nine ; loreal undivided ; labials six to seven. Lower labials six to seven ; submentals one anterior and six or seven pairs ; gular granules much enlarged in a band across the throat ; mesoptychium with a band, of six or seven scales longitudinally and about twenty trans- versely, in which the largest are larger than the gulars ; two bands of slightly enlarged granules between the gu- lar band and the fold. Dorsal granules small, smooth, larger than those of the flanks. Ventrals in fourteen rows, outer small ; transverse series thirty-three. Pre- anal plates in a single longitudinal series of four larger, surrounded by smaller plates of which one at each side of 6 ON THE WEST INDIAN TEIIDiE the posterior of the larger series is largest. Three or four rows of small brachial plates, second row largest ; ante- brachials one row of large and three rows of small ones ; postbrachials small. Eight or nine rows of femoral plates and five of tibials. Twenty-six to twenty-eight femoral pores. Digits serrated ; fifth toe shorter than the inner. Cau dais keeled. Dorsal surface of body, head and legs uniform olive brown ; flanks darker to black with three series of white spots, the first of which extends along the upper edge to the base of the tail, the second is the more irregular and extends on the thigh, and the third runs along the outer series of ventrals. Lower surface olivaceous, darker under throat and fold, lighter and yellowish near the vent and under the legs. Under the fold the throat is white. Tail sprinkled with brown. Young ones are lighter colored and have a narrow light line along the upper edge of each flank and a second half way down the side including between them a darker band on which posteriorly there are a few lightish spots. Hab. Dominica. Ameiva pluvianotata sp. n. Nostril in the posterior border of the anterior nasal; occipitals irregular, seven or more; four supraoculars; seven or eight supraciliaries ; loreal undivided ; six labials. Six lower labials ; submentals one anterior and five pairs. Enlarged gular granules form a band of eight or ten series across the throat, median larger ; mesoptychium with sev- eral rows of enlarged scales, of which those toward the sides are larger than the median and larger than the gu- lars. Dorsal granules very small, smooth, median slightly enlarged. Ventrals in fourteen rows, transverse series IN THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. « thirty-six. There are two types of preanals : the first has a median longitudinal series of four or five of which the posterior one is small and the others from the next in front of it decrease in size forward, and at each side of the lon- gitudinal there is a short transverse series of two scales or more ; the second type has the small posterior scale of the median series separated from the next in front by the mid- dle pair of a continuous transverse row. In the latter the arrangement is similar to that of A. riisii. Four or more rows of small humeral plates, not continuous with the an- tebrachials. Antebrachials in three rows, posterior broad. Postbrachials few, largest two equal in size to numerals. Seven or eight rows of femoral plates ; four rows of tibials. Femoral pores twenty-nine to thirty-four. Digits serra- ted ; inner toe a little longer than outer. Caudals keeled. Large specimens brownish olive on back and head ; pos- teriorly and on legs and tail freckled with greyish. Throat, chest and arms dark olive, lighter and freckled with light posteriorly; lower surfaces of legs white. On smaller specimens the color of the back is lighter, with faint indications of a series of dark spots on each side of the middle ; the grey plashes are more numerous and distinct and on arms and legs they are smaller, closer to- gether and brighter. The flanks have numerous greyish spots and at the upper edge and on the base of the tail there is a dark band with indistinct margins. The lower sur- faces are light olive. On some the dark color surrounding the grey spots is more intense ; these might be described as reticulated with brown. Very small specimens are without white lines, but the color is somewhat lighter at the upper edge of the dark band on the flanks. Hab. Montserrat. 8 on the west indian teiidje Ambiya atrata. A. corvinoe war. n. Nostril in the posterior part of the anterior nasal ; oc- cipitals short, five to seven ; supraoculars four, posterior half as large as the anterior ; supraciliaries seven ; loreal not divided ; labials six. Lower labials five to six ; sub- mentals one anterior and five to six pairs ; slightly enlarged erular granules in about twelve series across the throat ; mesoptychium with a band of about half a dozen series, in which the largest ones are toward the sides of the neck and larger than the gulars. Dorsal granules small, smooth. Ventrals in fourteen rows ; transverse series thirty-six. Preanal plates in a transverse series of four to twelve, outer very small, median pair large ; there is a small plate behind the suture of the median pair, and in front of this suture there is another pair of large plates placed one in front of the other. Around the latter pair there is an arch, of five or more smaller scales, which continues laterally as transverse series. Four series of very small brachials, not continuous with the five series of comparatively small antebrachials more than half of the larger of which are sub- divided. Post brachials few, small, similar to brachials. Nine or ten rows of femoral plates ; four to iive rows of tibials, outer large. Femoral pores twenty-nine to thirty. Digits feebly serrated ; outer toe a little longer than the inner. Dark brown above ; dark olive beneath. In comparison with type specimens of A. corvina from Sombrero and from Hayti, this form shows greater enlarge- ment of granules on throat and mesoptychium, larger scales in the group on the chest wedged between the pectoral plates, on the median line behind the fold, and larger brachials. The third supraoculars are not separated from frontal and postfrontals. On all the specimens of A, cor- IN THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. » vina at hand the third supraocular is separated from the angle of the frontal by the elongate anterior granule of the series. Hab. Kedonda. Ameiva erythrocephala. Lacerta erythrocephala Daud., 1802, Kept., iii, 122. Nostril between the two nasals ; five occipitals ; four supraoculars, posterior small, posterior two separated from other cephalic shields by granules ; six or more supracilia- ries ; loreal undivided; seven labials, third and fourth largest. Six lower labials, third largest. Submentals one anterior and six or seven pairs, second and succeeding sep- arated from the lower labials by enlarged granules or small scales ; median gulars somewhat enlarged, as also some others at each side of these about half way to the ear ; three series of about five enlarged scales each on the meso- ptychium, and around these one to several series of small ones which shade into the surrounding granules. Dorsal granules very small, uniform, smooth. Ventrals in four- teen rows, thirty-six transverse series. A pair of moderate sized median preanals, at each side of which there are two or three smaller ones and in front of which there is a sin- gle longitudinal series of two or three. Brachials in four or five series, as large as the enlarged gulars ; antebra- chials in one series of four to six broad plates and three or four of small ones ; postbrachials small. Femoral shields in six rows ; tibials in five, outer large. Digits serrated ; outer toe longer than the inner. Femoral pores thirty- seven to thirty-nine. Granules separate the first three or four series of plates on the median line of the chest. Back olive with narrow transverse lines of black, more or less crooked and reticulated. Thorax, upper arm and flanks blackish. The black includes more or less of the ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX 1* 10 ON THE WEST INDIAN TEIID^ fold, on the breast and in front of the arms. The head is red, brownish above and white below after the red has disappeared in the alcohol. Limbs olive reticulated with brown or black. On younger specimens the back is lighter in color, the transverse lines are more distinctly limited and discon- nected from similar vertical streaks on the flanks, and the thorax and flanks are olive. Some have on the fore part of the body at the upper edge of the flank a faint line of lijjht. The darker colors lie at the lower ectees of the flanks, where there is a tendency to black margins on the scales. The bellies of some are olive, of others yellowish. On very young ones the light line at each edge of the back extends from the neck to the base of the tail. Half- way down the flank there is another streak extending from the arm to the femur. Thirty-four specimens were secured on St. Christopher's. They leave no doubt as to the identity of the species and make it evident that the A. erythrops from St. Eustatia is not entitled to more than varietal distinction. Ameiva analifera Cope, 1869. The femoral pores range from twenty-one to twenty- five. St. Bails. A variety of this species is found on Anguilla. It dif- fers slightly in squamation, but is easily distinguished by the color ; lighter brown anteriorly, with large light grey or olive spots posteriorly, which gives the hind legs the ap- pearance of being grey reticulated with brown. Ameiva corvina Cope, 1862. Between representatives from Sombrero and others from Ilayti there is apparently very little difference. IN THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 11 Ameiva rush Beinh. Liltk., 1862. Porto Kico specimens appear to be a little lighter in color, more red on the back and head, and have the whit- ish frecklings on the hinder part of the body and the base of the tail, as also the dark spots along the flank, less nu- merous and distinct than those from St. Thomas. The latter have the colors a trifle darker, more olive, and the white specks and the black spots less faded. Ameiva lineolata D. & B., 1839. The series exhibits a gradation from the keeled to the smooth caudal scales. A very dark throat marks the lar- gest specimen. Hayti and San Domingo. Ameiva t^niura Cope, 1862. This species has a larger number of large preanal shields, and the enlarged granules of the mesoptychium are smaller than in A, lineolata. Jeremie, Hayti. Ameiva dorsalis Gray, 1838. A very common species in the neighborhood of Kingston, Jamaica, where it was the only one captured. Ameiva auberi Coct. Not at all rare at Bahia Honda, Cuba. Ameiva thoracica Cope, 1862. Femoral pores twenty-four in one specimen, twenty- eight in others. New Providence, Bahamas. 12 ON THE WEST INDIAN TEIIDiE. SCOLECOSAURUS CUVIERI Fltz. ; Btyr. Length of head and body two inches, of tail three and three-eighths. Longitudinal rows twenty-eight ; transverse series on the body forty-one, and on the tail eighty-six. Hab. Grenada. Gymnophthalmus pleii D. & B., 1839. Twenty- two specimens were secured at Castries, St. Lucia, and others from Martinique. The former have seventeen rows of scales and agree closely with the latter. Bocourt gives St. Lucia as the locality for G. Liitkeni; we failed to secure a specimen in all our collecting. WEST INDIAN BATRACHIA IN THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. BY SAMUEL GARMAN. Phyllobates trinitatis sp. n. Trinidad. Tongue subcordiform, free behind. Snout shorter thau the diameter of the eye, broad, very blunt-angled at the end ; nostrils nearer to the tip than to the eye. Loreal region vertical or slightly concave. Tympanum about half the diameter of the eye. When the leg is turned forward the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the orbit. Skin smooth. Outer metatarsal tubercle small ; disks about half as large as the tympanum. Back greyish-brown with cloudings of darker or with blotches of brown along the median line ; legs with trans- verse bands and arms blotched or banded with brown. A black band around the snout through the eyes, over the shoulders and along the flanks. Upper lips lighter ; both lips grow dark with age. Fingers and toes ringed with brown. Ventral surface white ; a dark band across the thorax. On one specimen of twenty the chin and throat are dark, and on all the older ones the dark color is inclined to spread backward on the chest. Hylodes martinicensis Tschudi. Martinique; St. Kitts ; Saba; Dominica; Bay anion, Porto Rico. (13) 14 WEST INDIAN BATRACHIA Hylodes lentus Cope, St. Thomas ; Puerto Plata, San Domingo. In the specimen from St. Thomas the vomerine teeth are somewhat separated on the median line ; these teeth are continuous from side to side in the form from San Domingo. The latter has the upper surface of the legs and the hinder half of the body of a bright-red color in life. Hylodes luteolus Gosse; Gthr. Kingston and Moneague, Jamaica. Hylodes ricordii Dura. Bibr. Matanzas, Cuba. Leptodactylus pentadactylus Laur. ; Ftrs, St. Kitts ; Dominica. Leptodactylus longirostris Blgr. Trinidad. This frog is placed here with some hesitation. On the middle of the flank there is a fold, forming a narrow, white streak, and at the upper edge there is a similar one, more pronounced backward. The back is irregularly spotted with light-edged spots of brown. Leptodactylus albilabris Gthr, ; Blgr, Bayamon and San Juan, Porto Rico. Very abundant. Leptodactylus validus sp. n. Kingston, St. Vincent. Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in two short, slightly arched series behind the choanal. Snout short, as long as the eye, blunt, canthus depressed, rounded, nostril nearer to the tip than to the eye. Inter- orbital space near the width of the supraorbital. Tympa- IN THE MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. 15 num nearly three-fourths as wide as the eye. A glandular fold above the tympanum ; another behind the angle of the mouth. Digits slightly swollen at the tips ; fingers moderate, first a little longer than second ; toes slender, with a narrow fringe ; outer metatarsal tubercle small and indistinct ; articular tubercles well developed. When turned forward the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye. Skin smooth ; no folds on the Hanks. The hinder part of the body bears numerous very small papillae, in cases scattered over the whole body. Ventral fold indistinct or absent. Male with an internal subgular vocal sac, and two strong conical tubercles on the inside of the first digit. Brown ; a whitish band across the supraorbitals on the forehead ; a dark blotch from the orbits to an ashy spot on the middle of the back ; with dark spots or cloudings on the hinder portion of the back, on the flanks and on the sides of the limbs. Legs, feet and digits with transverse bands of brown. Belly whitish ; chin and throat mottled with brown, becoming dark in males. A white streak from the eye to the angle of the mouth, another below the eye, another down the end of the snout, and two others between the latter and the eye. These streaks become obsolete on very dark colored specimens; that from the eye is often continued to the shoulder where it meets a white mark around the arm. The minute papillae are usually light-colored and often are surmounted by a black tip. A male measures in length of body one and five-eighths inches and in leg two and three-eighths ; a female is one and three-fourths in body and two and a half inches in length of leg. Bufo marinis L.; Schneid. Trinidad; Grenada; Barbadoes ; St. Lucia; St. Kitts ; Martinique ; Nevis ; Montserrat ; Jamaica. 16 WEST INDIAN BATRACHIA At Nevis it was said that these toads had recently been introduced from Barbadoes because it was thought they were hostile to rats. Bufo peltocephalus (Bibr.) Tschudi. Cuba. Bufo gutturosus Qthr. Port au Prince, Hayti ; Cuba ; Bay anion, Porto Kico. A very young one resembles small specimens of B. len- tiginosus. It has transverse blotches of brown on legs and arms. On each side of the middle on the back there is a series of rounded brown spots, four or five, each con- taining a red wart. Each lip has several spots, one below the eye. Hyla septentrionalis Tschudi; Blgr. Bahamas ; Cuba. At Havana on the thirtieth of December the writer took a large number of young ones : larvoe with hind legs, small specimens with the remnant of the tail, and others twice the size of the latter to the adult. Hyla insulsa Cope; Blgr. Cuba. Hyla dominicensis (Bibr.) Tschudi; Blgr. Puerto Plata, San Domingo ; Isle des Vaches. Hyla ovata Cope; Blgr. Jeremie, Hayti. Hyla pulchrilineata Cope. Puerto Plata, San Domingo. Hyla pardalis Spix. Trinidad. ON WEST INDIAN GECKONID^ AND ANGUID^E. BY SAMUEL GARMAN. Gonatodes vittatus (Wiegm.) Licht.; Blgr. The females are grey, with scattered spots or with cloudings of brown. There are faint indications of a light vertebral line, but it is very indistinct and has not the black edges present in the males. The ventral surface is light-colored, without the steel blue markings of the belly or the black bars of the throat on the other sex. Very young specimens are grey, flecked with white spots. These spots form eight or ten transverse series in which each of the larger spots is margined in front by a brownish blotch. The spots also form longitudinal rows, one of them lying at each side of the faintly defined ver- tebral band. The eggs are elliptical in longitudinal section, the long axis being five and the short about four sixteenths of an inch. Twenty-three specimens and a number of eggs were taken at Port of Spain, Trinidad. Thecadactylus eapicauda Houtt. ; Gray. Trinidad, Grenada, St. Lucia, Dominica, Guadaloupe, Saba, St. Barts and Anguilla are represented in the col- lection. Those from Saba and Dominica are darkest in colors ; those from Grenada are rather light ; and those from Trinidad are reddish in ground color with the brown bands much more distinct. ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX 2 (17) 18 ON WEST INDIAN Hemidactylus mabouia Mot. ; D. & B. Specimens are at hand from Trinidad, St. Lucia, Petit Martinique, Martinique and Porto Rico. Those from Trinidad are very rough with trihedral tu- bercles, and the latter are more numerous than on those from the other islands. The nearest approach is in speci- mens from Porto Rico, but on the mainland those from Para and Rio Janeiro are still more closely allied. Aristelliger pr^signis Hallow. ; Cope. Grand Cayman. Aristelliger lar Cope. A single individual, the type, in the collection. Jeremie, Hayti. Sph^rodactylus elegans (McLeay) Reinh. & Liitk. Of three specimens from Remedios, Cuba, each has eleven transverse bands between the eyes and the base of the tail; another has but ten. One from Caibarien, Cuba, has eleven. Sph^rodactylus nigropunctatus Gray, 1844. A specimen from Samana, San Domingo, is referred to this species with some hesitation. The scales of the back and of the flanks are keeled ; the latter and those of the belly are the larger ; those of the head are very small. It is closely sprinkled with small spots of brown, in lon- gitudinal rows. SPHiERODACTYLUS ALOPEX Cope, 1861. The types are freckled somewhat by scattered small spots of light color, each occupying one or two scales. Jeremie, Hayti. GECKONID^ AND ANGUID^S. 19 Sph^erodactylus punctatissimus D. & B. ; Gray, A couple of specimens from Caibarien, Cuba, have nar- row longitudinal streaks of brown, as figured by Cocteau, Rept. Cuba, pi. 18 ; a third is nearly uniform grey ; and a fourth is thickly sprinkled with white dots. Sphjerodactylus picturatus sp. n. Snout pointed, elongate, about one-half longer than the distance between the eye and the ear, or one and one- half times the orbital diameter. Ear-opening oval, oblique, as large as the digital expansions. Rostral large, with a median cleft at the upper edge ; nostril between rostral first labial and three scales ; four upper and four lower labials, anterior lower as long as the first two of the up- per; mental large, meeting a pair of rounded small scales between the first pair of lower labials. Upper eyelid with a small, spine-like scale. Head covered with keeled, granular scales, larger along the median line and toward the rostral. Dorsal scales strongly keeled, imbricate, very large, largest about twice the diameter of the ven- trals, in eight or nine series at each side of two or more vertebral series of granules ; gular granules very small, larger toward the mental ; ventrals moderate, imbricate, smooth; caudal scales imbricate, hinder margin rounded, anterior keeled, inferior a series of transverse plates. Brownish. The head is marked with white in a narrow streak on each side from the rostral on the canthus and over the supraorbitals to the back of the head, in a me- dian streak on the forehead, a rounded spot above each ear, another on the occiput and an oblique streak behind each ear upward to the back of the neck. A broad, black band crosses the back just in front of the shoulders, and 20 ON WEST INDIAN in it on each side there are two to three large, white spots ; a similar band with spots crosses the middle of the body, and on each side of this band there is another of like pattern but lighter color. Backward on the tail the bands are less regular. On the young the four bands on the body are black. The limbs, lower surface of the tail, chin and cheeks are spotted with brown. The ven- trals are lighter, puncticulate with dark. On some in the brownish spaces between the dark bands light scales al- ternate with darker ones. Possibly this species may prove identical with the Sphcerodactylus anthr -acinus of Boulenger, 1885, from San Domingo ; it appears, however, to be quite distinct from the 8. anthr acinus of Cope, 1861, from Mexico. It is most closely allied to the 8. fantasticus of Dumeril and Bibron from Martinique and to the 8. pictus from St. Kitts. Our specimens were obtained in western Hayti. Sph^rodactylus pictus sp. n. Snout blunt, not as long as the distance from the eye to the ear opening, less than one and a half times the di- ameter of the orbit. Rostral large, with a median cleft above. Nostril surrounded by the rostral, first labial, nasal and an internasal. Three to four labials ; lower la- bials three to four, anterior long. Mental large, truncate posteriorly. A small, spine-like scale on the upper eye- lid. Head covered with granular keeled scales, larger toward the snout. Scales of the body moderate, keeled on back and flanks ; those of the belly larger. A couple of rows of granules separate the keeled scales above the vertebrae. Greyish with three or four rows of brown spots on each side. On the snout there is a brown band from each eye GECKONIDiE AND ANGUID^. 21 around the end ; a median band meets these on the ros- tral. Behind the eyes, on the head, there are six longi- tudinal bands of brown, four of which join to form two on the occiput, and these meet the laterals on the neck forming two which are continued above the shoulders. A light line across the forehead from one orbit to the other. Two or three light streaks, across the back of the head and the neck, appear on some. On a very young one there are five narrow, transverse, dark-edged streaks of white between the eyes and the base of the tail. There are traces of brown blotches on the lower surface. An egg with the specimens has a long diameter of one- third of an inch and a short one of one-fourth. Hab. St. Christopher's. SPHiERODACTYLUS MACROLEP1S Gthr., 1859. There is some resemblance in marks between specimens from St. Thomas and S. jpictus from St. Kitts ; the latter have the vertebral series of granules, as in S. Copii. An egg which apparently belonged to one of the speci- mens measures in its longer diameter one- fourth of an inch and in its shorter one-fifth. From San Domingo, Porto Rico and St. Thomas. anguim:. Diploglossus striatus Gray ; Blgr. Careful study of the type of D. stenurus Cope con- vinces me that Dr. Boulenger is right in placing it in D. striatus. The lateral teeth of the specimen are two-cusped, the posterior cusp being much the stronger. The tail is slcn- 22 ON WEST INDIAN der, compressed and about one and two-thirds times the length of the body. The tips of toes and fingers overlap slightly when the limbs are pressed to the side. Jeremie, Hayti. DlPLOGLOSSUS CRUSCULUS Sp. 11. Lateral teeth compressed, bicuspid, anterior cusp small or indistinct. Ear-opening as large as the eye-opening, oblong, vertical. A large azygos prefrontal, broader than long, in contact with the broadest loreal, little wider than the frontal, separated by two pairs of shields from the rostral ; occipital smaller than the interparietal ; nasal sep- arated from the rostral by the first labial ; a postnasal and two or three loreals, second broadest ; the suture be- tween the fifth and sixth or sixth and seventh labials falls below the middle of the eye. Submentals large, one an- terior followed by four pairs, anterior three and part of fourth in contact with the lower labials. Body elongate, sub-round, depressed. Forty-two rows of scales around the middle of the body ; dorsals slightly roof-shaped, finely striate, with twenty-one striae on the middle of the back. Limbs short and weak ; fingers not four times as long as thick ; arm to the end of fingers reaching the an- terior border of the ear ; adpressed limbs not meeting by the length of the arm and hand ; foot and leg two and one-third times in the distance from arm-pit to thigh. Back brownish with closely placed narrow transverse or reticulated lines of brown ; a narrow, light-edged dark streak along the upper edge of each flank, edges serrated ; flank with scattered spots of white, less than a scale in size ; darker lateral edges of scales under neck and head form- ing longitudinal streaks. Labials and other shields of the head with brown blotches. Hab. Kingston, Jamaica. GECKONID^E AND ANGUID^E. 23 DlPLOGLOSSUS COSTATUS. Panolopus costatus Cope, 1861, Pr. Phil. Ac, 494. Celestus plioxinus Cope, 1868, Pr. Phil. Ac., 123, 125. Examination of the specimen that served as the type in founding the genus Panolopus shows that it had suffered considerably from mutilation, being deprived of its fingers and toes and badly wounded in the fore part of the head. In shape it is elongate fusiform, with a sharpness of an- gles on head and body that is in great part due to emaci- ation. The arms and wrists are normal. The fingers have been carried away ; this is proved by the differences in the stumps of hands and in the forms and sizes of the scales and callosities covering the healed surfaces. More of the hand remains on the right side than on the left ; on the latter the extremity is more nearly conical ; on the former it is more broad and flattened. The legs and ankles also are normal. Excepting a short stump of each inner toe, the toes have been lost and with them a portion of each foot. The left stump is the more pointed. The callosities and scales covering the wounded portions are very different in shapes, sizes, num- bers and arrangement on the two feet. Each foot is marked as if from unsuccessful attempts to cut it off nearer the ankle. In front of the left eye there is a deep scar ; a much deeper one is seen behind the second submental shields on the chin; and shallower evidence of healed wounds exists on the snout about and in front of the nostrils. A conse- quence of these wounds appears in the more or less com- plete fusion of rostral, nasals, supranasals, postnasals and the anterior three of the labials. The fusion is not entire ; here and there portions of the dividing lines re- 24 ON WEST INDIAN GECKONID^ AND ANGUID^E. main, and these with lines that appear through the scales, when out of alcohol for a short time, prove that the orig- inal disposition of the plates was much as in D. occiduus. There are forty-four series of scales around the body. The coloration is as in D. jphoxinus, except that the brown of the flanks is lighter, and that the small brown spots on the dorsal region are more numerous and a little more irregularly distributed. The specimens from which the foregoing notices have been drawn belong to the Museum of Comparative Zool- ogy at Cambridge, Mass. ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. IGUANID^E. BY SAMUEL GARMAN. This notice contains a list of the species of Ignanidge at present represented in the Museum of Comparative Zo- ology, at Cambridge, Mass., with localities and notes, and with descriptions of such as are new or little known. It includes a tolerable proportion of all the species hith- erto recognized as belonging to this region, together with quite a number that do not appear to have been described. The list was prepared some }'ears ago, but, owing to un- certainty in regard to some of the species discovered in the early part of the century, the types being inaccessible and the descriptions insufficient, it was laid aside until it might be put into more satisfactory shape. The splendid catalogues of Doctor Boulenger, recently published, have made it possible to identify with confidence many species which previously were, in the absence of typical speci- mens, only conjectural. The Doctor's classification has been followed pretty closely in the main ; the departures made are principally due to differences of opinion con- cerning names adopted or the relative rank of certain forms. In answer to objections that may be urged against bringing varieties as prominently forward as is usual with species, it may be said that the nature of the case seems to demand it; abrupt separation and isolation on the dif- ferent islands and consequent absence of gradual shading of the varieties, one into another, appear to entitle them to more prominence. ESSEX INST. BUJULETJN, VOX. XJX- • 2* (25) 26 ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. Unless otherwise specified the collections were made by the writer. Xiphocercus valenciennii Dum. Bibr., 1837. A female has transverse bands of light brown on the limbs, a band across the neck, another immediately be- hind the shoulders and another in front of the thighs on the flanks ; the tail is ringed with brownish ; between the eye and the ear on each side of the head there is a quadrangular space enclosed by four short narrow lines of brown ; a streak of light color extends from the loreal re- gion beneath the eye to the angle of the mouth ; the gular fold is purple with a creamy border ; the lips are black ; the upper and the lower surface of the head are whitish ; there are short, narrow longitudinal streaks of brown ar- ranged in transverse series on the flanks ; and along the median liueof the back there are several small, transverse blotches of brownish, with others of light color. On a young one, less than an inch in length of body, the markings are similar though much lighter ; a light brown band crosses the supraoculars and passes down- ward through the eye across the lips ; vertical lines of brown cross both lips in front of the eyes ; the gular fold is of a pink tint. In this little one the goitre is compar- atively large, although the short snout, not longer than the orbit, convex on the upper surface, the disproportion- ate size of the eye and the bulged, swollen appearance of the parietal region indicate that it had been but a short time out of the egg. Kingston, Jamaica. Anolis equestris Merrem, 1820. There are five large specimens in the collection which are referred to this species. One of the lot is said to IGUANIDJE. 27 come from Bahia, and, on examination of more individu- als from the same locality, it may be found necessary to give a different specific name. It does not entirely agree with the others in shape in front of the eyes, where the ros- tral canthus curves outward more, making a broader snout. It differs to some extent in the squamation of the top of the head, but the scales are so confused it is diffi- cult to discover the lines of separation. The number of lamellae appears about the same as in the others. Cuba ; Bahia. ? Coll. Anolis ricordii Bum. Bibr., 1837. On a female from Samana, San Domingo, all of the su- praoculars are keeled ; the occipital scale is very small, hardly larger than the surrounding granules, but marked by the white spot in the centre ; the color is a grayish brown, the light-colored transverse bands being sprinkled with brown scales and the brown spaces with lighter ones. Collected by M. A. Frazar. Anolis cuvieri Merr., 1820. A large specimen, presented by Dr. Aug. Stahl, of Porto Rico, is of a uniform bluish color, without the brown spots on the vertebral line ; it is tinted with yellow beneath ; the gular fold is yellow ; and the frontal region and a streak from the loreal region beneath the eyes are whitish. Anolis gqndlachii Ptrs., 1876. Young specimens have a vertebral band of yellowish color. From Dr. Aug. Stahl, Porto Rico. Anolis cristatellus Bum. Bibr., 1837. Collected by Professor Ackerman, Port au Prince, Hayti ; Dr. D. F. Weinland, Jeremie, Hayti; J. A. Al- 28 ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. len, St. Thomas; and S. Garman, Bayamon, Porto Eico, Morant Island and St. Thomas. Anolis scriptus sp. n. Head moderate, about one and three-fourths times as long as broad, nearly one and a half times the length of the tibia, with flat crown, very slightly concave on the fore- head and on the occiput ; frontal ridges low, diverging anteriorly ; with three large blunt-keeled scales ; upper head scales with low keels ; scales of the supraorbital semi- circles large, in contact on the median line, or separated by a single row of small scales, continued as the frontal series ; seven to nine enlarged, feebly-keeled supraoculars, separated from the supraorbitals by a single row of gran- ules ; occipital as large as the ear opening, separated from the supraorbitals by three or four series ; rostral canthus sharp, of four scales ; loreal rows four to six ; six or seven labials to below the middle of the eye. Gular appendage moderate, smooth scaled. Body very little compressed, with a low dorso-nuchal fold. In the female, the goitre forms a low, longitudinal fold without the fan-like lobe. All scales obtusely keeled : dorsal and lateral granular, becoming larger toward a couple of rows of enlarged scales on the vertebral fold ; ventrals larger than the dor- sals, little smaller than the antefemorals, imbricate, with rounded posterior margins and feeble keels. Limbs mod- erate, the adpressed hind limb reaches the eye; digital expansions medium, twenty-two under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe. Tail compressed, slender posteriorly, more than twice the length of the body and head, with a sharp crest of unequal scales. On the male the neural spines support a fin-like expansion extending not more than half the length. Enlarged post-anal scales. Gray, greenish, bluish, or brownish, bronzed, with or without spots or vermiculations of brown on nape, flanks, IGUANIDiE. 29 chin and limbs ; lips with or without brown spots. A young one has a large, rounded white-edged spot of brown above each shoulder ; on another these spots are obsolete. Readily distinguished from A. cristatellus, which it closely resembles, by the greater size of the two verte- bral rows. From Professor L. Agassiz ; Silver and Lena Keys, Fla. Anolis striatulus Cope, 1861. From Professor Ackerman, Port au Prince, Hayti ; Dr. Aug. Stahl, Porto Pico; Hassler Expedition, St. Thomas. Anolis gingivinus Cope, 1864. Dr. W. J. Branch, Anguilla Island. Anolis bimaculata, Sparrman sp. These notes are taken from forty-six specimens secured on St. Kitts. The species is usually confounded with sev- eral others to w^hich it is somewhat closely allied. It is distinguished by the size of its granules, the four to five loreal series, the broad smooth plates in front of the thigh, the meeting of the opposite supraorbital series on the forehead, in seven specimens of each eight, and by the coloration. The color is blue or green, grayish to brownish ; white beneath. Posteriorly, on the flanks and on the tail, usually there are present a number of small spots of black, irregu- larly scattered but often forming a rounded bunch in front of the thigh on the side ot the abdomen. Above the axilla there is most often a rounded black spot. Rarely it is continued forward as a band to the angle of the mouth. From the upper labials there is a light band crossing the upper half of the ear to end on the flank above the shoulder. 30 ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. Above and in front of the shoulder, below the dark spot, there is another band of light color, and there are faint indications of a third from each side of the occiput to the nape. The lips are yellowish ; generally each bears a series of dark spots, more or less numerous. Commonly the head, from the hinder edge of the orbits forward above the labials, is dark brown. The throat and neck are in cases clouded by darker. The prominent marks are the black spots above the axilla, the white patch in front of the shoulder, the dark mark behind the ear, and the small black specks. None of these specimens have series of ocellate spots on the flanks. We have specimens of this lizard from Nevis, also, where it is the "Blue lizard" ; this raises the question as to the identity of Merrem's species with Edwards' lizard from Jamaica. Anolis oculatus, sp. Cope, 1879. At several points on Dominica a lot of eighty-one spec- imens was gathered. From them it is evident that the species should not be united with A. bimaculatus of Sparr- man, although they discover a considerable amount of va- riation. In color they range from light grey to nearly uniform dark brown. On the majority the white marks form transverse series of six to eight spots each. A spot near the middle of the flank in each series is larger and more distinct than the others ; in this way a longitudinal row is formed on each side which persists on specimens from which the transverse series have faded. In cases there is a short white line from the shoulder backward ; occasionally there is also a second, parallel to the first, separated from it by a dark space. Above the shoulder, and a little backward, there is usually a dark spot includ- ing one of the white ones, often including a white one in each side of it, and behind this a short distance another, IGTJANIDJE. 31 the latter frequently followed by a third or a series. Some are freckled by white specks on body and tail. Many have dark spots on the upper edge of the tail. The bluish white spot on the occipital scale is always present. The females are not so much spotted as the males and such marks as they have appear to be less distinct. This species is separated from A, bimaculatus by its smaller scales, by the sharp keel on the largest scales in front of the thigh, by the greater number of loreal series, by the separation of the supraorbital series on the fore- head , and by the coloration . It has six to eight loreal series and the supraorbitals are separated by one to three series of granules in seven of each eight individuals. There are about twenty-three lamellse under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe. This may be one of the two species A, maculatus described by Dr. Gray, but it is not to be de- termined from his description. Hab. Dominica. Anolis asper, sp. n. Head moderate, one and a half to one and two-thirds times as long as broad, longer than the tibia, crown flat- tened, cheeks swollen in the males ; snout rather broad ; forehead to occiput concave ; frontal ridges low ; upper head scales not keeled ; scales of the supraorbital semi- circles broad, three pairs in contact on the median line, usually separated from the occipital scale, which is about the size of the ear-opening, by one to two rows ; seven or eight indistinctly keeled supraoculars, smooth in young, mostwoften in contact with the supraorbitals ; rostral canthus sharp, straight, canthal scales three to four ; loreal rows three to four ; six labials to below the centre of the eye ; ear opening rather small, vertically elongate. Gular fold moderate, small on the female ; with smooth scales. Body 32 ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. little compressed, male with a dorso-nuchal fold. Dorsal scales small, granular, keeled, rough to the touch, larger on the back than on the flanks ; ventrals larger than dor- sals, smooth under the abdomen ; antefemorals larger than ventrals, keeled. The scales have a swollen appearance, and on the larger specimens might be described as sub- conical ; this is especially marked near the occiput and among the larger ones of vertebral rows. The adpressed hind limb reaches the eye; digital expansions large; the lamellae under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe num- ber about thirty. Male with enlarged post-anal scales. Tail compressed, not twice as long as head and body, with a serrated upper edge, which in the male is borne on a broad fin-like expansion. Greenish or olivaceous to reddish brown or grayish on the back and flanks, with or without cloudings of darker ; forehead often darker ; ventral surface lighter to whitish. A series of more than thirty specimens was purchased from Mr. W. B. Richardson who secured them on the isl- and Marie Galante. Closely allied to A. ferreus. Cope, from Guadaloupe ; distinguished by small lateral scales, three pairs of supra- orbitals in contact between the orbits, three to four loreal rows, etc. Anolis marmoratus Dum. Bibi\9 1837. As has been remarked by Dr. Boulenger, this species is closely allied to A. bimaculatus . The principal distinc- tion lies in the coloration. The average size of our speci- mens is much less ; and apparently the snout is a trifle more pointed, with canthus and ridges sharper. Had. Desirade. W. B. Richardson, 52 ex. Anolis nubilus, sp. n. Head large, somewhat similar in shape to that of A. IGUANIDiE. 33 cristatellus, but longer and more pointed at the snout ; cheeks and parietal regions swollen, about one and two-thirds times as long as broad, much longer than the tibia; fore- head and occiput slightly concave ; frontal ridges distinct, but not high ; upper head scales not keeled ; scales of the supra-orbital semicircles large, more or less in contact on the median line ; eight to twelve enlarged faintly keeled supraoculars, separated from the supraorbitals by a single series ; occipital as large as the ear, separated from the supraorbitals by two or three series of granular scales ; canthus rostralis sharp, prominent, of three scales ; loreal rows four to five ; six to seven labials to below the cen- tre of the eye ; ear opening moderate, subelliptical, higher than long. Gular appendage medium, small in the fe- male, smooth scaled. Body compressed; dorso-nuchal fold distinct. Dorsal scales small, keeled, larger in a couple of rows on the dorsal fold ; smaller on flanks ; scales of belly larger, smooth, imbricate, posterior margin rounded; antefemorals still larger, keeled, five or six near the knee about twice as broad as long, with several keels. Limbs moderate, the adpressed hind limb reaches the eye ; digital expansions rather large, lamellae under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe about twenty-eight. Tail com- pressed, with a low crest of subequal compressed scales, one of each four being a trifle larger and marking the seg- ments, less than twice as long as head and body. Male with enlarged post-anal scales. Grayish olive to olivaceous or reddish brown, with or without specks of light color on flanks and legs. With in- distinct cloudings of darker, forming transverse bands on the tail and frequently also on the body. Ventral sur- face whitish ; throat, at sides of the gular fold, darker. Hah. Redonda. W. B. Richardson. ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX. 3; 34 ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. Anolis cepedii Merrem, 1820. St. Pierre, Ft. de France, and Morne Rouge, Martin- ique. Seventy-four specimens. Anolis gentilis, var. n. Head moderate, about one and two-thirds times as long as broad, longer than the tibia ; forehead with very little concavity ; frontal ridges low ; upper head scales smooth ; scales in the supraorbital semicircles enlarged, the ante- rior one in each as large as three of the other four, the an- terior four of each series in contact with the opposite four, and the hinder pair of each in contact with the enlarged occipital ; the scales forward from the largest supraorbital rather small ; internarials narrow, elongate ; nine to four- teen enlarged feebly keeled supraoculars ; canthus rostralis angular, can thai scales five or six ; loreal rows four, rarely five ; six or seven labials to below the centre of the eye. Ear opening half as large as the occipital scale, vertically oblong. Gular appendage moderate, covered with smooth scales. A low dorso-nuchal fold. Dorsal scales keeled, small, larger in two or more of the vertebral rows, smaller on the flanks ; ventrals still larger than the dorsals, smooth ; antefemorals larger than the ventrals, keeled. The ad- pressed hind limb hardly reaches the orbit ; digital expan- sions larger than the average, twenty-two lamellae under phalanges Hand iii of fourth toe. Male with a pair of en- larged post-anal scales. Tail compressed, twice as long as head and body ; a dorsal series of large compressed sub- equal scales forms a crest ; ventral series large, and strongly keeled in the two median rows. Light grayish brown, with greenish, yellowish, or me- tallic tints ; whitish beneath ; with five to seven broad trans, verse badly defined bands of brownish between the head and the tail ; legs and arms with similar bands ; body 1425143 IGUANIDJE. 35 freckled or clouded with faint small blotches of brown and occasionally a few black spots. Tail ringed with broad bands and head clouded with brownish. A very young specimen has a dark edged vertebral band of light color which is not crossed by the transverse marks. This variety of A. cepedii is k;nwn from twenty-five specimens taken by the writer on Petit Martinique, one of the Grenadines. Anolis ctnereus, var. n. This variety of A. cepedii differs from A. trinitatis in being more olive or bluish ; the legs show more of the lilac color, and, on our specimens, the transverse bands are obsolete. The color is interr ^diate between that of light-grayish varieties, from Trinidad and Petit Marti- nique, and the brownish, from Barbadoes. Hab. Grenada. Twenty-four specimens. Anolis trinitatis Reinh. & Liitk., 1862. This form has a lighter, more grayish color than the other varieties of A, cepedii, and in consequence the transverse bauds and the small black or brown spots are more distinct. Hab, Trinidad. Twenty-five examples, C. S. Caza- bon and S. Garman. Anolis extremus, var. n. Head moderate, more than one and a half times as long as wide, much longer than the tibia ; forehead and occi- put concave, deeply so in old specimens ; frontal ridges prominent, diverging ; snout about one and a half times the length of the space between eye and ear ; upper head scales more or less rough ; scales of the supraorbital semicircles large, three or four pairs in contact across the interorbital space, anterior one of each series very large, 36 ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. preceded by small ones in the frontal rows ; ten to twelve enlarged, keeled supraoculars, separated by two series of granules from the supraorbitals ; occipital larger than the ear, elongate, in contact with the supraorbitals ; rostral canthus distinct, of one long and three smaller scales ; lo- real rows four to five ; five to six labials to below the cen- tre of the eye ; ear opening moderate, vertical diameter longest. Gular appendage large, smooth scaled. Body compressed ; a dorso-nuchal fold, surmounted by two rows of slightly enlarged carinate scales. Dorsal scales small, keeled, subhexagonal, smaller on the flanks. Ven- trals little larger than the vertebrals, smooth, imbricate, posterior borders rounded ; antefemorals larger, faintly keeled, one or two rows near the knee tricarinate. Ad- pressed, the hind limb hardly reaches in front of the ear; digital expansions moderately large ; lamellae under pha- langes ii and iii of the fourth toe about twenty-seven. Tail slightly compressed, with a low crest of broad, keeled, subequal scales. No enlarged post-anal scales. Grayish-brown to brown or to olive ; with transverse bands which pass obliquely backward down the flank, sometimes separated by lines of small, white spots, and in cases the posterior margins are whitish. Belly white, tinged with olive toward flank and thorax ; throat brown at side of goitre, often clouded under the chin. Young, rusty brown, with transverse bands on back, tail and limbs ; frequently a vertebral series of black spots, each of which is white-edged posteriorly. flab. Barbadoes. A variety of A. cepedii. Thirty specimens, Hassler expedition and S. Garman. Anolis g rise us, sp. n. Head large, one and two-thirds to one and three-fourths times as long as broad, shaped like that of A. cepedii, IGUANID.E. 37 medium to large specimens with three pairs of ridges on the top, concave on forehead and occiput, longer than the tibia ; snout depressed ; prefrontal ridges low, forming an acute angle between the nostrils, not meeting the supra- orbitals ; upper head scales rough ; scales of the supraor- bital semicircles enlarged, separated from each other by two (one to three) series and from the occipital by one series of small scales ; occipital twice as large as the ear opening; eight to twelve enlarged, keeled supraoculars, separated from the supraorbitals by one row of granules ; rostral can thus sharp, of four scales ; loreal rows four to five ; five to six labials to below the centre of the eye ; ear opening small, vertical diameter largest. Gular ap- pendages large, smaller in the female, scales indistinctly keeled. A dorso-nuchal fold. Dorsal scales keeled, small, larger at the sides of the two rows of large, compressed, elongate, keeled scales forming the crest on the fold, smaller on the flanks ; ventrals carinate, larger than the dorsals, excepting the crest ; antefemorals keeled, little larger than the ventrals, if we except a couple of scales immediately on the knee. Limbs long, the adpressecl hind leg reaches in front of the eye ; digital expansion moderate, about twenty-nine lamellae under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe. Tail compressed, with a crest in which the large scales are nearly equal, close upon two and a half times as long as both head and body. Grayish to brownish or olivaceous, clouded, freckled, or spotted with brown and white. Sometimes with a few rounded spots of black about the shoulders ; in such cases the spots are arranged in series which descend backward from the crest. Many have an indistinct brownish band across the shoulders, the middle of the body, the femur and the tibia; they also have bands across the digits and 38 ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. the tail. Top and sides of head usually dark. Ventral surface whitish. Hah. St. Vincent. Twelve specimens. Anolis trossulus, sp. n. Head rather large, about one and two-thirds times as long as wide, as long as the tibia ; snout moderately broad, one and a half times as long as the distance from eye to ear ; forehead and occiput concave, deeply so in large specimens ; frontal ridges low, short ; some of the upper head scales keeled ; scales of the supraorbital semi- circles large, partly in contact or entirely separated be- tween the orbits; nine to fifteen enlarged, keeled supra- oculars, in contact with or separated from the supraorbital semicircles ; occipital larger than the ear opening, in a cup- shaped depression, in contact with or separated from the supraorbitals ; rostral canthus angular, canthal scales two large and two small ; loreal rows five (four to six) ; five to six labials to below the centre of the eye ; ear opening medium, vertical diameter twice the longitudinal. Gran- ules on the swellings behind the occipital very small. Gular appendage large, extending backward of the arms, its scales small, keeled. Body compressed; dorso-nuchal fold surmounted by two rows of enlarged, strongly-cari- nate scales. Dorsal granules small, rough to the touch, with strong keels, larger toward the vertebral rows, small- er toward the flanks ; ventral scales larger than the dor- sals, hexagonal, juxtaposed, strongly keeled ; autefemorals larger, imbricate, keeled, tricarinate in two rows near the knee. Limbs strong ; adpressed, the hind limb reaches the anterior border of tthe eye ; digital expansions not large ; lamellae under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe about twenty-six. Tail compressed, near two and a half IGUANIDJE. 39 times as long as head and body, crested above by large subequal strongly keeled scales ; no fin-like expansion. Post-anal scales not enlarged. Total length of large spec- imen fourteen inches. Reddish-brown to light-grayish or bluish ; tail with faintly indicated transverse bands of brown ; head darker, frequently with white spots on the supraorbitals or on the back of the head; chin and lips white to brownish, blotched or clouded with dark. Ventral surface whitish, tinted with blue or olive toward the flanks. Young with a brownish-vertebral band and limbs freckled with small spots of lighter or darker. Hob. Grenada. Sixteen specimens. Anolis grahamii Gray, 1845. This lizard was found to be very numerous in the neigh- borhood of Kingston, Jamaica. Anolis conspersus Garman, 1887, Pr. Am. Phil. Soc. The specimens from which this species was described, eighty-seven in number, were collected on the island Grand Cayman by Mr. W. B. Richardson. Anolis sab anus, sp. n. Head moderate, about one and three-fourths times as long as broad, longer than the tibia ; snout broad ; cheeks but little swollen in the male ; forehead and occiput con- cave, former with two distinct ridges. Upper head scales smooth ; scales of the supraorbital semicircles large, an- terior twice as long as wide, in contact between the or- bits, rarely separated by a single row of granules, continued forwards, in the frontal series, decreasing in size, to the nostrils ; eight to eleven enlarged feebly keeled supraoc- ular scales, separated by a single series of granules from the supraorbitals ; occipital as large as or larger than the 40 ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. ear-opening, separated from the supraorbital series by one to three rows of small scales ; rostral canthus sharp, of four or five scales ; loreal rows four to five ; six or seven labials to below the centre of the eye. Ear opening mod- erate, vertical diameter elongate. Gular appendage large in the male, with smooth scales. A low dorso-nuchal fold bearing a couple of rows of larger, blunt keeled scales which increase in size toward the middle of the body. Body slightly compressed. Dorsal scales small, obtusely keeled, larger than those on the flanks, much smaller than the (smooth or faiutly keeled) ventrals. The adpressed hind limb reaches the eye ; digital expansions moderate, twenty- five lamellae under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe. Tail somewhat compressed, not twice the length of head and body, with unequal-sized scales, which mark the seg- ments ; crest low in female, higher in male. All of our specimens are adult, but none bear the fin-like expansion of Xiphosurus. Enlarged post-anal scales on the male. Light grayish or yellowish brown profusely spotted with large spots of black, separated by spaces of equal width, often confluent on the back and behind the head ; the three series, or lines, on each side of the head, the median from the eye, converge toward the back of the neck. On the flanks there are three to four rows of spots, arranged in ten or a dozen transverse series, the upper of which are frequently confluent, forming transverse bands. The top and sides of the head are yellowish, and spotted with large black spots. The veutral surface is whitish. On a female the ground color is a little darker and the spots less distinct and more elongate. Eggs supposed to belong to this species — sent with a lot made up entirely of males — have a leathery envelope and measure in length about five-, and in width about three-tenths of an inch. IGUANID.E. 41 This species has been reported only from the island of Saba, whence thirteen specimens were sent us by Mr. F. Lagois and others. Anolis virgatus, sp. n. Head rather large, one and two-thirds times as long as broad, much longer than the tibia; forehead hardly con- cave in adults, frontal ridges distinct, occipital scale in a concavity ; upper head scales faintly keeled ; scales of the supraorbital semicircles large, continuous forward with the frontal series, in contact or separate mesially; five to ten enlarged feebly keeled supraoculars, partially or entirely separated from the supraorbitals by a single row of gran- ules ; rostral canthus angular, of four scales ; occipital scales usually larger than the ear-opening, separated from the supraorbital semicircles by one to three series of gran- ular scales ; loreal rows five ; six or seven labials to be- low the centre of the eye. Ear-opening small, vertically oblong. Gular appendage medium, covered with smooth scales. No dorso-nuchal fold. Dorsal scales keeled, granular, little larger than those on the flanks, slightly larger at the sides of two enlarged vertebral rows ; scales around the occipital and on the parietal prominences larger; ventrals much larger than the largest dorsals, smooth, imbricate ; three or more rows of broad, smooth, antefemorals. The adpressed hind limb reaches the eye ; digital expansions medium ; twenty-three lamelhe under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe. Tail compressed ; serrated on the upper edge in a crest in which the large scales are separated from each other by a pair each of which is about half as large. Males with a pair of en- larged post anal scales, in contact or separated by a single scale. Gray ; white beneath. On back and flanks there are ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX. 3* 42 ON WEST INDIAN EEPTILES. numerous longitudinal streaks or elongate spots of dark brown, in cases forming vermiculations ; a whitish band extends from the arm above the axilla along the flank to the hinder part of the thigh or the base of the tail ; tail with indistinct transverse bands of brownish; back, in cases, with faint cross bands. The types from which this description is taken are fif- teen specimens collected by Mr. F. Lagois on the island St. Bart's. Anolis distichus Cope, 1861. About forty specimens are in the collection. They were secured at Jeremie, Hayti, by Dr. Weinland, at Samana and Puerto Plata by M. A. Frazar, and at Isle des Vaches, western Hayti, by the writer. Anolis cybotes Cope, 1862. From Jeremie, Hayti, Dr. Weinland ; and Samana, San Domingo, M. A. Frazar. Anolis haetianus, var. n. A variety of A. cybotes which is introduced under this name, from Tiburon, Hayti, has keeled ventral scales and eight to ten rows of loreals. The canthus rostralis is very prominent laterally and makes a curve considerably rounded or convex upward. Anolis citkinellus Cope, 1864. From Port au Prince, Hayti ; Prof. Ackermann. Anolis speciosus, sp. n. Head moderate, one and two-thirds to one and three- fourths times as long as wide, longer than the tibia ; fore- head and occiput slightly concave ; frontal ridges low ; upper head scales rugose ; scales of the supraorbital semi- IGUANID^E. 43 circles large, continuous forward as frontal series, most often separated between the orbits by a single series of granules, occasionally in contact ; six to twelve enlarged supraocular scales, smooth or with a faint keel, separated from the supraorbitals by a single series of granules, some- times in contact ; occipital about as large as the ear open- ing, separated from the supraorbitals by two (one to three) series ; canthus rostralis distinct, scales three or four , loreal rows four to five ; seven to eight labials to below the centre of the eye ; parietal granules enlarged, convex \ ear opening small, vertically widest. Gular appendage small, scales smooth or faintly keeled. Body slightly com- pressed, a very low dorso-nuchal fold surmounted by sev- eral rows of enlarged keeled granules. Dorsal granules small, a little enlarged at the sides of the dorsal fold. Ven- tral scales large, imbricate, faintly keeled, posterior margin rounded. Antefemorals larger, with low keels. Limbs moderate, the adpressed hind limb reaches the orbit ; dig- ital expansions rather small ; about twenty-four lamellae under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe. Tail com- pressed; with a low crest of large snbequal scales, those marking the segments slightly larger ; nearly twice the length of head and body. Enlarged post-anal scales. Body uniform greenish to olivaceous blue, legs and head brownish ; lighter beneath, clouded with brownish on the chin, throat and anterior portion of the goitre. No white spots. A small species, reaching the size of A. principalis. Common on Marie Galante, whence our specimens were brought by Mr. W. B. Richardson. Anolis lividus, sp. n. Head moderate, one and two-thirds to one and three- fourths times as long as wide, much longer than the tibia ; occiput and frontal regions slightly concave ; frontal ridges 44 ON WEST INDIAN EEPTILES. distinct, low ; upper head scales not keeled ; scales of the supraorbital semicircles large, continuous forward with the frontal series, usually one of each in coutact across the in- terorbital space ; eight to twelve enlarged supraoculars, smooth or with a low tubercle on the centre, separated from the supraorbitals by one series of granules ; occipital scale larger than the ear opening, separated from the su- praorbitals by one series or more ; rostral canthus angular, of four scales ; loreal rows five ; six labials to below the centre of the eye ; ear opening medium, vertical diameter longer. Gular appendage moderate, smooth scaled. Body little compressed, dorso-nuchal fold slight. Dor- sal scales small, granular, keeled, enlarged near the large ones of the median rows; ventrals large, carinate, imbri- cate, posterior border rounded ; antefemoral scales larger than ventrals, keeled. Limbs moderate, adpressed the hind leg reaches the eye ; digital expansions rather large ; lamellae under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe about twenty-five. Tail compressed, rough, serrated on the up- per edge by large scales of which that marking the end of a segment is somewhat larger, less than one and a half times as long as head and body. Male with enlarged post- anal scales. Blue to olive or brownish ; head lighter, yellowish to yellowish brown, a light streak along the upper lip ; belly lighter, yellowish posteriorly ; legs whitish beneath. The back is uniform or sprinkled with indistinct small spots of whitish on neck and shoulders, rarely on the flanks. Young ones are light grayish and have a dark-edged vertebral band of light color, which is sometimes crossed by hour- glass-shaped transverse bands of brown. Hob. Montserrat. Fifty-three specimens. Anolis luci^e, sp. n. Head longer than the tibia, one and three-fourths times IGUANIDJE. 45 as long as broad ; snout depressed, twice as long as the dis- tance from orbit to ear ; forehead and occiput deeply con- cave ; frontal ridges distinct, having the appearance of di- viding into two or three anteriorly ; a few only of the upper head scales keeled ; scales of the supraorbital semicircles large, not separated between the orbits ; eight to twelve enlarged, smooth to feebly keeled supraocular scales, in contact with or separated from the supraorbitals, by a sin- gle series ; occipital about twice as large as the ear open- ing, in contact with the supraorbitals ; rostral canthus not prominent, of five scales ; loreal rows four to five ; six to seven labials to below the centre of the eye ; ear opening small, twice as high as long. On large specimens the su- praorbital ridges become very prominent and continued backward enclose a cup-shaped depression on the occiput ; the parietal granules are greatly enlarged. A couple of rows of much enlarged granules extend back from the orbit and bend down toward, the ear. Gular appendage moderate, smooth scaled. Body hardly compressed, dorso- nuchal fold indistinct, marked by a couple of rows of en- larged keeled scales. Dorsal scales small, very irregular in sizes, six or eight rows of the vertebrals enlarged and keeled, those on the flank smaller. Ventrals larger, sub- hexagonal, juxtaposed, smooth. Limbs medium ; ad- pressed, the hind leg reaches a little in front of the ear ; digital expansions moderate ; lamellae under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe about twenty-seven. Tail feebly compressed, nearly twice as long as head and body, ser- rated on the upper edge with low subequal strongly keeled scales. No enlarged post-anal scales. Grayish to brownish olive, with or without faint trans- verse bands of brown on the anterior portion of the body and on the tail ; more blue on the flanks and beneath ; head darker. On back and flanks there are indistinct traces of 46 ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. vermiculations in light iridescent tints. On young ones there are five transverse bands on the body ; these indi- viduals are more gray, or brown, than the large. Hob. St. Lucia. Thirty-three specimens. Anolis vincentii, sp. n. Head of medium size, about one and three-fourths times as long as wide, longer than the tibia, deeply concave on the forehead and occiput, slightly depressed on the snout; frontal ridges distinct, not extending forward, prominent and rough between the orbits in adults ; up- per head scales not keeled ; scales of the supraorbital semicircles large, more or less in contact between the orbits ; nine to fourteen enlarged keeled supraoculars, separated from the supraorbital series by a series m of granules ; occipital twice as large as the ear-opening, anterior border rounded, in contact with the supraoc- ulars ; canthus rostralis not very distinct, of two large and two or three short scales ; loreal rows five to six ; seven to eight labials to below the centre of the eye ; ear opening hardly half as large as the occipital, vertically oval. Gular appendage large, reaching behind the thorax, scales smooth. Body little compressed ; a slight dorso- nuchal fold. Dorsal scales small, keeled, increasing in size toward the two mesial rows which are largest. Ven- tral scales smooth, subhexagonal, hardly imbricate, smaller than a few of the antefemorals ; the latter moderate, keeled, near the knee tricarinate. Limbs medium, the adpressed leg reaches the ear ; digital expansions not large ; lamellae under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe about twenty-six. Tail compressed, serrated on the upper edge by large, sub-equal, pointed scales, more than twice (two and one-fourth times) as long as head and body. Postanals not enlarged. iguanidtE. 47 Green to brownish olive ; flanks, sacral region, limbs and tail more or less purple or lilac in life ; ventral sur- faces whitish ; gular fold darker, anteriorly, as also in cases, the lower surface of the neck. Head most often darker; upper lip frequently whitish. Very young ones are bronzed, light reddish brown, with faint transverse bands and cloudings ; white beneath. Hab. St. Vincent ; eighty-seven specimens. Anolis lineatopus Gray, 1840. On very young specimens there are four vertical bands of brownish on the flank, sometimes more or less subdi- vided, and from each a sharp angle is presented to one from the opposite flank, meeting at the vertebral series. Hab. Kingston, Jamaica. Twenty-five specimens. Anolis sagrae (Coct.) Bum. Bibr., 1837. From Cuba, 5 ex., S. H. Scudder; 7 ex. Caibarien, Cuba, N. H. Bishop; 60 ex., Matanzas, Havana, and Bahia Honda, Cuba, S. Garman. Anolis ordinatus Oope, 1864. We have this variety of A. sagrae from the Bahamas, by C. J. Maynard ; New Providence, Bahamas, by F. K. Shaw ; the Florida Keys by Count L. F. de Pourtales ; and from Nassau, Bahamas, by J. C. Comstock. Anolis porcatus Gray, 1840. This Anolis is usually confounded with the A. princip- alis Linne, from the southern part of the United States. The species are in reality quite distinct, though bearing considerable resemblance to each other. Compared with representatives of A. principalis from the Carolinas, A. porcatus has a longer snout, stronger and sharper cephalic ridges, a longer tail, longer legs, more digital lamellae and 48 ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. larger scales on the loreal region and on the flanks. The snout is twice the length of the space between the orbit and the ear ; the frontal ridges are very prominent, sharp and comparatively straight, forward from the interorbital space ; ad pressed, the leg reaches to the middle of the space between the orbit and the ear ; the lamellae under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe number about twen- ty-eight ; the tail is more than twice as long as both head and body ; and the loreal rows are commonly three, some- times four. On A. principalis the snout is but about one and two- thirds times the length of the space between the orbit and the ear ; the frontal ridges are less sharp and prominent, and spread farther apart or are more crooked in the pre- frontal region ; the leg reaches the anterior border of the ear ; there are about twenty-five lamellae under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe ; the tail is about one and three-fourths times as long as head and body ; and the lo- real rows are five, rarely six or four. Forty specimens, from Caibarien, by N. H. Bishop, and from Matanzas, Havana, and Bahia Honda, by the writer. Anolis chlorocyanus Dum. Bibr., 1837. Ilab. Samaua, San Domingo. Collected by M. A. Frazar. Anolis cxelestinus Cope, 1862. From Hayti by Doctor Weinland; from Tiburon, Hayti, by S. Garman. Anolis pulchellus Dum. Bibr., 1837. From Port au Prince, Hayti, by Professor Acker mann ; from Bayamon, Porto Rico, and from St. Thomas by the writer. Thirty-three specimens. IGUANID^E. 49 Anolis semilineatus Cope, 1864. From Samana, San Domingo, M. A. Frazar. Norops ophiolepis Cope; Bocourt. Cuba, Prof. S. H. Scudder. POLYCHRUS MARMORATUS L. ,' M&Tf. Trinidad. Eleven specimens, C. S. Cazabon and S. Gar man. Liocephalus vittatus Hallow. ; Reinh. & Lulk. Cuba, and Matanzas, Cuba, C. J. Maynard and S. Gar- man. Liocephalus melanochlorus Cope, 1862. Jeremie, Hayti, Doctor Weinland ; Tiburon, Hayti, by the writer. Liocephalus personatus Cope, 1862. Jeremie, Hayti, Doctor Weinland; Puerto Plata, San Domingo, M. A. Frazar. Liocephalus carinatus Gray, 1827. Cuba and New Providence, Bahamas, C. J. Maynard. Liocephalus varius Gar man, 1887, Pr. Am. Phil. Soc. Grand Cayman Island, W. B. Kichardson. Uraniscodon plica L. ; Kaup. Trinidad. Cyclura carinata Harl., 1824. Turks Island, A. S. Bickmore. There are combs on both third and fourth toes. Scales above the snout small and irregular ; teeth serrated. Cyclura nubila Gray, 1831. Cuba ?. Collector ?. ESSEX TNST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX 4 50 ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. The plates above the snout are broad and flattened ; the combs appear on both third and fourth toes ; teeth serra- ted. Cyclura cornuta, Daudin sp. Metopocerus comutus Wagl. Jeremie, Hayti, Dr. D. F. Weinland ; Navassa, Prof. S. F. Baird. In the memoirs of the Mus. Comp. Zool., VIII, 1883 (Rept. and Batr. N. Amer., Introd., p. xiii) the writer called attention to the peculiar specialized corneous dig- ging combs on the third and fourth toes of the hind foot of this lizard. Since that time this apparatus has been found by Professor Cope to mark the species of Cyclura, also of burrowing habits, and to afford a most important character in distinguishing them from the species of Cten- osaura. Iguana tuberculata Law., 1768. Trinidad, C. S. Cazabon ; Saba, F. Lagois ; St. Thom- as, S. Garman ; Grenada, P. Gellinau. The Grenada specimens are intermediate between I. tuberculata and I. rhinolop7ia. They have one prominent series of tubercles on the neck, and several scattered ones above the hinder extremity of the series. The tu- bercles on the snout are not so prominent as in /. rhin- ■olqpha from Central America, but the arrangement is the same. The tubercles on the neck are comparatively few as compared with those on Nicaraguan types. Iguana delicatissima Laur., 1768. Nevis and St. Barts, F. Lagois. The eggs of these specimens are elongate, about one and seven-eighths inches by one and one-eighth. ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. SCINCID^E. BY SAMUEL G ARM AN. Mabuia sloanii Gray, 1845. Supranasals separated behind the rostral ; parietals in eontact behind the interparietal ; two pairs of broad nu- chals ; four supraorbitals ; four labials in front of the sub- orbital, sometimes five; scales smooth, in thirty rows around the body ; fifty-four to fifty-five from chin to vent in the mesial row. Jamaica. Mabuia nitida, sp. n. Supranasals in contact ; parietals in contact ; two pairs of nuchals ; four supraorbitals, sometimes three ; four su- praciliaries ; five labials in front of the suborbital, some- times four ; scales smooth, in thirty rows, sixty to sixty- three from chin to vent. Tail one and one-half times the length of head and body. Olive, bronzed ; a brownish band from nostril to hip is edged with an indistinct band of lighter above and below ; a few, angular small spots of brown, with white lateral edges, on back and limbs. Porto Rico ; San Domingo. Mabuia luci^, sp. n. Supranasals in contact ; parietals in contact ; one to two pairs of nuchals ; four supraorbitals ; four labials in front (51) 52 ON WEST INDIAN REPTILES. of the suborbital ; scales striate, in thirty rows, sixty-six from chin to vent. Tail one and one-half times the length of body and head. Olive, bronzed ; nearly uniform brownish posteriorly ; anteriorly with an irregular and broken band of brown from snout to shoulder ; arm and neck to flank with dark- edged small spots of white ; dark edges on the scales form obliquely transverse streaks on the back ; dark lateral edges of the ventrals form longitudinal lines of brown from chin to tail. St. Lucia. Mabuia dominicana, sp. n. Suprauasals separate ; parietals in contact ; nuchals one pair ; four supraorbitals ; four labials in front of the sub- orbital, sometimes iive ; scales rugose, in thirty to thirty- two rows, sixty-eight to seventy-two from chin to vent. Tail about one and two-thirds times as long as head and body. Brownish-olive, bronzed; a dark band from snout to hip, edged above by a paler one and below by a white line that becomes indistinct backward ; white beneath. For- ward on young specimens the pale bands are white, and at the inner edge of each, on the back, there is a series of brown spots. Dominica. Mabuia mabouia, sp. D. d; B. Supranasals separate ; parietals in contact ; nuchals one pair ; three supraorbitals ; four labials in front of the sub- orbital, sometimes five ; scales with faint striae, in twen- ty-eight to thirty rows, sixty-three to sixty-five from chin to vent. St. Pierre and Ft. de France, Martinique. scincid,e. 53 Mabuia aenea Gray, 1845. Supranasals separate ; parietals separate ; nuchals one pair ; four supraorbitals ; five labials in front of the sub- orbital, sometimes four; scales feebly striate, in twenty- eight to thirty rows, fifty -four to fifty-eight from chin to vent. St. Vincent ; Grenada ; Trinidad. Mabuia agilis Radd. ; Fitz. Supranasals in contact; parietals in contact; nuchals one pair ; four supraorbitals ; four labials in front of sub- orbital ; scales in thirty rows, striae faint, fifty-four to fifty- six scales from chin to vent. Rio Janeiro, Para and Villa Bella, Brazil. Mabuia aurata Schn. ; Ptrs. Supranasals usually separated ; parietals in contact ; nuchals one pair ; four supraorbitals ; four labials in front of the suborbital; scales smooth, in twenty-eight to thirty rows, fifty-eight to sixty-two from chin to vent. Rio Janeiro and Goyaz, Brazil, to Turbo, Chagres River and Nicaragua on the Isthmus. The specimens from which the foregoing notes have been taken are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. BULLETIN OF THE ESSEX! IITSTITTJTH. Vol. 19. Salem: April, May, June, 1887. Nos. 4-5-6. Annual Meeting, Monday, May 16, 1887. Held this evening at 7.30 o'clock: The President in the chair. Records of preceding annual meeting read and approved. This is the first annual meeting of the Institute, when it can be said that a portion of its library and of its col- lections is deposited in a building of its own and that the remainder is in process of removal. On this occasion it may be appropriate to allude to some incidents in its or- ganization. In the winter of 1832-3, the bookstore of Mr. John M. Ives (the same now occupied by Jacob Young, 201 Es- sex street) was frequented by many of the professional men, teachers, and others especially who had a penchant for literary pursuits. Among them were several recent graduates of our colleges engaged in professional studies and some in the various business pursuits. Mr. Edwin P. Whipple, in his reminiscences of eminent men, speaking of Eufus Choate says, "At the period when he was a young man, practising in the courts of Essex County, he 'pervaded,' if I may use his own term, the Salem bookstores in his leisure hours. He was specially ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX 5 (55) 56 ANNUAL MEETING. attracted to the store of Mr. John M. Ives, and he never entered it without falling into conversation with some legal or illegal brother interested in letters, and he never left it without leaving in the memory of those who listened some one of the golden sentences which dropped as naturally from his mouth as pearls from the lips of the fabled fairy. There was a circulating library connected with Mr. Ives* bookstore, and I have a vivid remembrance, when as a boy I was prowling among the books on the shelves sus- pending my decision as to taking out a novel of Richard- son, or Fielding, or Miss Porter or Scott, of listening with a certain guilty delight at the chaffing going on among my elders and betters in the front store. I remember per- fectly how I was impressed and fascinated by the appear- ance of Mr. Choate. He was not a Thaddeus of Warsaw, nor a hero of the type which Mrs. Radcliffe had stamped in my imagination, but there was something strange, some- thing ? oriental' in him, which suggested the Arabian Nights. In after years, I wondered, as I wondered then, that such a remarkable creature should have dropped down, as it were, into Essex County. There seemed to be no connection between the man and his environment. He flashed his meaning in pointed phrase while his interlocu- tors were arranging parts and preparing arguments, and darted out of the store with a ringing laugh." — E. P. Whipple's Recollections of Eminent Men, page 2. Mr. Benjamin H. Ives, a younger brother of the pro- prietor and associated with him in his business, was a student of nature especially in botany and entomology. At his suggestion the subject of organizing a natural history society was frequently discussed and a paper received some fifteen or twenty signatures for membership. Mr. Ives had also called the attention of the public to this move- ment by occasional articles in the newspapers. These ANNUAL MEETING. 57 crude ideas did not crystallize into any permanent form until the December following, when on Saturday the 14th of that month a meeting was held and a committee chosen to prepare by-laws and report at a future meeting. At the adjourned meeting the by-laws were accepted and the fol- lowing officers were elected : — President, Andrew Nichols ; 1st Vice President, Wil- liam Oakes ; 2nd Vice President, Gardner B. Perry ; Sec'y and Treas., John M. Ives ; Librarian and Cabinet Keeper, John L. Kussell : Curators, William Oakes, John Clarke Lee, Charles Grafton Page, Thomas Spencer. In response to a circular, a gathering of the friends from various parts of the county attended a meeting at Topsfield on the sixteenth day of April, 1834. The meet- ing was held at the old Stage House and the organization completed, as Mr. Samuel P. Fowler stated, over a clump of Blood Root (Sanguinaria canadensis) in full flower, which some one had found during the forenoon ramble and placed upon the table. Soon after this meeting, rooms were engaged over the Essex Fire and Marine Insurance company on Essex facing Central street, the same that had been used for the books of the Salem Athenaeum some ten or fifteen years previously. At the same time, Vice President William Oakes of Ipswich, an original subscriber to Audubon's "Birds of America," loaned to the society some of them to be placed on exhibition. These plates, having been distributed to the subscribers only a short time before, excited a consid- erable interest ; a good introduction to the society's work. At the close of these reminiscences The Report of the Secretary was read, accepted and or- dered to be placed on file. The Report of the Treasurer, approved by the auditor, was read and accepted and ordered to be placed on file. 58 ANNUAL MEETING. The Keport of the Librarian was read and accepted and ordered to be placed on file. The Report of the Auditor was read and accepted and ordered to be placed on file. The secretary read the following letter from Mr. Ross Turner donating an oil painting executed by himself. To the President and Members of the Essex Institute: — Some years ago while visiting the Navy Yard at Charlestown, Mass., I saw the hulk of the old Niagara, moored out in the stream in the last stages of dilapidation and ruin. The sight of this noble ship im- pressed me so much that I began a picture of that subject; although I do not wish to convey the idea that I intended to make a literal por- trait of the old Niagara, but to paint an old, worn-out vessel anchored to her last moorings, lighted by the glowing light of sunset. This picture I entitled " The Last Haven,'* and with your permission I wish to offer it as a gift to the Art Department of the Essex Institute, as a sort of memorial of the ship that assisted in laying the first Atlantic cable. With much respect I am yours, Ross Turner. March 31, 1887. 126 Bridge Street, Salem, Mass. The following letter was also read : Salem, May 16, 1887. To Capt. G. M. Whipple, Sec'y Essex Institute. Dear Sir: I have been commissioned by a much admired artist, long time res- ident at New York, but a native of Salem, Miss Fidelia Bridges, to tender in her name, to the Essex Institute, the charming picture of " Pastures by the Sea" painted by her and now for the first time shown to the public ; and to beg its acceptance as a token of her con- tinued regard for her native city and as an earnest of her interest in the new career upon which the Institute is entering. The picture measures fifteen by twenty-nine inches. It shows the correctness of manner and delicacy of touch which characterize the work of this artist. Its merits speak for themselves, and entitle it to a conspicuous place among the works of art which will adorn the fut- ure home of the Institute. I am, respectfully yours, Robert S. Rantoul. ANNUAL MEETING. 59 The meeting voted unanimously to accept the two pict- ures and on motion of vice-president Hagar, the President was requested to appoint a committee of three persons to prepare appropriate letters of thanks to Mr. Turner and Miss Bridges. The President named Messrs. Hagar, Kantoul and Upham. The committee on nomination of officers for the ensu- ing year presented the following list which on a ballot be- ing taken was duly elected : OFFICERS OF THE ESSEX INSTITUTE MAY 1887 TO MAY 1888. PRESIDENT: HENRY WHEATLAND. VICE-PRESIDENTS : Abner C. Goodell, Jr. Daniel B. Hagar. Frederick W. Putnam. Robert S. Rantoul. SECRETARY : TREASURER : George M. Whipple. George D. Phippen. AUDITOR : LIBRARIAN" : Richard C. Manning. William P. Upham. CURATORS : History— Henry F. Waters. Manuscripts— William P. Upham. A rchceology— Frederick W. Putnam. Numismatics— Matthew A. Stickney. Geology— Botany— George D. Phippen. Zoology— Edward S. Morse. Horticulture- Painting <§ Sculpture— T. F. Hunt. Technology— FDWIN C. BOLLES. Music— Joshua Phippen, Jr. COMMITTEES : Finance : The President, Chairman ex off. William Mack. Geo. R. Emmerton. David Pingree. Henry W. Peabody. The Treasurer, ex off. Library : E. B. Willson. Henry F. King. William D. Northend. Theodore M. Osborne. The Librarian, ex off. 60 E. S. Atwood. J. S. KlNGSLEY. ANNUAL MEETING. Publication * James A. Emmerton. Edwin C. Bolles. T. F. Hunt. Lecture » Robert S. Rantoul. Frederick W. Putnam. A. L. Goodrich. Fielder Israel. Wm. Neilson. Field Meeting i The Secretary, Chairman ex off. George Cogswell, Bradford. Francis H. Appleton, Peabody. George A. Perkins, Salem. N. A. Horton, Salem. E. N. Walton, Salem. Frank B. Kimball, Salem. Clarence Murphy, Salem. W. S. Nevins, Salem. Geo. A. Bates, Salem. John H. Sears, Salem. Mr. Bantoul, in behalf of a committee of the directors, submitted the following changes in the by-laws for adop- tion at this meeting, the same having been read and ap- proved at a regular meeting held on Monday, May 2 : First. It is recommended that article one of the present by-laws be stricken out and that the following words be substituted : ARTICLE I. MEMBERSHIP. Section 1. Any person may be elected a member, at a regular meeting, by a majority vote of the members present and voting, the name of such person having been proposed in writing by two members at a previous meet- Section 2. Any person not residing in the county of Essex, who may be interested in the objects of the In- stitute, or desirous of promoting its work, may be elected a corresponding member at a regular meeting, by a ma- jority vote of the members present and voting, upon the nomination of the board of directors ; but corresponding members shall not be eligible to office nor entitled to vote nor liable to assessment. Section 3. Persons who have attained an eminent dis- ANNUAL MEETING. 61 tinction in science, literature or the arts, may be elected honorary members at the annual meeting by a majority vote of the members present and voting, upon nomination by the Board of Directors. Second. It is recommended that Section 40 in Article VII be amended by striking out in the sixth line thereof the word " thirty" and substituting therefor the word "fifty" and further by striking out the words following the word "Institute" in the seventh, eighth and ninth lines thereof. Third. In view of the generous contributions of funds with which the Treasury of the Institute has been favored ; in view of the new and enlarged facilities we are about to enjoy in a building of our own every way adapted for library purposes ; in view of the very considerable accession of valuable books which the year has brought us ; in view of the fact that an increased membership, with an additional income from assessments, would enable the Institute to open its rooms during more hours in the week and in ev- ery way render its growing advantages more available to the public ; it is recommended that a committee be chosen at this meeting which shall thoroughly examine and revise the by-laws and consider the new conditions of life upon which the Institute is entering, and report at a future meeting what changes in the organization and ad- ministration of the Institute, if any, can be made, which may be expected to result in an increase of membership and a larger return from the new facilities for which we are indebted to the liberality of the public. Voted, That the alterations of the by-laws, recom- mended by the committee, be adopted, and that Messrs. Kantoul, Hunt, Willson, Upham and Wheatland be made a committee to further revise the by-laws and propose any changes which may to them seem desirable and to report the same at a future meeting. 62 ANNUAL MEETING. At a meeting, Jan. 21, 1887, a committee had been ap- pointed consisting of the President and Messrs. R. S. Rantoul and T. F. Hunt to confer with a like committee of the Trustees of the Salem Athenaeum, and to consider an arrangement by which the Institute might occupy a portion of Plummer Hall, after the then existing agree- ment should terminate, and to report at a future meeting. The report of the above committee was presented, adopted, and placed on file. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR compiled from the several reports read at the meeting, and the remarks of several members in relation thereto, presents the work of the Institute in its various depart- ments since the last annual meeting. Changes occur in the list of our associates, in the addition of new names and the withdrawal of some by resignation, removal from the county or vicinity, or by death. We have received information of the death of the following members. Emery King Benson of the firm of Benson Brothers of Boston, died very suddenly of heart disease, at his sum- mer residence in Beverly, on Sunday, August 8, 1886. He was born in Salem, July 13, 1839, son of Capt. Samuel and Sarah M. (Prentice) Benson. He leaves a widow and children. He was a gentleman of fine culture, marked business ability and high social standing, an alderman of Salem in 1882, a member of the Water Board 1883-4. Admitted to membership Dec. 20, 1875. Nicholas Arthur Clarke died at his residence, on Linden Street, Salem, Friday, Dec. 10, 1886 ; son of George and Martha (Thompson) Clarke ; born at Sanbornton THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 63 Bridge, now Tilton, N. H., Sept. 11, 1813, educated at Phillips Academy, Exeter, and Harvard College, gradu- ating from the latter in 1838. His father removed after- wards to Stratham where he lived some years, by occupation a farmer. After being, for a number of years, a tutor in various institutions of learning both public and private, in this section and the south, he was obliged by ill health to seek a less confining profession. He was at different times connected with the Bowditch, Hamilton and Hol- yoke Insurance companies of Salem, and was afterwards actively engaged as an insurance adjuster throughout New England, ranking as senior in age and experience in the field. Admitted to membership Feb. 13, 1867. George Dodge Glover, a member of the board of aldermen, died at Salem, on Monday, June 7, 1886. He was a son of Cook O. and Deborah M. (Foss) Glover and was born in Salem, April 30, 1823, and was educated in our public schools. He was early apprenticed to the shoe business, and many years ago, in connection with the late Abraham F. Bosson, who died Feb. 21, 1873, established the well known firm of Bosson and Glover, which has con- tinued to this day, Harvey Bosson succeeding the father in the business. Both of the original partners were adepts in floriculture, and for years took a prominent part in the horticultural exhibitions of the Essex Institute of which they were both members, contributing fine specimens of dahlias and other choice varieties of flowers. Mr. Glover has taken great interest in the city affairs, having been for eight consecutive years a member of the Council ; also on the Board of Aldermen and a member of the Board of Overseers of the Poor and a Representative in the State legislature. Admitted to membership, Feb. 25, 1858. Dr. Preston Marshall Chase died at his residence ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX. 6 64 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. in Dan vers, January 4, 1887. He was born in Bradford, Mass., May 12, 1827, attended the public schools of Bradford and Andover, and taught school for some time in his early manhood in several towns of New Hampshire. Subsequently he studied medicine with Dr. Fowler of Bristol, N. H., and supplemented his study by a course at the Harvard Medical School from which he graduated in 1857. He came at once to Danvers to begin practice, and for nearly thirty years he discharged all the duties of his profession and was active in the public affairs of the town of his adoption. He was a typical country physician, of fine face and figure, cheerful, jovial, known to and knowing everybody, and mixing as much inspiring courage as med- icine in his sick-room prescriptions. He served a number of years on the school committee. He was appointed by Gov. Andrew to be examining surgeon for recruits in 1861. In 1870 he was appointed assistant surgeon of eighth Reg. M. V. M., and was promoted surgeon in 1875, which position he held for many years. He was a mem- ber of Jordan Lodge of Masons in South Danvers (Pea- body) and was one of the charter members of Unity Lodge of Danvers and also of the Holten Royal Arch Chapter of Danvers. He married, Sept. 12, 1858, Laurinda Bailey of West Newbury ; she and three sons survive him. Ad- mitted to membership, Aug. 2, 1867. Prof. George Baker Jewett died at his residence in Barton Square, Salem, June 9, 1886. He was a son of Rev. Paul Jewett (a native of Rowley) and Eleanor M., daughter of John Punchard of Salem ; was born in Leba- non, Me., during his father's pastorate there, Sept. 11, 1818, and passed much of his boyhood under the super- vision of his grandfather Punchard in Salem ; graduated at Amherst College in 1840, and at the Andover Theo- THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 65 logical Seminary in 1843 ; a tutor in Amherst 1843-4 ; a teacher 1845-9 ; Professor in Amherst, 1850-5 ; and pastor of the First Church in Nashua, N. H., 1855-6. Since then he has generally resided in Salem, indulging his scholarly tastes, and preaching and supplying pulpits when and where his services were required. For the last two or three years of his life, he devoted his time to veri- fying with extremest care the classical and biblical refer- ences in a forthcoming New Testament Lexicon. Among his other literary labors were a pamphlet controversy on the revised New Testament issued by the American Bible Union and the editing of the 4th and 5th volumes of Punchard's History of Congregationalism (posthumous). He married Mary J. daughter of Henry and Harriet (King) Whipple. She died at Salem, Aug. 30, 1887, aged 67. Admitted to membership July 6, 1864. Emery Saunders Johnson born in Salem, 17 May, 1817, son of Emery and Sarah (Saunders) Johnson; died at his residence on Essex street, Salem, Dec. 13, 1886. He was brought up in David Piugree's counting room, and from there he went to sea becoming master while yet very young. In later life he was an extensive traveller visiting the other continents. He leaves a widow and one son Walter E. Johnson, a lawyer in Denver, Col. He married Ann E. daughter of Benjamin and Ann M. (Brace) Creamer. Admitted to membership March 8, 1854. Richard Lindsey died at his residence on Everett street, Salem, Nov. 22, 1886 ; son of Richard and Lois (Devereaux) Lindsey of Marblehead ; he was born in that town, Feb. 22, 1809 : married, in 1837, Sophronia, daughter of Ezra and Polly (Lakeman) Fiske, born in Salem, May 24, 1808. For many years he kept a trading store of West India goods and groceries on Lafayette street, Salem. Admitted to membership July 22, 1857. 66 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Henry Osborne died at the Salem Hospital, August 14, 1886. He was son of Henry and Mary (Ward) Os- borne, born in Salem on the second of January, 1809. In early life he was a hatter and for many years was associated with his brother, the late Stephen Osborne, and continued the business for several years after his brother's death. Their store on the corner of Essex and Central streets was one of the oldest in the city. He was a man of quiet habits and of sterling integrity. His wife was Louisa Shreve born Jan'y 14, 1817, daughter of Isaac and Hannah (Very) Shreve ; one son Rev. Louis S. Osborne, graduate Harvard, 1873, Rector of Trinity Church, Chicago, 111., survives. Admitted to membership March 29, 1854. Augustine Staniford Perkins died at Salem, on Mon- day morning, Dec. 13, 1886, son of Aaron and Sarah (Staniford) Perkins, born at Ipswich May 13, 1813. He was for many years an energetic and active shipmaster in the Zanzibar trade, and was one of the original "forty- niners" in command of the barque Eliza which sailed from Salem in December, 1848, and was one of the first vessels that went to California at the time of the gold discovery. Admitted to membership Feb. 22, 1854. George C. Peirce, of Peabody, died after a long ill- ness, on Thursday, Nov. 11, 1886. He was born in Med- ford, May 2, 1814, son of Jonathan andLydia (Osborne) Peirce. In early life he entered the employ of the late Caleb Peirce as a dyer, afterwards a manufacturer, and about 1850 introduced a new industry, the making of Russia caps and lambs' wool cork soles. He was public spirited and interested in the affairs of the town ; chief engineer of the fire department in 1868 and was one of the committee on the introduction of water ; for several years captain of the Danvers Light Infantry. He leaves THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 67 a widow, a son, George O. Peirce, and a daughter. Ad- mitted to membership, Aug. 20, 1877. Elizabeth Appleton Putnam died at her residence in Salem, April 27, 1887, daughter of Nathaniel and Elizabeth (Ward) Appleton; born at Salem, July 10, 1804 ; married Eben Putnam, a graduate of Harvard in the class of 1815; postmaster of Salem 1829-40; died April 3, 1876 (see Bulletin Essex Inst., Vol. VIII, p. 45). Her facility for graceful versification was remark- able. Admitted to membership August 9, 1865. Xenophon H. Shaw, the oldest of Salem's business men, died suddenly at his home on Tuesday, Dec. 7, 1886. He was son of Darius and Johannah (Winship) Shaw, and was born in Lexington, Jan. 10, 1799. He married Eliza C, daughter of Elijah and Lucy (Collins) Haskell. He had for sixty-six years carried on the gilding and picture frame business at 283 Essex street both before and since the building of Mechanic Hall. His character was one of the sturdiest and most manly, upright and honest, and his sterling and kindly qualities endeared him to every one with whom he came in contact. Admitted to membership July 6, 1864. Henry Francis Skerry died at his home on Hazel street, Salem, Nov. 1, 1886, son of Francis and Phebe W. (Bancroft) Skerry, and was born July 25, 1821; a member of the English High School, after leaving which he engaged in the business of his father, on Essex street. In 1842 he united himself with the Central Baptist Church. In the following autumn removed to Bangor, Me., where he remained eleven years; coming again to his native city, he identified himself with the same Church and was secretary or superintendent of the Sunday School, or a deacon serving until the Calvary Church was formed, 68 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. when he became one of its constituent members and served it in the capacity of Deacon until he died. Admitted to membership Oct. 7, 1857. Charles Francis Adams died on Sunday morning, Nov. 22, 1886, at his home on Mt. Vernon street, Boston. He was the son of John Quincy and Louisa Catherine (Johnson) Adams and was born in Boston, August 18, 1807. Graduated at Harvard College, 1825. The next two years were passed in Washington as the confidential secretary of his father. After preliminary studies with Daniel Webster, he was admitted to the Suffolk Bar in 1828 ; in 1829, 3d Sept., married Abigail Brown, young- est daughter of Hon. Peter C. Brooks. During the pe- riod before the war he wrote several articles for the North American Review ; was member of both Houses of Massa- chusetts legislature, and a member of the 36th Congress. One of the first appointments of President Lincoln was that of Mr. Adams as minister to England. Early in 1868 Mr. Adams, after seven years of absence, asked to be re- leased from longer service. On his return home he be- came again a resident of Boston and Quincy devoting himself to those literary pursuits in which he always found great pleasure. The record of his election to cor- responding membership, bears date, Wednesday, Aug. 11, 1852. Nathaniel Ellis Atwood, sou of John At wood of Provincetown, Mass., was born in that town, Sept. 13, 1807. In 1816, the family removed to Long Point, the very tip of Cape Cod, to enable them the better to pursue their calling, and here their son Nathaniel, at the age of nine, began his service in the open fishing boat. In early manhood he had risen to the command of a vessel engaged in the fisheries on the banks of Newfoundland. Fishing THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 69 was his favorite employment and he continued in it until near his sixtieth year. He then engaged in the manufact- ure of cod liver oil, which he successfully pursued during the remainder of his life. In early life he began to ob- serve the habits and characteristics of fishes, and to read such books on natural history as he could obtain. Keen observation and a powerful memory enabled him to accu- mulate a great quantity of novel information, all of which was placed at the service of Dr. D. H. Storer during the preparation of his report on the fishes of Massachusetts published in 1843. His special knowledge on these and kindred subjects naturally attracted the attention of Prof. Louis Agassiz, who, in 1852, visited him at his home on Long Point ; this was the beginning of a lifelong friend- ship. His growing acquaintance with scientific men, who ap- preciated his peculiar attainments, was an inducement to redouble his efforts in his favorite studies and pursuits. Under a resolve of the Legislature approved May 16, 1856, the Governor was authorized with the advice of the Council to appoint three commissioners, whose duty it should be to ascertain and report to the next General Court such facts respecting the artificial propagation of fish as might show the practicability and expediency of establish- ing the artificial propagation of fish and the restocking of the interior waters of the State. Capt. Atwood was appointed one of these commission- ers, and to him was intrusted the duty of making the ob- servations and conducting the preliminary experiments. Temporary arrangements for this purpose were made at Sandwich, and here he made the first experiments of the kind in this State, and proved that the artificial fecunda- tion of the eggs of trout could be accomplished, although he did not in these first attempts succeed in keeping the 70 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. embryos alive until they had reached their full develop- ment, owing to the attacks of a fungus, but he showed the methods to be followed which would lead to success. The report of the commission was the first document of the kind published in this country, and the opinion is there expressed that the artificial propagation of fish is not only practicable but may be made very profitable, and that our fresh waters may thus be made to produce a vast amount of excellent food ; that a small outlay of capital and a moderate degree of skill will enable the proprietors of our smaller streams and ponds to stock them with valua- ble fish ; that in respect to the larger rivers and ponds a combination of individuals may be necessary, with special legislation adapted to each particular case. From this re- port made by Capt. Atwood and his two associates has resulted the Board of Commissioners on Inland Fisheries, whose labors for the past twenty-three years have proved the conclusions arrived at by this preliminary work, and ponds, streams and rivers have been stocked with fishes of several kinds, both native and foreign, by means of ar- tificial propagation. Capt. Atwood served in both branches of the Massachu- setts Legislature: in the House, 1857,1858, and in the Senate, 1869, 1870, 1871, where his knowledge of the sea- fisheries and an interest in the restocking of our rivers with fish were of great importance to the Commonwealth. During these several sessions he delivered important speeches on the sea-fisheries. He lectured on these sub- jects in many of ^he lecture courses in eastern Massachu- setts, and in 18 tf^ he gave a course of twelve lectures on fishes before the Lowell Institute, which were so well re- ceived that an invitation was extended to him for a second course on the same subject during the following season. Indeed, he lived to see the subject of ocean and inland THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 71 fisheries, about which little was known in his youth, sub- mitted to scientific investigation by national and state com- missions, to which he was a valuable contributor. Capt. Atwood was a member of the Boston Society of Natural History, of the Society of Arts of the Massachu- setts Institute of Technology and of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. He was elected a corresponding member of the Essex Institute, Aug. 27, 1856. He died at his home in Provincetown on Sunday, No- vember 7, 1886, after a lingering illness. Isaac Lea, LL.D., the distinguished naturalist, who earned a world-wide fame by his extensive researches in science, died on Wednesday, Dec. 8, 1886, at his residence in Philadelphia, in the ninety-fifth year of his age. His principal works are devoted to conchology and some de- partments of palaeontology. His investigations of the American Unios began in 1825 on receiving some specimens from the Ohio river; and when they terminated in 1874, he had published thirteen volumes. He was born in Wilmington, Delaware, March 4, 1792. He became a member of the American Philosophical So- ciety in 1828 : was president of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia from 1853-1858, and at the time of his death he was an honorary member of many of the scientific, philosophical and historical societies of the world. He received the degree of LL.D., from Harvard in 1852. In 1860 he presided at the meeting of the Amer- ican Association for the Advancement of Science, held at Newport, R. I. A complete detailed list of his publi- cations with a biographical sketch is contained in number twenty-three of the Bulletin of the United States National ESSEX JNST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX. 7 72 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Museum. Elected a corresponding member, March 5, 1866. Rev. Charles Chauncy Sewall was born at Marble- head, May 10, 1802; the youngest son of chief justice Samuel and Abigail (Devereux) Sewall. In early life he lived in New York city with an elder brother and entered his store as a clerk. He then went to Phillips Academy, Exeter, where he was fitted for Bowdoin College, which he entered in 1822. On leaving college, he turned his thoughts to the pulpit ; and, in the family of Rev. John White of West Dedham, he found a quiet but congenial home for his studies which he pursued with marked dili- gence and attention. He was installed April 11, 1827, the first pastor of the Unitarian church of Peabody, and re- signed in the summer of 1841. He removed to Medfield where he was occupied in farming and in successively sup- plying the pulpits of East Lexington, Lincoln, Way land and Sharon. He was a faithful attendant at the local con- ferences and the gatherings of ministers. His name has also been associated with the affairs of the town, in many important trusts ; as selectman, town clerk, town treasurer, member of the school board, representative to the Massa- chusetts legislature, etc. He was an early abolitionist, in sympathy with Whittier and Garrison. In his pastoral relations he responded readily to all calls for his services. He was a voluminous correspondent, and wrote poems, articles for the newspapers, essays, reports, sermons, etc. He died at his residence in Medfield, Nov. 22, 1886. He married Amy, daughter of William Peters, Esq., of Med- field, Oct. 1, 1823. She died Aug. 15, 1872. He was an original member of the Essex Institute, having been, at its inception in 1848, an honorary member of the Es- sex Historical Society. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 73 Meetings. Regular meetings were held on the first and third Monday evenings of each month. The follow- ing communications and lectures may be specified : Eev. S. L. Gracey, "The New England Thanksgiving. " J. W. Fewkes, of Cambridge, " A Naturalist's Visit to Grand Menan." F. W. Putnam, of Cambridge, " General burial places of the Mound builders, particularly the makers of those known as the Turner Group of the Little Miami Valley, Ohio.', William D. Northend, " The Settlement of the Massa- chusetts Bay Colony. " John T, Moidton, of Lynn, "Inscriptions from the old Burying-ground, Lynn."1 Andrew McFarland Davis, of Cambridge, "Indian Games ;" " A few additional notes concerning Indian games."2 George M. Whipple, " A Sketch of the Musical Socie- ties of Salem."3 William P. Upham, "Account of the Rebecca Nurse Monument."4 Pichard H. Derby, of New York, "Roger Derby."5 Robert 8. Rantoul, " A Contribution to the History of the Ancient Family of Woodbury."6 Wellington Pool, of Wenham, "Inscriptions from the old Burying-ground, Wenham."7 J. H. Sears, "Dermatochelys Coriacea, Trunk Back or Leathery Turtle ;" "List of native and introduced plants observed in flower in the vicinity of Salem, during the spring of 1886, on or before May l."8 iSee Hist. Coll.,vols. xxn, xxill. 2 See Bull. , vol. xvn, p. 89 and vol. xvm, p. 168. » See Hist. Coll., vol. xxm, p. 72. 4 See Hist. Coll., vol. xxm, p. 151. e See Hist. Coll., vol. xxm, p. 229. 6 See Hist. Coll., vol. xxiv, p. 1. i See Hist. Coll., vol. xxiv, p. 72. 8 see Bulletin, vol. xvm, pp. 87, 95. 74 THE RETROSPECT OF THE TEAR. J. 8. Kingsley, " The Development of Crangon Vulga- ris,"— second paper.9 F. W. Putnam, " Conventionalism in ancient American Art."10 Samuel Garman, " On the West Indian Teiidse in the Museum of Comparative Zoology ;" "West Indian Batra- chia in the Museum of Comparative Zoology ;" "On West Indian Geckonidss and Anguidse ;" " On West Indian Reptiles — Iguanidse, Scincidse."11 Geo. B. Blodgette, "Early Settlers of Rowley, Mass." (concluded).12 James A. Emmerton, "Salem Baptisms" (concluded).13 Field Meetings. — Two have been held during the season : First, on Thursday, July 1, 1886. A very pleasant excursion to the North part of the county, among the towns in the valley of the Merrimac. A party left Salem by rail for Newbury port, thence by carriage to the place of rendezvous, West Newbury, one of the most attractive of our farming towns, passing on the way Moulton's Hill and Curson's Mills, and the well-known Laurel Grounds owned by Mr. E. S. Moseley of Newbury- port, from whom a kind invitation to visit the same was extended. Arriving at the place of meeting about noon, we there met many friends who had joined the party on the way, or had come in various modes of conveyance from the adjoining towns, and the members of the West New- bury Natural History Club, our hosts on this occasion ; a couple of hours were spent in partaking of a most excellent lunch and in social conversation. The afternoon session 9 See Bulletin, vol. xvm, p. 99. 10 See Bulletin, vol. xvm, p. 155. 11 See Bulletin, vol. xix, pp. 1,13, 17, 25, 51. " See Hist. Coll., vol. xxm, pp. 231, 13 See Hist. Coll., vol. xxm, pp.81, 161,211. 304; vol. xxiv, p. 43. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 75 was called to order in the Town Hall at 2 p. m. by the President who made a few introductory remarks and then called upon Mr. Haydn Brown of West Newbury, who gave a familiar talk on " Our Song Birds," a subject to which he had devoted much observation and study. He said that there were three hundred and thirty-two vari- eties of birds recorded in Massachusetts. About eighty of these varieties are our summer residents, raising their young in this neighborhood. The handsomest birds in plumage are not the best songsters. The Bartram Sand- piper or Field Plover was fully described as to its habits, singing, etc. Eobins, he said, are fast increasing and they build near dwellings. Their best singing is in the morning just before daybreak. The warblers, field sparrows, orioles, swallows and other varieties were alluded to, and their peculiar charac- teristics were noted. A collection of well prepared specimens of birds was shown as the different varieties were described. Mr. M. Walsh Bartlett apologized for the absence of Mr. T. C. Thurlow, president of the club, who was kept at home by illness. Mr. Bartlett wel- comed the Institute to West Newbury, and mentioned that the geology of the place is interesting, and hoped that at some future time the Institute would make a thorough geological examination of this vicinity. Mr. John H. Sears described the flora of the place, showing the specimens that he had collected, and giving some simple and practical hints to students in botany. It was voted that the very cordial thanks of the Insti- tute be extended to the members of the West Newbury Natural History Club, for the refreshing and bountiful lunch so handsomely served, and to the ladies who had kindly assisted in making this gathering so successful ; also to 76 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. the town authorities for the use of the hall for the pur- poses of the meeting. At the close of the meeting the party were conveyed in horse cars to Haverhill, thence by steam cars to Salem, by way of Sutton's Mills, Mid- dleton and Danvers, arriving about 7 p. m. Second, at Plum Island on Wednesday, Aug. 11, 1886. A goodly company left the Boston and Maine station, Sa- lem, about eight in the morning. On arriving at Ipswich, they repaired to the wharf, where the little steamer Car- lotta was in readiness to convey them to the Island. The sail down Ipswich River is very pleasant : the river is very crooked, its sharp windings giving diversity to the trip and adding much to its attractiveness. There are several landings along the river and on the Island, where there are clusters of houses which are let for sum- mer camping purposes. One steamboat runs regularly to Ipswich, and another to Rowley, while excursion boats from Newburyport are frequent visitors. The afternoon meeting was held in a barn, which was extemporized for a lecture room. The President, in opening the proceedings, referred to the different kinds of meetings the society has held. Dur- ing the sail down the river he was reminded of the great interest that was felt, several years ago, in the shellheaps at Eagle Island, and other places contiguous, when the lo- cality was visited by distinguished scientists. He also alluded to the foundation of the Museum of American Archaeology and Ethnology at Cambridge by the liberality of George Peabody, and to the instrumentality of Prof. Jeffries Wyman (who was appointed the first curator of the Museum) in giving an impetus to archaeological re- search, which has made rapid progress since his time. Since Prof. Wyman's death, the museum has been under THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 77 the direction of Prof. F. W. Putnam, his immediate suc- cessor in office, and it has become one of the best known and most useful institutions of its character in the coun- try. Mr. J. S. Kingsley (who is now conducting micro- scopic examinations and zoological investigations at Salem Neck) gave a familiar talk upon the eye. He first described the human eye and explained, with the aid of blackboard drawings, how the eye receives the object on the retina, and how the optic nerve connects the retina with the brain. The different parts of the picture are produced on dif- ferent sections of the retina, each section taking its own, and the brain somehow putting these parts together to form the perfect picture. In the classes of animals other than the vertebrates, eyes are not always placed in the head, nor are they always two in number. He explained this in the case of starfishes, worms, and in certain mol- lusks, which have a large number of eyes. Mr. John H. Sears of Salem was called upon to speak of the seashore plants, many of which he exhibited and described. He also said that many of the plants found here were not peculiar to the seashore, for they could be found about us on the mainland. Among the woods which he considered indigenous to Plum Island were the pitch pine, white and red oaks, maple, juniper, and some others ; and also certain shrubs, many of which are to be found on the mainland. He also spoke of two forms of grape vine to be found here, and exhibited the plum bush, with some of the fruit upon it, this being the fruit from which the Island takes its name. Prof. A. C. Perkins of Brooklyn, N. Y., and formerly principal of Phillips Academy, Exeter ; Messrs. Alfred Osgood of Newburyport, N. A. Horton of Salem, C. A. Sayward of Ipswich, and others offered remarks. 78 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Voted. That the thanks of the Institute are hereby tendered to Mr. Wm. C. Cullen, the landlord of the hotel, and to Mr. N. F. Hopkins of Salem, for kind at- tentions and civilities. Adjourned. Library. — The additions to the Library for the year (May, 1886 to May, 1887) have been as follows : By Donation. Folios, 298 Quartos, 485 Octavos, 2,760 Duodecimos, 1,618 XVI mos 650 XXIV tos, 183 Total of bound volumes, 5,994 Pamphlets and serials, 11,610 Total of donations, 17,604 By Exchange. Quartos, 13 Octavos, • 173 Duodecimos, 26 xvi mos, 1 xxiv tos, 1 Total of bound volumes, 214 Pamphlets and serials, 2,897 Total of exchanges, 3,111 By Purchase. Octavos, 8 Duodecimos, 10 Total of bound volumes, 18 Pamphlets and serials, 6 Total of purchases, 24 Total of donations, , 17,604 Total of exchanges, 3,111 Total of purchases, 24 Total of additions 20,739 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 79 Of the total number of pamphlets and serials, 2,731 were pamphlets, and 11,782 were serials. The donations to the Library for the year have been re- ceived from one hundred and fifty-nine individuals and seventy-two societies and governmental departments. The exchanges from eight individuals and from one hundred and sixty-six societies and incorporate institutions of which ninety-two are foreign ; also from editors and publishers. It must be very gratifying to all the friends of the Essex Institute to reflect that while every year since its organi- zation has witnessed a constant increase in its prosperity and usefulness, the past year has added to its material re- sources more abundantly than ever. The purchase of the Daland estate gives us a most commodious and convenient building for the reception of that part of our library which is most used for reference and circulation, as well as fire- proof rooms for the most valuable portion of our collec- tions. In connection with the facilities afforded us by the lower rooms of Plummer Hall, it is hoped that sufficient room will be found for the present to arrange properly the whole library, now consisting ©f 50,000 bound volumes, besides our great collection of pamphlets and newspapers. In 1855 the number of bound volumes was stated to be IOjOOO.1 From that time to 1872 the total of bound vol- umes added to the library was 16,118 or an average of 895 per year. From 1873 to 1886 the total was 17,656, aver- aging 1,261 each year. Adding to these the donations of the past year gives the present total of bound volumes just 50,000. With such rapid growth the time will soon come when still larger accommodations will be required. Among the donations to the library (which much exceed 1 See second " Act of Incorporation " Dec, 1S55* ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX 7* 80 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. those of any previous year) the following may be men- tioned as especially important. The library of the late Augustus Story bequeathed by his sister, Miss Eliza Ann Story, was received in October, 1885, but was not recorded till the present year. It con- sists of 1,318 bound volumes and 3,028 pamphlets and serials, and is especially rich in literary and standard works, including many rare and finely illustrated volumes. This collection will be kept by itself in accordance with the re- quest of Miss Story. The library of the late Francis Peabody, presented by his widow Mrs. Martha Peabody, contains 3,055 bound volumes and 1,103 pamphlets and serials. This most gen- erous donation is especially valuable for the great number of works relating to science and the mechanical arts, agri- culture, horticulture, photography, etc. Mr. T. F. Hunt, our curator of painting and sculpture, has presented to the library his unique collection of works relating to China, over 600 volumes. Probably no more extensive or valuable collection of books on this subject can be found in this country. We are also indebted to Mr. Hunt for a large increase of the Art Library founded and maintained by him. Donations or exchanges have been received from the following : — Vols. Pam. Adelaide, Royal Society of South Australia, ... 1 Almy, James F., 2 Altenburg, Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes, 1 American Association for the Advancement of Science, . 2 American Ornithologists' Union, 4 Ames, George L., 1 Ames, John G., Washington, D. C, 1 Amherst College, 2 Amiens, Societe Linneenne du Nord de la France, 1 37 Anagnos, M., South Boston, 1 Andover, N. H-, Proctor Academy, . . ♦ * » I THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 81 Vols. Pam. Andover Theological Seminary Library, .... 1 Baker, Walter, & Co., Dorchester, 1 Balch, G. B., Yonkers, N. Y., 1 Baldwin, William H., Boston, 1 Baltimore, Maryland Historical Society, .... 1 1 Baltimore, Md., Johns Hopkins University, ... 25 Baltimore, Md., Peabody Institute, 1 Barton, E. M., Worcester, 3 Barton, William G., 5 157 Batavia, K. Naturkundige Vereeniging in Nederlandsch Indie, 1 2 Batchelder, H. M., . . . . Maps, Charts, 9 77 Battell, Bobbins, J Norfolk, Ct., 1 Battell, Miss Anna, j Belfast, Naturalists' Field Club, 1 Bergen, Bergenske Museum, 1 Berkeley, University of California, 9 Berlin, Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde, . . 1 Bern, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, 2 Bolles, Rev. E. C, D.D., . . . .... 1 177 Bonn, Naturhistorischer Verein, 1 1 Bordeaux, Academie Nationale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts, 1 4 Bordeaux, Societe Linneenne, 1 Boston, American Academy of Arts and Sciences, . . 1 1 Boston, Appalachian Mountain Club, 1 Boston Board of Health, 12 Boston, City of, 6 Boston, Massachusetts General Hospital, .... 2 Boston, Massachusetts Historical Society, .... 3 Boston, Massachusetts Horticultural Society, ... 2 Boston, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, . . 1 Boston, Massachusetts Medical Society, .... 1 Boston, Massachusetts State Board of Health, ... 1 32 Boston, National Association of Wool Manufacturers, . 1 5 Boston, New England Historic Genealogical Society, . 7 Boston Public Library, 3 Boston Scientific Society, 3 Boston Society of Natural History, . . . . , 7 Briggs, N.A., Shaker Village, N. H., 12 Bristol, Eng., Naturalists' Society, 2 Brooklyn, N. Y., Brooklyn Library, 1 Brooks, H. M., 1 1 82 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Vols. Pam. Brookville, Ind., Society of Natural History, ... 1 Brown, Henry A., 60 Browne, Miss Alice, Newspapers, Briinn, Naturforschender Verein, 2 4 Brunswick, Me., Bowdoin College Library, ... 1 3 Bruxelles, Societe Beige de Microscopie, .... 9 Bruxelles, Societe Entomologique de Belgique, . . 1 Bruxelles, Societe Malacologique de Belgique, ... 1 13 Buenos Aires, Sociedad Cientifica Argentina, ... 12 Buffalo, N. Y., Buffalo Library, 2 Buffalo, N.Y., Society of Natural Sciences, ... j Cabot, Mrs. J. S., 9 Caen, Academie Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles- Lettres, 1 Calcutta, Geological Survey of India, .... 1 12 Call, R. Ellsworth, Topeka, Kan., 1 Cambridge, Harvard University, 1 11 Cambridge, Museum of Comparative Zoology, ... 6 Cambridge, Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and Ethnology, 2 Canada Royal Society, 1 Carpenter, Rev. C. C, Andover, 1 Cassel, Verein fur Naturkunde, 1 1 Champaign, 111., State Laboratory of Natural History, . 1 Charleston, S. C, Elliott Society of Science and Art, . 1 Chever, Edward E., 2 Chicago, 111., Public Library, 1 Childs, George W., Philadelphia, Pa., ... . 1 Christiania, Royal University of Norway, .... 4 5 Christiania, Videnskabs Selskabet, 2 Cincinnati, O., Historical and Philosophical Society, . . 2 Cincinnati, O., Mechanics' Institute, 1 Cincinnati, O., Public Library, 1 Cincinnati, 0., Society of Natural History, ... 4 Clarke, Robert & Co., Cincinnati, O., 1 Cogswell, William, 1 Colcord, Mrs. H. M., South Peabody, 1 Cole, Mrs. N. D., Newspapers, 40 Conrad, B. S., Georgetown, Demerara 1 Copenhague, Society Botanique, 6 Copenhague, Society Roy ale des Antiquaires du Nord, . 2 Cordoba, Academia Nacional de Ciencias, .... 9 Corwin, E. T., Millstone, N. J., 1 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 83 Vols. Pam. Currier, James M., Castleton, Vt., 1 Curwen, George R., 11 Curwen, James B., 30 Cutter, A. E., Charlestown, 1 Dakota Bureau of Statistics, 2 Damon, Robin, 13 Dana, James, Boston, 1 Danzig, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, .... 1 Darling, C. W., Utica, N. Y., 1 Darmstadt, Verein fur Erdkunde, 1 Davenport, Iowa, Academy of Natural Scieuces, . . l Detroit, Mich., Public Library, 25 1 Dimond, Mrs. A., 20 Dixon, Mrs. Sarah N. (Pope), Estate of, .... 1 Dresden, Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft, . . 2 Dresden, Verein fiir Erdkunde, 1 Dublin Royal Society, 9 Dunlap, Lauren, Huron, D. T., 1 Eilery, Harrison, Boston, .... Newspapers, Emden, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, .... l Emmerton, James A., 3 123 Erfurt, Akademie gemeinnutziger Wissenschaften, . . 1 Erlangen, Physikalisch-medicinische Societat, . . 1 Essex Agricultural Society, 1 Essex, Eng., Essex Field Club, 5 Evans, F. L., 1 Exeter, N. H., Phillips Exeter Academy, .... 1 Falmouth, Eng., Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society, . 1 Farley, Mrs. M. C, 48 Farmer, Moses G., Eliot, Me., 5 Faxon, Walter, Cambridge, 2 12 Felton, Luther H., J-d,^,^ , _ _ ' , . ' I Boston, .1 Felton, Frederick L., ) Firenze, R. Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale, ... 30 Firenze, R. Istituto di Studi Superiori, .... 1 2 Fiske, Mrs. Jerome H., Maiden, . . Newspapers, Frankfurt, a. m. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, . . 1 Frankfurt, a. m. Senckenbergische Naturforschende Ge- sellschaft, 6 Garrison, Francis J., Boston, 2 Geneve, Institut National Genevois, 1 Giessen, Oberhessische Gesellschaft, 1 Gilman, E. H., Hartford, Ct., 3 84 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Vols. Pam. Glasgow, Natural History Society, 11 Goodrich, Phineas, Portsmouth, N. H., . Newspapers, Gorman, A. P., Washington, D. C, 1 Gould, John H., Topsfield, 3 2 Gould, Miss Susie C, Topsfield, .... Map, Green, Samuel A., Boston, 61 681 Griffin, M. I. J., Philadelphia, Pa., 1 Guild, Reuben A., Providence, R. I., . . . . . 1 Giistrow, Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Meck- lenburg, 1 Hackett, Frank W., Washington, D. C, 1 Halifax, N. S. Institute of Natural Science, ... 2 Halle, K. Leop.-Carol. D. Akademie der Naturforscher, . 5 Hamburg, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, ... 2 Hamilton, Morris R., Newark, N. J., 1 Hamilton, R. I., Narragansett Historical Publishing Co., . 4 Hampden, John, Balham, Eng., 4 Harlem, Societe Hollandaise des Sciences, ... 7 Harriman, N. H., Georgetown, 2 Hartford, Connecticut Historical Society, ... 1 Hartford, Ct., Trinity College, 1 Hassam, John T., Boston, 1 Hazen, Rev. Henry A., Boston, 1 Hildreth, J. L., Cambridge, 1 Hill, Hamilton A., Boston, 2 Hill, William M., 4 Hoffman, Mrs. Charles, 395 Holmes, John C, Detroit, Mich., . . . Map, Horton, Miss A. B., Newspapers, Howard, Joseph Jackson, Blackheath, Eng., ... 15 Hubbard, Miss M. B., Lawrence, 4 2 Hull, John Henry, New York, N. Y., 1 Hunt, Miss S. E., 21 Hunt, T. F 653 198 Huron, D. T., Department of Immigration, ... 8 Iowa City, la., State Historical Society, .... 4 Ireson, Mrs. C. K., 1 Israel, Rev. F., Newspapers, 6 31 Ithaca, N. Y., Cornell University, 1 35 Ives, H. P., 5 Jewett, Mrs. George B., . . . . Newspapers, 27 179 Kimball, James P., Washington, D. C. .... 2 King, Henry F., Newspapers, THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 85 Vole. Pam. King, Miss H. M., 2 Kingsley, J. S., Maiden, .... Newspapers, 167 Kjobenhavn, K. D. Videnskabernes Selskab, ... 3 Konigsberg, Physikalisch Oekonomische Gesellschaft, . l Lamson, Rev. D. F., Manchester, 1 Lane, Rev. James P., Norton, 1 Langworthy, Rev. I. P., Boston, 1 Lansing, Mich., State Board of Agriculture, ... 1 Lansing, Mich., State Library, 31 19 Lausanne, Societe Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, . 2 Lawrence, Geo. N., New York, N. Y., .... 4 Lawrence Public Library, 1 Leavitt, Mrs. William, 27 14 Lee, F. H., Newspapers, 1 203 Leeds, Eng., Conchological Society, ..... 5 Leiden, L'Universit6, 1 Le Mans, Societe d'Agriculture, Sciences et Arts de la Sarthe, 2 Liege, Societe Royale des Sciences, ..... 1 Lincoln, Neb., State Historical Society, .... 1 28 Little, Brown & Co., Boston, 1 Little, J. J. & Co., New York, N. Y., 1 Liverpool, Eng., Literary and Philosophical Society, . 2 Lockwood, Samuel, Freehold, N. J., 1 London Royal Society, 11 Lowell, Old Residents' Historical Association, ... 1 Lund, K. Universitetet, 13 Luxembourg, L'Institut Royal Grand Ducal, ... 1 Lyon, Academie des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts, . 2 Lyon, Societe d'Agriculture, Histoire Naturelle et Arts Utiles, .4 Lyon, Soci6t6 Linneenne, 2 McDaniel, Rev. B. F., San Diego, Cal., .... 5 469 McFarland, Miss E. K., .... Newspapers, 3 Madison, Wis., State Historical Society, .... 1 Madrid, Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural, . . 3 Manchester, Rev. L. C, Lowell, 1 Manning, Robert, Newspapers, 6 131 Marburg, Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Na- turwisseuschaften, Marsh, Lucius B., Boston, 13 Marshall, William, New York, N. Y., . . . . 1 Massachusetts, Secretary of the Commonwealth of, . 8 86 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Vols. Pam. Meek, Henry M., 1 Meriden, Ct., Scientific Association, 1 Mexico, Museo Nacional, ....... 1 Michigan Agricultural College, 18 Middletown, Ct., Wesley an University, .... 1 Montreal Committee of British Association for the Ad- vancement of Science, 1 Montreal, Natural History Society, 4 Morse, E. S., 49 Miinchen, K. B. Akademie der Wissenschaften, . . 10 Munster, Provinzial Verein fur Wissenschaft u. Kunst, . 1 Napoli, R. Accademia di Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche, . 3 2 Newark, New Jersey Historical Society, . . . . 1.2 New Bedford Public Library, 1 Newhall, Miss Eliza G., 22 45 New Haven, Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, 1 New Haven, Ct., Yale College, 15 Newport, R. I., Historical Society, 1 Newport, R. I., Redwood Library, 1 New York Central and Hudson River R. R. Co., ... 1 New York, N. Y., Academy of Sciences, .... 3 New York, N. Y., American Geographical Society, . . 10 New York, N. Y., Chamber of Commerce, ... 1 New York, N. Y., Columbia College, 1 New York, N. Y., Genealogical and Biographical Society, 4 New York, N. Y., Historical Society, .... 1 New York, N. Y., Mercantile Library Association, . . 2 New York, N. Y., Microscopical Society, .... 8 Northend, William D., 12 129 Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, .... 2 Nourse, Miss Dorcas C, Newspapers, Nourse, Miss Jane, Newspapers, Nurnberg, Naturhistorische Gesellschaft, .... 1 Osgood, John C, 5 157 Ottawa, Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada, 2 1 Ottawa, L'Institut Canadien-Fran^ais, .... 8 Packard, Rev. P. W., 1 Palermo, R. Accademia di Scienze, Lettere e Belle Arti, . 1 Palfray, Charles W., ........ 1 412 Paris, Societe d'Acclimatation, 10 Paris, Society d'Anthropologie, 4 Paris, Societe des Etudes Historiques, .... 2 Parker, H. J., Boston, 1 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 87 Vols. Pam. Peabody, Henry W., 1 Peabody, Mrs. Martha, . . . Maps, Charts, Views, 3055 1103 Peabody Reporter Co., .... Newspapers, Peabody, S. Endicott, Maps, 163 163 Peet, Rev. S. D., Clinton, Wis., 6 Peoria, 111., Scientific Association, 1 Perkins, George A., 3 41 Perry, Rev. William S., Davenport, la., ... . 1 Philadelphia, Pa., Academy of Fine Arts, .... 3 Philadelphia, Pa., Academy of Natural Sciences, . . 3 Philadelphia, Pa., American Catholic Historical Society, . 4 Philadelphia, Pa., American Philosophical Society, . . 3 Philadelphia, Pa., Historical Society, .... 4 Philadelphia, Pa., Library Company, .... 2 Philadelphia, Pa., Library of the Franklin Institute, . 1 Philadelphia, Pa., Numismatic and Antiquarian Society, . 1 Philadelphia, Pa., Zoological Society, .... 1 Philbrick, Miss Eliza, 2 Plumer, Miss Mary N., .... Newspapers, 16 329 Pool, Wellington, Weoham, 2 Portland, Maine Historical Society, 1 Poughkeepsie, N. Y., Vassar Brothers' Institute, . . 1 Pratt Manufacturing Co., New York, N. Y., ... 1 Providence, Rhode Island Historical Society, ... 2 Providence, R. I., Public Library, 1 Pulsifer, David, Boston, 3 Putnam, Edmund Q., Newspapers, Quebec Literary and Historical Society, .... 1 Rantoul, R. S., 13 Reeve, J. T., Appleton, Wis., 1 Regensburg, K. B. Botanische Gesellschaft, ... 1 Regensburg, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, ... 1 Rhoades, Miss Louisa A., 2 3 Richmond, Virginia Historical Society, .... 2 Rider, Sidney S., Providence, R. I., 14 26 Riga, Naturforschender Verein, 1 Robinson, John, 21 166 Rochester, N. Y., Warner Observatory, .... 2 Roma, Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Emanuele, . . 6 Ropes, Willis H., ..... Newspapers, 2 Russell, Mrs. L. A., 11 St. Gallen, St. Gallische Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft, 1 St. Louis, Mo., Academy of Science, 1 ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX. 8 88 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Vols. Pam. St. Louis, Mo., Public Library, 2 St. Paul, Minnesota Historical Society, .... 4 St. P6tersbourg, Academie Imperiale des Sciences, . . 19 St. PStersbourg, Societe Entomologique, .... 1 St. Petersburg, Imperial Botanic Garden, .... 1 Salem, City of, 1 Salem, East Church Parish Committee, .... 1 Salem Fraternity, 10 Salem, Peabody Academy of Science, .... 23 200 San Diego, Cal., Natural History Society, .... 9 San Francisco, Cal., Academy of Sciences, .... 1 San Francisco, Cal., Mercantile Library Company, . . 1 Sargent, Miss Mary E., Lowell, 2 Savannah, Georgia Historical Society, .... 1 Scranton, Pa., Lackawanna Institute of History and Science, 2 Sener, S. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1 'SGravenhage, Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging, 7 Shanghai, China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, . 3 Sims, William, Topeka, Kan., 1 Smith, Charles C, Boston, 1 Smith, George Plumer, Philadelphia, Pa., .... 1 1 So. Hadley, Mount Holyoke Female Seminary, ... 1 Springfield, Illinois Department of Agriculture, . . 4 Stettin, Entomologischer Verein, 2 Stimpson, T. M., Newspapers, Stockholm, Entomologiska Foreningen, .... 3 Stone, B. W., 4 1 Stone, Eben F., Washington, D. C, 3 148 Stone, Robert Newspapers, Story, Estate of Miss E. A., 1318 3028 Stratton, Charles E., Boston, 1 Swan, Miss Sarah H., Cambridge, 1 Sydney, New South Wales Department of Mines, . . 1 Sydney, Royal Society of New South Wales, ... 1 Tasmania, Government of, 1 Taunton, Eng., Somersetshire Archaeological and Natural History Society, 1 Throndhjem, K. N. Videnskabs Selskabs, .... 2 Tierney, P. F., 13 Tilton, John P., 5 Topeka, Kansas Historical Society, . . . . . 33 96 Topeka, Kan., Washburn College Laboratory of Natural History, 3 Toppan, Charles, .5 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 89 Vols. Pam. Toronto, Canadian Institute, 3 Trenton, N. J., Natural History Society, .... 1 Turner, J., Horsfall, Bradford, Eng., .... 1 Tuskegee, Ala., Normal School, l Unknown, 3 10 Upham, William P., Newspapers, 1 12 Upsal, Societas Scientiarum, 1 U. S. Bureau of Education, 2 2 U. S. Chief Signal Officer, .... Charts, 2 U. S. Civil Service Commission, 1 U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1 U. S. Comptroller of the Currency, 1 U. S. Department of the Interior, 104 4 U. S. Department of State, 5 13 U. S. Fish Commission, 2 4 U. S. Geological Survey, 4 10 U. S. Life Saving Service, 1 U. S. National Museum, 29 U. S. Naval Observatory, 1 U. S. Navy Department, 4 U. S. Patent Office, 5 53 U. S. Treasury Department, 3 U. S. War Department, 5 Walker, Abbott, Hamilton, 1 Walton, E. N., 1 Warren, Mrs. J. Mason, Boston, 1 Washington, D. C, National Academy of Sciences, . . 1 Washington, D. C, Smithsonian Institution, ... 1 Watanabe, H., Tokyo, Japan, 1 Waters, D. P., Newspapers, 160 103 Waters, E. Stanley, 11 Waters, J. Linton, . . . Circulars, Newspapers, 4 6 Waterville, Me., Colby University, 1 Watson, S. M., Portland, Me., 3 Webb, F. R., Auckland, N. Z., . . . Newspapers, Webb, William G., Newspapers, 1 Weston, Charles H., 1795 Wheatland, Miss Elizabeth, 1 Whipple, George M., 18 7 Whittredge, Charles E., 2 Wien, K. K. Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft, . . 3 Wien, Verein zur Verbreitung Naturwissenschaftliche Kenntnisse, 2 Wiesbaden, Verein fiir Naturkunde, 1 90 THE RETR08PECT OF THE YEAR, Vols. Pam. 1 Wilder, Edward B., Dorchester, Wildes, Rev. George D., Riverdale, N. Y., . Wilkes Barre, Pa., Wyoming Historical and Geological Society, 1 Williams, J. F., St. Paul, Minn., Willson, Rev. E. B., Winchell, N. H., Minneapolis, Minn., 2 Winsor, Justin, Cambridge, Winthrop, Robert C, Boston, 1 Woods, Mrs. Kate T., Worcester, American Antiquarian Society, ... 47 Worcester, Samuel, 1 Worcester, Society of Antiquity, 1 Wright, W. H. K., Plymouth, Eng., Wiirzburg, Physikalisch-Medicinische Gesellschaft, . . 2 Young, H. H., St. Paul, Minn., The following have been received from editors or publishers : 160 1 172 3 1 11 American Exchange and Mart. American Journal of Science and Art. Bay State Monthly. Cape Ann Advertiser. Chicago Journal of Commerce. Danvers Mirror. Fireside Favorite. Gardener's Monthly and Horti- culturist. Ipswich Chronicle. La Bibliophilie. Lawrence American. Le Naturaliste Canadien. Lynn Bee. Manifesto, The. Marblehead Messenger. Musical Herald. Musical Record. Nation, The. Naturalists' Leisure Hour and Monthly Bulletin. Nature. New England Magazine. Our Dumb Animals. Peabody Press. Peabody Reporter. Sailors' Magazine and Seamen's Friend. Salem Daily Times. Salem Evening News. Salem Gazette. Salem Observer. Salem Register. Salem Telegram. Traveller's Record. Turner's Public Spirit. Voice, The. Wade's Fibre and Fabric. Zoolosischer Anzeiger. Publications. As heretofore, the Historical Collec- tions and the Bulletin have been issued ; both the histori- cal and the scientific departments receive valuable acces- sions in exchange for these from kindred societies in other countries as well as in our own land. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 91 A Rose Show was held on June 23. Some forty differ- ent varieties were shown and among them were some very beautiful specimens. A peculiar flowering shrub,1 bear- ing a handsome flower and a profusion of blossoms, was contributed by Mr. Robert Manning, who received honor- able mention. Mr. John Robinson exhibited a Japanese rose and several beautiful specimens of the hardy rose, for which he received honorable mention ; as did Mr. Geo. R. Emmerton, Mrs. S. G. Wheatland, Mrs. C. H. Miller, Mrs. D. A. Varney, Mrs. H. A. Cook, Mr. Geo. D. Put- nam, Mr. James F. Almy and Mrs. William M. Whitney of Beverly, for their exhibits. There were twenty-three exhibitors ; premiums of moderate amounts were awarded to Charles E. Marsh of Lynn, William J. Foster of Salem, and J. M. Ward of Peabody. Museum. The specimens in natural history including those in archaeology, which have been received during the year, have been placed on deposit with the trustees of the Peabody Academy of Science, in accordance with previ- ous arrangements. Those of an historical character, or which possess an artistic interest, have been placed in the rooms. There have been one hundred and ninety-eight contributions ; prominent among these is a large and rare collection of War Envelopes, which was made with much care and at considerable cost by the late Mr. George Per- kins of this city, who while living was an active and use- ful member of the Institute. A valuable historical paint- ing, "The Last Haven," by Ross Turner, and "Pastures by the Sea," by Miss Fidelia Bridges, of New York, have been presented by the artists and will adorn the walls of the new building. The donors to the museum are the following : — 1 Actinidia polygama. 92 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Edwin R. Ide, Mrs. Kate T. Woods, John Robinson, Francis H. Lee, J. Linton Waters, Samuel A. Green of Boston, Robert S. Rantoul, Charles A. Ropes, S. Endicott Peabody, Daniel C. Beckett, Estate of Aaron Perkins, George A. Perkins, Charles H. Andrews, Abner C. Goodell, Jr., Frank Cousins, Mrs. Rebecca D. Nesmith of Reading, Samuel Worcester, Ellsworth Stewart of Michigan, Misses M. E. & A. O. Williams, Edward S. Morse, Peabody Academy of Science, T. F. Hunt, Henry M. Brooks, George Upton, Joseph Nichols, John Lar- com of Beverly Farms, B. F. McDaniel, B. H. Fabens, Harriet M. White of Wenham, John Battis, 2nd, Mrs. William Leavitt, James B. Curwen, R. L. Newcomb, Daniel C. Haskell, Charles R. Waters, Thomas R. Fallon of No. Carolina. The ninth art exhibition opened on June 3 ; the pre- ceding evening a reception was given to the contributors and their immediate friends ; a lunch was served and the visitors were entertained with orchestral music under the direction of F. Clayton Record ; the exhibition closed on June 19. It was confined to paintings in oil, water colors, charcoal, etc., by the artists and amateurs of Salem and its immediate vicinity. A large majority of the artists were residents of this city, and Salem may take just pride in the genuine artistic merit here displayed. The collec- tion embraced two hundred and forty-six exhibits, and was especially strong in figure pieces and portraits ; including a very striking portrait of the daughter of Ralph Waldo Emerson, by J. J. Redmond ; that of Salem's well-known and oldest clergyman, Rev. E. B. Willson, by F. W. Ben- son ; one of Clark Oliver, most life-like, by C. C. Red- mond, and the ideal portraiture of "Kilmeny" by Miss H. F. Osborne. A portion of the pictures were arranged for a summer exhibition and remained in the hall through July and August. The collection was larger and more varied than usual. Among the more celebrated artists who con- tributed this year may be mentioned Ross Turner, George H. Clement, Philip Little, H. A. Hallett, F. W. Benson, George W. Harvey. The exhibition was considered by competent judges to be of more than usual merit. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 93 of the artists and contributors : — Miss S. E. C. Oliver. Mrs. A. M. Osborne. Miss H. F. Osborne. Miss Peirce. Miss Kate Peirson. Miss M. E. Phippen. Miss A. G. Pingree. Miss S. E. Pratt. Miss A. M. Quiraby. S. F. Quimby. Mrs. S. F. Quimby. C. C. Redmond. J. J. Redmond. Miss Delia Rich. Miss Safford. Arthur L. Sanders. Mrs. C. P. Sears. J. A. Sibley. Mrs. N. G. Simonds. Miss S. E. Smith. Miss J. St. Clair. Miss M. E. Stillman. Mrs. G. L. Streeter. Miss A. S. Tukey. Ross Turner. Miss Ida F. Upton. Miss J. S. Warden. Miss M. L. Webb. Miss I. Whidden. Miss L. B. Whipple. Miss E. O. Williams. Mrs. E. B. Willson. Mrs. Frank Winn. The following is a list Miss A. A. Agge. Frank W. Benson. Miss M. M. Brooks. Miss Anne Chase. George H. Clement. F. M. Cone. Miss L. M. Cone. Mrs. M. H. Davis. Miss M. E. Dockham. Albert E. Downs. George R. Emmerton. Mrs. W. H. Emmerton. J. B. Foster. Miss B. Gardner. Miss S. A. Glidden. Miss C. Goldthwaite. Hendricks A. Hallett. Arthur F. Harlow. Mrs. George Harrington. George W. Harvey. George B. Haskell. Mrs. Haskell. Mrs. A. G. Higginson. Mrs. E. Hobbs. Miss Minnie L. Hobbs. Miss A. B. Holden. Miss Lucy B. Hood. Miss S. S. Kimball. Miss L. Lander. Mrs. E. A. Leavitt. Philip Little. Miss M. Lyman. Mrs W. S. Nevins. George Newcomb. Financial. — The Treasurer's report of the receipts and expenditures of the past year (condensed for printing) : RECEIPTS. Balance of last year's account, $112 33 Assessments of members, 854 Income of invested funds, 2,185 16 Sale of publications,. . 947 45 Income from rents, 133 87 Salem Athenaeum, portion of bills paid, 172 37 . 4,405 18 94 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. EXPENDITURES. Salaries of secretary, ass't librarian, and janitor, Publications and printing, Books, binding and miscellaneous printing, Fuel, gas, stationery, express and incidentals, Salem Athenaeum, per agreement, Salem Athenaeum, service of librarian, . Annuities (with legacies), 1,920 1,330 47 623 20 354 29 300 50 160 Income short of expenses, Received legacy from estate of Martha G. Wheatlaud, . . 10,000 " extra Dividend Pepperell Manf. Co. Cr. same account, 800 " legacy from estate of Esther C. Mack, . . . 4,000 4,737 96 332 78 14.800 Investment of legacy of M. G. Wheatland, Balance on hand at close of account, 10,008 25 4,458 97 $14,800 00 May 16, 1887. Respectfully submitted, Geo. D. Phippen, Treasurer. Examined and approved, R. C. MANNING, Auditor. The above legacies increase the interest-bearing funds of the Institute to about $50,000, exclusive of the cost of the Daland House, and its improvements. The Institute has a right to be congratulated on the suc- cess of the past year as well as on the bright prospect for a prosperous future. The new building so long hoped for is now ready for occupancy and will, it is believed, fully re- alize the anticipations of the friends of the project. It is the intention of the Directors to open the building for the inspection of members that they may see for themselves the new house which the liberality ©f their friends has made it possible for the Institute to purchase. Already an increase in membership shows that the public is ready to encourage and sustain the society in its new departure and a much larger accession of members may be expected as the increased advantages, which the new building ena- bles the Institute to offer, shall be made known. BULLETIN OF THE ESSEX UsTSTITUTE. Vol. 19. Salem: July to Dec, 1887. Nos. 7-12. ON THE SANTHALS, A SEMI-BARBAROUS TRIBE OF NORTHEASTERN BENGAL. BY DR. SAMUEL KNEELAND. When in Copenhagen in 1885, I had the opportunity to see some photographs of the Santhal tribe, and afterward obtained possession of some ornaments worn by the San- thals, a tribe of northeast Bengal, before their conversion to Christianity by Messrs. Borresen and Skefsrud of the Danish mission, established and successfully carried on by them at Ebenezer station, in the hill districts to the north- west of Calcutta, from the year 1867. Before describing these specimens a brief account of the character, manners and customs of this people, as obtained from Danish mis- sionaries and English officers, and acquaintance with their race in Ceylon, may be interesting. The Santhals are probably from the same stock as the Khar wars, an aboriginal race which, after long wanderings in the highlands of Asia, came to India many thousand years ago. They seem to have been the first dwellers in India, but were followed by degrees from Central Asia by many other peoples, of whom the Hindoos were the most powerful and best known. Colonel Dalton (Ethnology of ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX. 8* (95) $6 ON THE SANTHALS Bengal, Calcutta, 1872) divides the aboriginal, non-Aryan tribes of Bengal into two great sections : (1) the Dravid- ian, who speak a language allied to the Tamulian, and (2) the Kolarian, whose language is like that of the San- thals, Mundas, etc., the latter coming as he believes from a remote northeastern region, and many of them now Hin- duized. This would place the Dravidians in the south, and the Kolarians in the north of India, but many are of opinion that they were originally the same stock, separated by invading races, and modified in language, characteris- tics, and customs by admixture with other tribes and dif- ferent surroundings ; in this view the Santhals may have belonged to the Kharwar stock, which has become much Hinduized, and to which they are related even now by physical characters and customs, and yet be also related, more remotely in time, to the southern Dravidians. They dwell in the northeast corner of Bengal, among the Vindhya mountains, and their country is called San- thalistan. The river Ganges flows around its eastern por- tion, and the city of Calcutta is about one hundred and thirty-five miles to the southeast of their present central borne ; two railroads pass through the country, yet from their hilly position, they are quite outside the limits of .European civilization. They occur sometimes in considerable numbers, but usu- ally in small communities, in a strip of Bengal extending about 350 miles from the Ganges to the Baitarni, the Hin- doo Styx, bisected by the meridian of Bhagalpur, or 87° E. long, and 23° to 25° N. lat. In the present Santhalis- tan, their chief centre, are now over 200,000, and their total population is at least three millions. The Damuda river, highly venerated by the Santhals, empties into the Hoogly, or west branch of the Ganges, not far from Cal- cutta. OF NORTHEASTERN BENGAL. 97 During an insurrection in 1854 agaiust the Hindoo and other money-lenders, who were rapidly obtaining posses- sion of their lands, they found themselves arrayed against the English ; the insurrection was suppressed after much bloodshed, and they were colonized in their present lo- cality, the Santhal Pargana district, under a better admin- istration, and with a partial restoration of their old form of self-government. Fond of the forest and the virgin soil in their wild state, they remove from a cultivated region to the woods again ; hence their traditions, though point- ing to remote antiquity, are rather obscure and incoherent. Modified by intercourse with surrounding tribes, and re- cently by Christianity, they still have many old practices, and preserve the language which probably prevailed about the Ganges in pre- Aryan times. They came to their present localities about one hundred and twenty-five years ago, harassed and driven from place to place by the Hindoos, who, it is said, gave them in deris- ion the name of Santhals, from the word sandal, a foot sole, implying that they were fit only to be trodden under foot, which has truly been their fate for many a day. Another derivation of their name is that, in their wanderings they settled for a time at Saont, the present Silda, and hence were called Saonthals, Santhals. As tribe after tribe invaded India, some from the north- east and some from the northwest, at last came the Hin- doos, thoroughly hated by the Santhals, who subjugated all the others until they themselves had to submit to the English, now the masters of the country, who entered India from the sea, enriching themselves enormously with- out exhausting this wonderfully favored land which, though almost as large as Europe, forms only a small part of the vast continent of Asia ; its inhabitants number some 200,000,000, for the most part Buddhists, Brahmanists and 98 ON THE SANTHALS Mohammedans. The Hindoos are about four to one of the Mahommedans, who are the descendants of the old Moguls or Monguls, abhorring the religion of the Hin- doos, and most numerous in the eastern districts ; the Hin- doos predominate in central India, and the aboriginal stocks in the hilly districts of the north, the southern portions, and Ceylon. At the beginning of the Christian era Buddh- ism prevailed, but was largely supplanted by Brahman- ism after 500 A. D. About 1590 the country was con- quered by the Mahommedan emperor Akbar, and became a part of the Great Mogul empire, with a mixture of the three religions, though chiefly Buddhist. Since 1757 when the native ruler was defeated by Lord Clive, it has been under the rule of the English. Most of the pre-Aryan tribes, originally pantheists, had been more or less modi- fied in their religion by their successive conquerors. The Santhals, like the Israelites, are divided into twelve tribes, and each tribe into twelve stocks or families ; every child on the fourth day after birth is made a member of its family by a pagan baptism, with the sprinkling of water and the juice of fruit, in the presence of the people. Their land is a rather sterile mountain region, and there- fore agriculture and the raising of cattle, which should be their chief occupations, are not extensively pursued. On the plains and in the valleys there are three seasons : 1. The hot from the middle of March to the middle of June, with a heat of 100° Fahr. in the shade, sometimes rising to 130°, when hot winds blow over the land. The latitude is about 25° N. ; 2. The rainy season, after this, until into September, when the air, especially in the wooded districts, is sultry and unhealthy, and poisonous vermin swarm; 3. The cool season, from September to March in which occur the harvests. The first crop, that of maize, is gathered at the end of the rainy season, in the middle OF NORTHEASTERN BENGAL. 99 of September ; the only other crop, that of rice, about New Year's time. The crops depend on the rain ; if this comes not, want attacks this improvident people, and should a drought follow the next year, there is a famine. Although the land is poor, it is not without beauty ; the forest-cov- ered mountain slopes, the deep ravines and rushing tor- rents give each locality much attraction to those who love grand wild Nature. There is not a little forest richness, dense thickets, and magnificent semitropical vegetation; there is a multitude of noisy, many-colored birds, and many songsters. Wild animals in abundance dwell in the thick- ets, and the tiger is a terror to both man and beast. The trees change their leaves twice a year, after the rainy sea- son, and before the hot one, or in September and March. The Santhals once had a far higher culture than at pres- ent; this can be traced in their language, which is uncom- monly well developed, rich both in words and in forms. Their many old fables and songs indicate manners and customs and wise sayings, transmitted orally from gener- ation to generation, pointing both to a language and occu- pation of the country before the Aryan invasion. The religion of the Santhals, like that of all rude peoples, was a species of pantheism, afterward modified by the ten- ets of Buddhism, Brahmanism, Mohammedanism, and, during the last century, of Christianity. According to their most widely-spread tradition, Thakur, the almighty, omniscient, all-seeing, and all good God, who dwells in Heaven, above the stars, is the creator of all good and bad men, and of devils. At his command the earth came out from the waters, and became the abode of animals which he formed from it. At last he made from two clods of earth the first pair, the man Hadow and the woman Aio, whom he made living by blowing into their nostrils. They lived for a time in happy innocence, and were not ashamed 100 ON THE SANTHALS of their nakedness ; but this happiness was destroyed by the evil spirit, Marang Baru. He announced himself as their grandfather, and promised them still greater happi- ness from the use of an intoxicating drink, which he taught them to make. It is singular that, in this ancient tradition, an intoxicating drink should be considered the root of all evil to man, for all experience since has shown that it is a principal one. By degrees they gave themselves and their progeny up to this drink, and in their impurity the latter sank to such a brutal condition that marriage was done away with; and when Thakur called them to account for their sins, they so hardened themselves against his voice, that he resolved to destroy the depraved race. There came a rain of water or fire (the tradition varies in this re- spect), and all the race perished, except a single good man and his wife, who were saved by Thakur's foresight, with some animals, in a mountain cave (Harata). One cannot fail to notice the resemblance here, both in name and events, to the Mosaic Adam and Eve, the temptation by the devil, the fall, the destruction of the race, and sur- vival of a pair on Ararat ; but which tradition is the ante- rior, it is not easy to decide. From these two survivors sprang the present race of men. On the plain around Harata, they dwelt and built for a time, but as their num- bers multiplied they spread to the north and the south, the east and the west, and could not in their different zones preserve the same language. The fathers of the San- thal branch went to the east, and came after many years to an insurmountable mountain, which prevented further progress. Suffering from hunger, in their distress, they called to the mighty spirit, who they thought dwelt in the mountain, and was the cause of their misfortune. In the morning the sun shone through a narrow pass, which they had not discovered, so that they found their way out ; but OF NORTHEASTERN BENGAL. 101 from this time they worshipped both the beautiful sun and the wicked mountain spirit, Marang Baru ; and afterward many other false beings or "Bongas," with which by de- grees they invested all existing things, trees, stones, etc. This account of the religion of the Santhals, I take from the records of the Danish mission in Ebenezer, Bengal. Col. Dalton (Ethnology of Bengal) mentions a tradition which says that "a wild goose coming from the great ocean, alighted and laid two eggs, from which came out a man and a woman, the progenitors of the Santhal race. As they increased in numbers they changed their locality, and were called Kharwars ; and they at last came to a place where they remained for several generations. Fleeing from a powerful enemy, they reached the 'great moun- tain', Marang Baru, which interposed its mass in the way of their pursuers, and thus they became worshippers of Marang Baru, sacrificing to him goats ; after many wan- derings they came to their present location." Some think that the "wild goose" was a white-sailed vessel which brought them across the bay of Bengal from the southwest. They know that their sacred Damuda river flows into this sea; on this explanation, they prob- ably first landed on the east coast of Bengal, going after- ward westward and northward ; their traditions seem to indicate that they came from the south. They have no single great chief around whom they gather, but live scattered in villages, each of which forms a little whole in itself. Each village has five officers : a head man or manjhi, a supervisor of youth, a herald or crier, a town priest and a country priest. The first two have each an assistant, making seven in all, but these are closely watched by certain townsmen chosen for the pur- pose. These officials, with some of the principal men, constitute the local court of justice, from which a case can be carried to a higher tribunal, presided over by the 102 ON THE SANTHALS highest magistrate in the district, the so-called pargana. The last has under its jurisdiction thirty to sixty villages, and forms a strong, connecting link between them. Many heads of towns and other chosen men have seats in this superior court ; but over these is the voice of the public assembly, which has in its hands the final decision, like a supreme court. These customs indicate a former culture far superior to their present, though they have always preserved a kind of representative or self-government. Their features are not sharply-marked, and there is a tendency to fulness of feature and of body. The face is almost round, with cheek bones moderately prominent ; eyes full and without obliquity ; nose not prominent, but broad and depressed ; mouth large, with full and project- ing lips ; hair straight, coarse and black ; they are ne- groid in color and appearance, and rarely more than five and one-half feet high. The females have small hands and feet, and peculiarly large and lustrous eyes which the an- cients would call "ox-eyed," a compliment which they paid to the goddess Juno. They have comfortable homes, huts with walls of mud, and floors well raised, to avoid dampness and creeping vermin. The houses are often surronnded by a kind of ve- randa of bamboo lattice work, covered with trailing vines and flowers ; they are neatly kept and gayly colored with stripes of red, white and black, by the use of native clays and charcoal ; they have partitions, securing privacy and decency. They prefer to have their villages to them- selves and do not like foreigners, especially Brahmans ; but as they clear and cultivate the land, the crafty and en- terprising Hindoo gets admission, and, finally, obtains the mastery over their honest simplicity, and, sometimes, by offering higher rents to the government, ejects the Santhal. When a child is about ten years old, he is taken into OF NORTHEASTERN BENGAL. 103 the tribe by the branding of three marks. When grown he marries of his free choice, but woe to him if he breaks any of their marriage customs, for his life is in danger, unless his father pays a heavy fine for him. In families the father gives counsel and instruction in the customs of old times, for they hold in high honor the memory of their ancestors ; grown-up sons continue to live under the authority of their parents, and many young families dwell together under one roof in their father's house, cultivating the ground in common. The oldest son is always named after his grandfather, and the others after other relatives ; they adopt as a rite the tonsure of their children. There is great freedom between the sexes, and the old people have the utmost confidence in the virtue of the young; all travellers agree that their women are remarkably chaste. Marriage is generally arranged by the parents, though many are love matches and happy ones. The average price of a girl is five to six rupees, about $2.50 to $3.00, with presents of cloth to her parents. The value of a young girl may be as high as $4.00 or $5.00 ; a divorced woman is worth $1.50, and a widow seventy-five cents to a dollar, according to age and charms. A boy is mar- riageable at sixteen, and a girl at thirteen years. The day for the marriage being fixed, a knotted string indicates the number of the days the bridegroom must wait ; he unties one knot each day, and when the string is clear, he and his friends set out with noisy music for the bride's residence. No priest officiates, the meal eaten socially by the groom and bride being the chief part of the ceremony at a Santhal wedding, and, as they have been obliged to fast all day, the appetite is generally good, and this feature of the occasion well performed. She thus ceases to be a member of her father's tribe, and becomes one of her hus- band's family. The wife is usually kindly treated, and ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX. 9 104 ON THE SANTHALS should the husband, for any good reason, take a second wife, the first always remains the head of the domestic household. To appease the Bongas or evil spirits, a lamb is sometimes offered as a sacrifice ; this is killed by an axe, and the propitiatory fire is made to burn by blowing upon it through ox-horns. Their principal food is rice and curry ; knives, spoons and forks are unknown, and they use only their fingers ; it would be a mistake to lead them to adopt European customs in eating. They are remarkable performers on the flute. This they make of bamboo, not less than an inch in diameter and two feet long; it has six holes, and is played by four fin- gers of the right, and two of the left hand ; its tones are deep and rich. They are also good singers and dancers, skilful makers of intoxicating drinks, and have very jolly times. There is always an open space for dancing in front of the house of the head man of a village, where they dance evenings to the music of their flutes and drums of burnt clay. In one of their chief dances, the Rasa, the girls are decked with flowers and tinkling ornaments, and the young men with garlands and peacock feathers — tak- ing hold of hands, and so close together that the breast of the girl is in contact with the back of the man next to her. Thus they go round in a great circle, all their legs moving as if they belonged to one creature, the feet fall- ing in such perfect cadence as to put to shame the best drilled soldiers. The musicians are in the centre, fluting, drumming, and dancing, forming the axis of the move- ment, the dancers singing in response, just as described in the Vishnu Purana in the " dance of Krishna." Usually men and women do not dance together, but always in a row, forward and back, and around the musicians. They make no cloth, but obtain it from their neighbors, traders, and the English. The women wear an ample covering of OF NORTHEASTERN BENGAL. 105 cotton-cloth, six yards long, with bright red border ; one- half of this forms their lower garment secured at the waist, but not impeding the free action of the limbs ; the other half is passed over the left shoulder, hanging down in front, leaving the right shoulder, arm, and part of the breast uncovered; it is not used as a veil. With young girls the head is generally uncovered, and the mass of hair gathered into a large knot at one side of the back of the head, ornamented with flowers or tufts of colored silk. Of ornaments they are extremely fond, especially the women, who wear many kinds of amulets on strings around the neck, arm-rings, bracelets, ankle, finger, and toe-rings, which render domestic work very difficult and often painful. Since their conversion, almost all of these orna- ments have been discarded, and they naturally wonder at the jewelry worn in their midst and in church by the Eu- ropean ladies of the mission and others, and innocently ask " have they been baptized ?" I was fortunate enough to secure some of these barbaric ornaments, now unused except in the districts beyond the influence of the mission. They are very well made, of artistic designs and decorations, attesting considerable skill in the working of metals, and no little knowledge of the fine and mechanic arts of their more civilized neigh- bors ; this is probably not due to imitation, but is a rem- nant of their former refinement and culture, perhaps from pre- Aryan times. Figure 1. A neck-ring of brass, weight 6 ounces; diameter inside 6§ inches, outside 7 inches ; circular ; open behind for 1J inches, flattened in front, cylindrical above, and each end terminating in a rounded point sur- mounted by a knob. It is chased very prettily on nearly its whole extent, with different patterns on the two sur- faces. Where it came in contact with the sides of the 106 ON THE SANTHALS neck, the ornamentation is either absent, or worn off by friction. Under surface. Fig. l. Neck-Ring. § size. Upper surface. These are worn by both sexes, and are so rigid that they must be put on when the wearer is so young that the ring OF NORTHEASTERN BENGAL. 107 Fig. 2. can go over the head ; it cannot be removed from the adult except by breaking or filing it. It is astonishingly like the neck- rings worn by the Celtic, German, and Scan- dinavian warriors of antiquity, and reminds one of that around the neck of the "Dying Gladiator," who was prob- ably a Gallic prisoner of war. Bracelets. Figure 2. A closed bracelet of brass, weighing If ounces, widest diameter 2 J, narrowest 2 inches ; thickness i to £ of an inch. At the point of closure, on the back of the wrist, are two sym- metrical knobs ; it is neatly ornamented, and in many parts worn smooth by use. It must have been put on when the hand of the wear- er was small enough to Bracelet. § size. Fig. 3. pass through its rigid opening. Figure 3. A brass bracelet, weighing 3 ounces, ex- treme width outside 2 J inches, circular opening for wrist If to lg- inches in diam- eter. The external rim, i of an inch wide, has three parallel rows of dots in longitudinal se- ries, three dots in each transverse row, so that a definite pattern is fol- lowed : from this rim, the metal is symmetri- bracelet. § size. cally bevelled in two se- ries of chain work ornamentation, precisely the same above and below, divided by a plain groove ; the external rim 108 ON THE SANTHALS is separated from the bevelled portion by a circular se- ries of sixty-four oval perforations, making it lighter and more ornamental ; the portion in contact with the skin is J of an inch wide, and seems to have been lined with leather, now hardened, which was greased to prevent excoriation. One-third of the bracelet may be opened by a tongued joint for introducing the wrist, fastened by a wooden or metallic peg, so that it could be put on and off at will. Its lightness, symmetry, accurate proportions on the two surfaces, delicacy of the ornamentation, and well fitting Fig. 4. Bracelet. | size. hinge, show a great skill as well as taste in the working of metals. Figure 4. A solid brass bracelet, weighing 16 J ounces, 3 J inches in diameter outside ; opening for wrist, circular, If inches, thickness f , and width J of an inch. Quite smooth on the inside, and on the outside, where the ornamentations are almost obliterated by use ; the orna- mentation consists of concentric rings, three in number, of oblique interrupted lines, parallel grooves and raised dots the same on both external surfaces. On account of its weight it could not be worn constantly with comfort ; to OF NORTHEASTERN BENGAL. 109 enable the wearer to remove it, about \ of it can be opened by means of a triangular well-fitting long tongue, fastened by a peg of metal at each side. Anklets. The most extraordinary ornaments worn by the females are the anklets of which I have two, one for an adult and one for a girl. Figure 5 is an elliptical brass ring turned up at each end, and weighing 2J lbs. ; longitudinally it measures 6J inches, and transversely 4 inches ; the aperture which en- closes the foot is in the same directions 3J and 2J inches. Fig. 5. Anklet. The part which comes in contact with the skin is smooth ; the upper and outside surfaces are ornamented with raised rosettes, continuous and dotted lines, and various promi- nences longitudinal and transverse ; the higher anterior and posterior portions are most highly ornamented, both above and below, and are nearly alike ; they seem to be casts, finished by hand. This is evidently for an adult, and is an inch in diameter, or three in circumference, at its smallest part, and a little thicker in the middle and at the ends ; design artistic. 110 ON THE SANTHALS Figure 6 shows the anklet for a young girl as worn upon the foot. This appears more like whitish bronze ; it is 4f by 3 inches, weighs llf ounces and the opening for the foot is 2f by If inches ; it is of the same shape, and with almost the same ornamentation as the larger one, and the same characters as to proportions and design. The patterns for this ornament seem to have been few. The present specimens, as are all before and afterward alluded to, are of bell-metal ; no Santhal woman could do without these weights on her limbs ; if she could not have Fig. 6. Foot of child, showing the position of the two ornaments. them of silver, she would have them of brass ; they de- light to clink them together in their barbaric dances. These anklets, though usually slipped on without difficulty over the heels of the young girl, where they remain till she outgrows them, are sometimes forced on with great violence by the native makers, who place at first moistened leather over the heel and instep to prevent excoriation ; as the weight on each foot, with the article next described, may be four pounds, it happens not unfrequently that the hard heavy metal cuts into the skin, causing great pain ; OF NORTHEASTERN BENGAL. Ill but it is all borne cheerfully for fashion's sake. With such an apparatus the Santhal woman was so manacled and hand- cuffed that she could do little more than carry it about ; one hand had to support the other, or both were rested on the hips ; she walked with difficulty, and was liable to accidents in the thickets from her neck-ring. Once on, they can only be removed by the file, and in their wild state to be re- placed by larger and heavier ones. When Christianized they are glad to have them filed off, and then can do twice Fig. 7. Clasp worn above the anklet. | size. the labor of their heavily adorned heathen sisters. They have been known to carry thus thirty pounds, but usually about twelve. The anklets are worn below the malleolar prominences, and are called banki. Clasps or buckles for the leg above the anklet. Of these I have two. Figure 7 is one for an adult, weighing 1£ pounds. The one for a child weighs 3J ounces, both of bell metal. These are the most singular of their orna- ments, and had we not the drawings of the missionaries, it would be difficult to make out how they were worn. Figure 6 shows how these singular ornaments are worn. ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX 9* 112 ON THE SANTHALS One would at first think it was placed under the heel, coming up behind, under the ankle-ring ; but, on the con- trary, it is worn above the anklet, 2J to 3 inches. It is shaped something like the letter U, and is bent almost at a right angle ; its two halves are precisely alike, and its up- per posterior part is flattened from behind forward and quite smooth, as its surfaces come in contact with the skin of the posterior parts of the leg, especially when the limb is swollen, as one would think it must inevitably be. The anterior part consists of two branches with their usual or- namentation of dots, rings, and interrupted lines, rough FlG 8 on the outside but smooth on the in- side, where they touch the skin ; it is kept in place by two prongs, mov- able or permanent, with conical points turned inward, which keep the buckle, if it may be so called, in place and prevent its slipping back- ward from the limb ; the posterior ring is complete behind, the anterior nearly so, but the ornament is par- TOE-RING. | SIZE. tiaUy Qpen .n fr()nt . w.th the m()vable points, it may be usually removed, but it must be an in- strument of torture which only the fashion could render endurable. It will thus be seen that behind and on the sides of the leg is a double series of brass rings, rough and heavy, often eating into the flesh, but the shin is free in front though severely pinched on the sides. The small specimen, represented upon the foot in Figure 6, shows that children wore the same ornament. The illustrations alone can show the peculiarities and the method of wear- ing these singular leg ornaments. Figure 8 is a toe ring weighing 1 oz., carrying a double bell. This is used in dancing, of which the people OF NORTHEASTERN BENGAL. 113 are extremely fond ; they delight to hear the tinkling of these bells, and the clicking of their anklets and buckles as they strike their legs together in the Santhal craco- vienne. They wear rings at the elbows, ear-rings and nose-rings, even the children ; they also use a kind of castanet, with which they mark the time in their graceful, exact evolu- tions. The women even indulge in the practice of dyeing their eyebrows, and the men often bang their hair. In fact, there is hardly a fashion of modern male or female ornamentation, which is not borrowed from and a relic of barbarism. Life must be pleasant to the Santhal, cultivating his land, dancing to the music of his flute, carousing at the harvest festivals, and going in convivial parties to the hunt ; in the last they are ardent and skilful, though they gener- ally avoid the tiger and the bear. Their native weapons are the bow, the spear, and the battle-axe, the last of which they throw with great force and accuracy. They make excellent police for the jungle districts, as they are proof against malaria. In the disposal of the dead, they in some respects re- semble the Hindoos ; the body is burned on a pyre, and two pieces of bone from it are taken to the Damuda, their sacred river, to be carried out to the "great ocean," and there be gathered to those of his fathers ; from these bones is to be made the new body, in which the deceased dwells, and continues life in the other world. Once a year they collect in vast numbers for a hunt of extermination of wild beasts ; they hunt by day, and at night hold their feasts and councils. Every man, who can support himself, or, as they say, who can stand on his own legs, has the right to vote at their meetings. According to Dr. Caldwell, the Indian populations have 114 ON THE SANTHALS been: 1. The Kolarian (orKerwars) the earliest, who en- tered from the northeast the mountain region of Assam and Thibet ; 2. The Dravidian, who came from the north- west, from the direction of Afghanistan, across the Indus, who went to the extreme south, either voluntarily or driven by other tribes following the same course; 3. The Scy- thian, non Aryan race, from the region of the Black Sea, who formed with the Sanskrit the mongrel Prakrit dialect of North India ; 4. The Aryan invaders or Hindoos. These races probably fought against each other, until the Aryans conquered, driving the Kolarians to the moun- tains where they maintained their independence, the Dra- vidians submitting and retiring southward. Both these races are doubtless offshoots of the pro-Malay stock, from which Mongolians, Malays, and many so-called Aryans are supposed to be descended in remote prehistoric times. According to their sacred Rigveda, the Aryans are be- lieved to have come in about 1500 B. C, from Persia, and after a long and severe struggle to have vanquished the Kharwars or Kolarians. In the north, then, were the Ko- larians or Mundas, to which the Santhals belong, avoiding extermination by retreating to the hilly regions to the northeast, on the southern flank of the Himalayas ; the Dravidians were regarded by the Aryans, at least five cen- turies before Christ, as the aborigines of South India. To these belong the Tamils or Tamulians, the Klings, and the Cingalese, all of whom I have seen in Ceylon and Sing- apore. The Tamils are about 10,000,000, mostly in East Ceylon, great wanderers and excellent seamen, and from whom the name Coolie (Kuli, or hire) is derived — mean- ing a person who will work for hire. The Telingas or Klings are about 14,000,000, and are most common in East India, taller, fairer, and equally energetic ; both are more bearded and with better heads than the Mongolians, OF NORTHEASTERN BENGAL. 115 and come nearer to the Aryan races ; but Chinese admixt- ure has greatly modified the lower classes of all these races, so that it is difficult to find one of pure blood. It is impossible to determine how much the Dravidian element enters into many of the Kolarian tribes ; it is cer- tain that many of the Hinduized aborigines are Dravidian, characterized by speaking the Tamil language, and num- bering over a million in Bengal alone ; they also have in their language Sanskrit elements, especially among the more civilized. I will not discuss the point whether the so-called Dra- vidians have any Mongolian admixtures or characteristics, as I think the whole race in question must be dated back as very ancient branches of a pro-Malay common stock. It is probable that, after the separation of what afterwards became what is styled the Mongolian stock, in the moun- tains to the north, these races mingled together and it is certain that in modern times they have been mixed with the Aryan Hindoos. I recognized a national resemblance between the degen- erated Santhals, both physically and mentally, and the present inhabitants of eastern and southern India, and Ceylon, and by their wanderings, in Singapore. In the last named place I saw the Telingas or Klings, who, though dark as negroes, have very Une heads and bearded faces, non-negroid black hair, flashing eyes and pleasing features ; but the body and limbs are poorly developed, as they prefer house service to hard out-door work. The men often wear ear-rings and bracelets, and are savagely hand- some fellows, but good-natured and industrious. The women have a more barbaric look, wearing armlets and anklets, jewehy in the lobe and top of the ears, ornaments in each wing of the nose, and often a ring in the middle cartilage of considerable size ; you see among them many 116 ON THE SANTHALS handsome faces, and the fore-arms are often elaborately tattooed. The children are uncommonly pretty and both sexes go nearly naked until the age of five or six years ; the men have contracted the sedateness of the continental Malay, among whom they live, and have not the jollity of their Ceylon and Madras brethren and the Polynesians. The Ceylonese men carry their hair straight back from the forehead, put up behind in a knot like a woman's and kept in place by a tortoise-shell comb ; it is sometimes al- lowed to hang down the shoulders. When covered at all, the head bears a small turban or many colored straw hat. The dress is loose and flowing, as in the Santhal's ; the fea- tures are handsome. They are considered as of less mixed stock than the Tamils or Tamulians, and are very dark. The children are singularly pretty, and the sexes hard to distinguish even by the dress, until the beard begins to grow. The Tamil boatmen are tall and well-formed, and carefully shave their scalps and faces. The Coolies dress simply in a waist cloth, but the better classes wear folds of white linen or cotton, rolled around the body and carried over the left shoulder leaving the right arm free. Females of all ages wear bracelets and anklets of silver or other metal, but not the nose and ear ornaments of the Klings. They chew betel, which the Santhals do not. These so- called Dravidians have adopted many of the customs and ideas of their Mahommedan and Hindoo conquerors, while the Kolarians, and the Santhals especially, driven to the mountains, and practically independent, have preserved their traditional characteristics, and may be cited as the best specimens of the pre-Aryau, probably aboriginal, in- habitants of India, and very likely as coming the nearest, of any tribes now living, with the Juangs, to the pro- Malay stock. I am of opinion that sufficient attention has not been OF NORTHEASTERN BENGAL. 117 given to this pro-Malay type of man, the probable ances- tor of most if not all, the nations of Asia, Europe, Africa and Oceanica, and the derived races in the New World. Color of skin and character of hair I regard as simply a matter of climate, acting not during centuries, but many thousands of years ; I believe that the first man had a dark skin, and that crisped hair is an evidence of great antiquity in a tropical heat, and not of a distinct origin. Why did such an acute observer as Dr. Charles Pickering regard the Japanese, the old Californians, the natives of Mexico and the isthmus, and some of the American Indians (Cherokees and Chippewas) as Malays? I have noticed the same in Mexico (Acapulco, Manzanillo) and in Central America. A consideration of these pro-Malay races, and of the changes in the relations of land and water, which there are good reasons for believing have occurred during this age of man, would explain, or at least throw light upon, the early migrations of man, and show how unsatisfactory are all classifications of the human races which take into account only those known to history ; the border land between tra- dition and history is well worth examination. In forming an opinion on the aboriginal tribes of India, in the neigh- borhood of one of the cradles of our species, we must go back in time many thousand years before the Aryan occu- pation, and before this branch, or Mongolian, or Malay, existed as such; and I feel inclined to return to the old idea that all the nations of men have originated from a very few pairs, if not a single one. Whether created, or evolved from an anthropoid ape, matters not for this hypothesis, and both origins require a first appearance in a climate at least sub-tropical, where clothing for protection would be unnecessary — where food grew spontaneously — and where caves, either natural or artificial could be found or made in a soft and stratified, and not primary, geological for- 118 ON THE SANTHALS OF NORTHEASTERN BENGAL. mation. I believe in the existence of man for tens of thousands of years, and that he first appeared in the neighborhood of Central Hindostan, on the southern slopes of the Himalayas, or in some island in the Arabian gulf or bay of Bengal, the Lemuria of Sclater now sunk beneath the sea — in other words, in or very near the latitude and longitude indicated by many old traditions ; that, if he ap- peared by evolution, the missing links are many, for the gap is very great, between what we know of the highest apes and the lowest man of whom we have any evidence. I suppose that, whether created or evolved, most would ad- mit that primitive man was comparatively low in his mental and moral development ; though of course the theological assumption is that he was created "a little lower than the angels," which is perhaps the only one admissible on the creation theory. We know, in fact, that man's condition has not always been one of growth ; history shows many remarkable and indisputable cases of degradation; the Santhals are a case in point. I will only hint at the belief that the mysteries of Peru, Central America, Mexico, and the mound-builders (perhaps), of the pyramids of Egypt, the temples of India, and the gigantic structures of Easter island and the Ladrones, point to immensely distant pe- riods of time, and migrations rendered possible, and now apparently impossible or improbable, by great geograph- ical changes in the earth's surface ; and that these archseo- logical secrets will never be revealed to him who studies solely man as he exists actually or in history, or by any marks he has left behind him, except language. REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM TEXAS AND MEXICO. BY SAMUEL GARMAN. The collection from which this notice is taken was made several years ago by Dr. Edward Palmer for the Museum of Comparative Zoology. It contained twenty snakes, nineteen lizards, three turtles, thirteen frogs and toads and one salamander ; in all, fifty-six species, represented by several hundred specimens. Especial interest attaches to it, because of the pains taken by the doctor to secure series of young and old, and the care with which he fixed the localities and the dates of capture. The scarcity of new species or varieties is accounted for by the fact that the same regions had been visited by the collectors of the Mexican Boundary Survey. Yet, although the ground had been so well traversed before this collection was made, it contains a number of forms not previously included in recent faunal lists of their respective localities. Crotalus atrox Baird & Girard, 1853. On a specimen from San Pedro, Mex., there are twen- ty-five rows of dorsals, one hundred and eighty-one ven- trals, twenty-six subcaudals, thirty-seven transverse blotch- es on the back, and six bands of black around the tail. Another from Monclova, Mex., has twenty-five rows of dorsals, one hundred and seventy-eight ventrals, twenty- five subcaudals, thirty-two blotches on the back and five bands of black on the tail. The following notes on the ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX. 10 (119) 120 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS rattle and rate of growth are made from this species and also from others not found in the Palmer collection. At birth, the rattle is represented by a single button, the basal piece. As the animal grows, this button is dis- placed by another which has grown within it and crowded it back, but which it now, being the first ring of the rattle, clasps rather loosely. The new button is crowded back in similar manner by its successor, and so on, each seg- ment of the rattle becoming a ring after a period of ser- vice as a button. The ring which was the first button is the smallest and is easily recognized by its shape : not hav- ing been formed inside another, its angles and curves are much less abrupt. Until a certain stage is passed, each ring is smaller than that formed immediately after it. Usually, from the first ring to the seventh, the rattle, as a whole, is tapering; from the seventh, the rings are more equal, and the edges of the organ are nearly or quite par- allel. If the rattle is much tapered, it is evident that the snake to which it belongs is comparatively young ; on the other hand, if none but nearly equal rings are present, we can only say the taper portion has been lost and that the age of the snake includes sufficient time to form both the ta- per and the parallel portions, with a possible addition for lost rings of the latter. During the time of most rapid growth the rings are most unequal ; those formed after- ward make up the parallels. Consequently, the separa- tion of the species, as advocated by some, into two groups, one of which shall contain those with tapering, and the other those with parallelogrammic rattles is an impossible one. Of C. atrox, the young are less than ten inches in length at the time of extrusion. Specimens on which the first ring has appeared are about double the length. Oth- ers with a larger number of rings prove that this rapid in- crease is not kept up, but that year after year the rate FROM TEXAS AND MEXICO. 121 decreases gradually, until in old snakes the addition during the time of producing a ring is hardly perceptible. In the time from the completion of the fifth ring to that of the sixth only a couple of inches were added on our examples. My means of determining the time required in the pro- duction of a ring have not been wholly satisfactory. Liv- ing individuals certainly acquired a ring at the time of sloughing in the spring. Of about seventy alcoholic spec- imens collected between May and September each of three, secured late in the season, shows a new button well under way ; proving that at least in cases a ring is added in the fall. The general opinion is that only one ring is grown each year. To take one per year as the ordinary rate gives C. airox, from Dr. Palmer's specimens, about seven years in which to finish the strongly tapered portion of the rattle, becoming full grown in a total length of not far from three feet six inches. An individual four feet in length has seven of the equal rings, having lost all the tapering ; this, at a ring per year, would indicate an age of fourteen years or more. Other snakes slough both in spring and fall. The few observations I have been able to make at the proper seasons go to show the rattlesnakes possessed of the same habit. If this be so and a ring is gained at each slough- ing, as seems to be the case, the number of the years of the snake will be but half as large as that of the rings. The male in this and the following species is generally the smaller for the same number of rings. In connection with the foregoing a number of specimens of each of several other species have been examined, with a view of determining how much stress may be placed on the conclusions suggested above. On account of the great amount of individual variation from sex, locality, food, etc., it is necessary throughout to speak in terms of aver- 122 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS Crotdlus confluentus Say, 1823. In complete rattles the taper portion includes no more than seven rings, and the average size of snakes reaching this number is less than three feet, showing the species to be smaller than the preceding. A fourteen-inch specimen has one ring and the button ; a twenty-three inch, taken up in the mountains, has seven rattles, of which three show comparatively little taper, possibly evidence of short allowances. Fourteen specimens. Crotalus horridus Linn., 1758. The pronounced taper appears to include the eighth ring in a couple of cases. On very large specimens with long series of rings it is quite evident there is taper in what from a small number of the rings would be called paral- lel ; this is seen plainly on measuring rings at a distance from each other. Individuals with complete series of seven rings all tapering measure from two feet eight inches to three feet three inches. One, two feet ten inches long, hav- ing lost some rings, still has five of the taper and five of the parallel. Another, four feet four inches in length, has lost all but seven of the parallels. The first ring and the button appear on one of nineteen inches. Eighteen specimens. Crotalus adamanteus Beau v., 1799. The largest on which we find all the rings taper is three feet seven and a half inches in length. On one of three feet four inches and another of four feet eleven inches the rings form parallels. Four specimens, rattles incomplete. Crotalus durissus Linn., 1758. A seventeen inch specimen has not yet grown a ring; a three feet nine inch has nine rings and the button, seven tapering, the seventh to the button parallel ; a four feet one inch has seven rings and a button, the taper apparently FROM TEXAS AND MEXICO. 123 extending to the eighth ring ; and a four feet six inch has eleven rings and a button, seven rings in the tapering portion. Grotalus lucifer B. & G., 1852. On a two feet eight inch individual there are five rings in the parallel and three in the taper part of the broken rattle. Crotdlus exsul Garni., 1883. A twenty-two inch specimen has eight rings tapering and from the eighth to the twelfth in the parallel. In this case the first was nearly as large as the sixth and the ta- per is comparatively slight. jSislrurus calenatus Raf. ; Garm. Massasauga. Young, at birth, measure eight and a half inches. Fe- males reach the seventh ring, or finish the tapering part of the rattle, and become " full grown," at a trifle more than two feet in length, the males at less. A two feet ten inch specimen appears to have reached full size with the sixth ring ; the sixth, seventh and eighth showing no taper. Thirteen specimens. JSistrurus miliarius Linn. ; Garm. Ground Rattler. A young one, how long at birth not known, with only a button, measures six and a half inches. The average size of full grown is rather less than seventeen inches. Sexual maturity is sometimes reached before the tapering series is completed. A gravid female with three equal rings and a button had a length of only sixteen inches. Twelve specimens. Crotalus molossus B. & G., 1853. From the mountains of Alvarez, near San Luis Potosi, Mex. 124 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS Dorsal rows twenty-five ; ventrals one hundred and seventy-three ; subcaudals twenty- three. Crown shields rugose ; two triangular internasals ; two prefrontals ; four frontals, forming a quadrangle, with a small scale in the middle. About thirty-two lozenge-shaped blotches on the back, each with yellow margins a single scale in width. CROTALUS PALMERI var. 11. Monclova, Mexico. Dorsal rows twenty-three ; ventrals one hundred and sixty-four; subcaudals twenty-four. Snout moderately broad ; crown flat ; two internasals ; prefrontals in two transverse series, anterior of five and posterior of four scales; frontals small, smooth; supraciliaries prominent laterally ; two anteorbitals, separated from the nasal by two scales ; postorbitals three ; suborbitals two, posterior separated from the labial by one scale, anterior in contact with the fourth or fourth and fifth labials ; labials twelve ; lower labials ten ; pit surrounded by three scales. The general appearance of the scales is as if they had been polished, on head and body; the keels are low, and are present on all except the outer row of each side. On the back the color is bluish grey. With the lens the scales are shown to be thickly puncticulate with darker. There are no lines, spots or dots on head or neck. Farther back a series of dark spots, of a couple of scales each, is faintly visible on the outer two rows of the flank ; the spots grad- ually become darker until in the posterior half or more of the length they are black. Toward and on the tail the spot lies at the extremity of a faintly defined transverse band. Along the lower part of the side there are evidences of a reddish tint in life. The belly is yellow, slightly clouded or mottled with brownish. The specimen is only two feet six inches in total length ; FROM TEXAS AND MEXICO. 125 in the rattle there are nine nearly equal rings, some having been lost. From this it is evident the snake was full grown and belonged to a small species. This form is closely allied to (7. tigris Kenn., in which it is placed as a variety. Sibon septentrionale Kenn., sp., 1859. San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Dorsal rows twenty-five ; ventrals two hundred and seven ; anal bifid ; subcaudals seventy-two pairs ; white transverse bands twenty-six on body, ten on tail ; total length nine and seven-eighths inches ; tail two. Eegina mesomelana Jan, 1863. San Luis Potosi, Mexico. The dorsal rows are nineteen in each case ; ventrals one hundred and forty-nine, one hundred and fifty-five, one hundred and fifty-nine ; subcaudals, in the only one entire, sixty-two pairs. On one the lower anteorbital is fused with the loreal on both sides of the head. One has the outer two and a half rows of lighter color ; others have a light line on the second and third rows and below it a brown one on the first. The median line of olive brown on the belly varies greatly in width. Eutjenia proxima Say; B. & G. Georgetown, Texas. Dorsal rows nineteen ; ventrals one hundred and seventy- one ; subcaudals one hundred and five pairs ; total length nine and seven-eighths inches, body seven. EUT^NIA MARCIANA B. & G., 1853. San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Dorsal rows twenty-one ; ventrals one hundred and fifty- 126 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS nine, one hundred and fifty-eight, one hundred and seventy- one ; subcaudals sixty, sixty-nine, seventy-nine pairs. San Antonio, Texas. Kows twenty-one ; ventrals one hundred and fifty-two ; subcaudals seventy-two pairs. Eutjenia ctrtopsis Kemu% 1860. San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Dorsals in nineteen rows ; ventrals one hundred and sixty-one ; subcaudals seventy-seven pairs. On one side the specimen has four postoculars, on the other three. Total length ten and seven-eighths inches, body eight and one-fourth. SCOTOPHIS LINDHEIMERII B. <& G. 1853. Georgetown, Williamson Co., Texas. Dorsals twenty-seven rows ; ventrals two hundred and thirty-two ; tail mutilated. About thirty transverse blotch- es of brownish on the back, in a reddish ground color ; smaller alternating blotches on the outer rows ; belly yel- lowish, clouded with brownish. Corpus Christi, Mexico. Kows twenty-seven ; ventrals two hundred and twenty- eight ; anal bifid ; subcaudals eighty-two pairs ; two scale pores, thirty transverse blotches on body, fourteen on tail ; total length seventeen and one-fourth, tail three inches. San Pedro, Mexico. Rows twenty-seven ; ventrals two hundred and eighteen ; anal bifid ; subcaudals eighty-one pairs ; thirty-nine trans- verse bands on body, seventeen on tail. Coluber ornatus B. & G. San Pedro, Mexico. Dorsals in fifteen rows ; ventrals two hundred and five ; anal bifid ; subcaudals one hundred and fifty-one pairs ; FROM TEXAS AND MEXICO. 127 tolal length thirty and three-fourths inches, tail nine and three-fourths. The specimen has not the dark color of the original description ; it has the same squamation and sim- ilar disposition of lighter tints in place of the purple. Coluber testaceus Say, 1823. San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Dorsal rows seventeen ; ventrals one hundred and ninety ; anal bifid ; subcaudals ninety-eight pairs. On the flanks there is a considerable amount of reddish color. Anteri- orly, on the body, each scale has a brown streak along its centre ; posteriorly, they are yellowish in the middle and have brown bodies. The general appearance is greyish or yellowish grey. Diadophis decoratus Gthr. • Cope. Mountains of Alvarez, Mex. Dorsal rows seventeen ; ventrals one hundred and fifty- seven ; anal bifid ; subcaudals one hundred and nine ; no scale pores ; total length nine and a half, tail three and one-fourth inches. The top of the head is dark. From the nostril through the eye and on the neck there is a white band narrowly edged with black. The lower of the edg- ings persists, as a narrow streak, extending to the end of the tail. On the median row of the back there is another streak of black, which becomes more distinct behind the neck in the lighter brownish of the body ; it also continues to the extremity. The lips are white, and have a few small spots of brown. The ventral scales along the entire body have at each end a small spot of black, making five vit- tse in all. It is likely that in larger specimens the median vitta is lost in a darker ground. Diadophis texensis Kenn., 1860. San Luis Potosi, Mex. ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XJX 10* 128 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS Dorsals in seventeen rows ; ventrals two hundred and eleven ; anal bifid ; subcaudals seventy-one pairs. Rhinochilus tessellatus Garm., 1883. Coahuila, Mex. Scales in twenty-three rows ; ventrals one-hundred and seventy-eight ; subcaudals thirty-seven entire plus fourteen pairs. Ophibolus multistratus Kenn., 1860. San Luis Potosi, Mex. Dorsal rows twenty-three ; ventrals two-hundred ; sub- caudals fifty-five pairs ; dark transverse bands sixty-two on body, seventeen on tail ; total length thirty-one and five- eighths inches, tail five and one-eighth. Another speci- men has ventrals one hundred and ninety-five ; subcaudals fifty-six pairs ; black bands sixty plus sixteen. Kennicott says of the type "the black rings extend but a short dis- tance upon the abdominal scuta, leaving the abdomen des- titute of blotches, though it is faintly and sparsely punc- tulated." Our specimens have more of the dark color on the belly. Tantilla coronata B. & 6r., 1853. San Luis Potosi, Mex. Dorsal rows fifteen ; ventrals one hundred and fifty-four ; anal bifid ; subcaudals sixty-three pairs. The type speci- men from Mississippi had ventrals one hundred and forty- three, and subcaudals thirty-five pairs. The specimens described by Dumeril and Bocourt, from Mexico, have one hundred and seventy-two to one hundred and seventy- seven ventrals. One from Beaufort, North Carolina, has ventrals one hundred and thirty-three, anal bifid, and fifty- one pairs of subcaudals. FROM TEXAS AND MEXICO. 129 Geophis latifrontalis Garm., 1883. Fifty miles south of San Luis Potosi, Mex. Dorsal rows seventeen ; ventrals one hundred and sev- enty-nine ; anal entire ; subcaudals thirty-two pairs. Stenostoma myopicum Garm., 1883. Tampieo, Mex. Stenostoma tenuiculum Garm., 188S. San Luis Potosi, Mex. Stenostoma rubellum Garm., 1883. Uvalde, Tex. Eumeces lynxe Wiegm. ; Boc, Mountains of Alvarez, Mex. Lygosoma laterale Say; D. & B. Goliad, Goliad Co., Tex. Cnemidophorus gularis B. <& G., 1852. San Antonio, Tex. Pores seventeen plus sixteen ; thirty-five transverse se- ries of scales from gular fold to pores. Laredo. Pores nineteen plus nineteen; thirty-one series from fold to pores. San Luis Potosi, Mex. Pores eighteen plus nineteen ; transverse series of scales from fold to pores thirty-two. Gerrhonotus imbricatus Wiegm., 1828. City of Mexico. There is a brownish line between the mesial keels of 130 REPTILES AND BATRACHIAN8 i the back ; the sides of face and neck are sprinkled with white. San Luis Potosi, Mexico. On these the back is sprinkled with spots of white, less than a scale in size. Gerrhonotus co3ruleus Wiegm., 1828. San Luis Potosi, Mex. Phrynosoma cornutum Had. ; Gray. Monclova, Mex. ; San Pedro, Mex. ; San Antonio, Tex. The largest specimen has a length of six inches, body four and an eighth ; greatest width two and three-fourths inches. Phrynosoma orbiculare Wiegm, 1828. City of Mexico ; San Luis Potosi, Mex. ; Sutherland Springs, Tex. The femoral pores on a dozen specimens range in num- ber from eleven to eighteen on a side. Phrynosoma mode stum Girard, 1852. San Pedro, Parras, Saltillo and Monclova, Mex. On nine specimens the number of femoral pores ranges from nine to seventeen on a side. The series make a turn backward as they meet in the middle, instead of an angle directed forward as in the preceding. Holbrookia maculata Girard, 1851. From San Luis Potosi and Concordia, Mex. Compared with others from Dakota these specimens are less uniform in color. The black spots on the back are more distinct as also the white at their hinder borders. The black marks at the side of the abdomen are more intense and extend farther under the belly. The northern spec- FROM TEXAS AND MEXICO. 131 imens have a more bleached or faded appearance. The lowest number of femoral pores on a side is eleven, the highest fourteen. HOLBROOKIA TEXANA TrOSc/l. ,* B. & G. From Parras, Monclova and Saltillo, Mex. The femoral pores number from sixteen to seventeen on each side. HOLBROOKIA PROPINQUA B. & G., 1852. Guaymas. On four specimens the number of pores ©n a side varies from eleven to fourteen. This species and those of Cal- lisaurus and Uta do not belong to Dr. Palmer's collection. The longitudinal fold or groove immediately behind the symphysis under the chin of the Ophidia is apparently duplicated in the species of Holbrookia, Callisaurus, Uta, and, probably, of Uma. That this peculiarity is accom- panied by ability to enlarge the mouth opening by means of separation of the branches of the lower jaw at their junction is hardly possible. The rigid alcoholic specimens at hand are not the best for deciding the question. Yet it is certain that, in comparison with other lizards, there is a decided lack of firmness and solidity in the symphysial attachment which is very suggestive of its elasticity and flexibility in the earlier stages of the species. The presence of the fold seems to characterize a group of the Iguanidae of close affinities in other respects. Callisaurus draconoides Blainv., 1835. Cape St. Lucas, Lower Cal. ; Guaymas. Pores varying from fourteen to sixteen on a side. Uta stansburiana B. & G., 1852. San Diego, Cal. Pores fifteen plus fourteen. 132 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS Uta ornata B. & G., 1852. Guaymas ; San Francisco, Cal. Pores varying in number from ten to thirteen on each side. Crotaphytds collaris Say; Holbr. Monclova, Mex. The exterior of the two oblique bands on the neck is broken into four or five spots. On the body behind the black collar there are six transverse series of black spots, the median pair of each being larger and more intense in color. Lighter spaces separate the spots and form cross- bands, as in specimens from Arkansas. Sceloporus torquatus Wiegm., 1828. Concordia, near Saltillo, Mexico. Sceloporus poinsettii B. & 6r., 1852. Monclova and San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Sceloporus spinosus Wiegm., 1828. San Antonio, Texas; San Pedro, Mexico. Dr. Boulenger states, 1885, that this species "appears to be completely linked with 8. undulatus" through the variety S. clarkii B. & G. Sceloporus scalaris Wiegm., 1828. Concordia, thirty miles north of Saltillo, Mexico ; City of Mexico. Sceloporus grammicus Wiegm., 1828. San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Sceloporus microlepidotus Wiegm., 1834. City of Mexico. FROM TEXAS AND MEXICO. 133 Sceloporus couchii Baird, 1858. Monclova, Mexico. Head shields smooth ; a series of broadly dilated trans- verse supraoculars ; two canthal scales ; occipital large, about as broad as long ; parietals small, three on each side ; two frontoparietals, in contact behind the frontal ; anterior border of the ear with four or five pointed slightly enlarged scales. Dorsal scales as large as ventrals, keeled, blunt- angled or rounded on the posterior margin, longitudinal se- ries gradually converging toward the vertebral ; near eighty series from occipital to base of tail ; about twenty scales correspond in length to the shielded part of the head ; lat- eral scales small, very small or granular in the posterior third of the flank, in front of the thigh, keeled, directed obliquely toward the back; ventral scales smooth, blunt or bicuspid ; a series around the middle of the body in- cludes about eighty scales. The adpressed hind limb, with the foot, reaches between the ear and the eye ; tibia as long as the shielded part of the head ; the distance from the base of the fifth toe to the extremity of the fourth is longer than from the end of the snout to the ear. Series of femoral pores thirteen to sixteen each, not meeting. The caudal scales are larger than the dorsals. Male with enlarged post-anal scales. Greenish olive above, with a series of irregular spots of black on each side of the mid- dle of the back, and a lighter band at the upper edge of each flank. Below this light band a black one extends from the eye to the thigh, broken into spots anteriorly, be- coming more distinct and broader as it nears the leg ; be- low the dark band a lighter one runs from arm to leg on the lower edge of the flank. Chin and throat have trans- verse bands of dark and light color, bending backward toward the median line. A black blotch in front of the shoulder. Dark bands across arm and leg. Male with a blue dark-edged blotch on each side of the belly. 134 REPTILES AND BATRACHIAN8 Originally described from Pesquiera Grande, and New Leon, Mexico. The lack of details in the note by Professor Baird furnishes a reason for those given above. Eublepharis variegatus Baird; Blgr. Monclova, Mexico. ClNOSTERNUM HIRTIPES Wagl., 1830. San Luis Potosi, Mexico. Emys ornata Gray, 1831. San Pedro, Chihuahua, Mexico. Three young specimens in the collection differ somewhat from the typical E. ornata. They have a rounded spot of yellow at the upper hinder margin of the orbit ; behind this a short distance there is a broad subelliptical spot of the same color that is not connected with the yellow spot in front, or the yellow streak behind it. In this posi- tion E. ornata has a continuous longitudinal band. On the lower jaw, a little in front of the angle of the mouth, these specimens have an elongate spot with rounded extremities, also disconnected. The median band under the chin con- tinues backward without a break. A fourth specimen, however, is unlike the preceding in that the large spot, on one side of the head, is connected with both the small one behind the eye and the streak on the neck. On the other side of the head the large spot is connected with the streak but not with the spot behind the orbit, though extending a sharp angle toward it. This specimen agrees, on one side, with E. ornata as figured by Dr. Giinther in Biol. Cent. Amer. Kept., pi. 1. Aspidonectes emoryi Agassiz, 1857. San Antonio, Texas. Ran a montezum^: Baird, 1855. City of Mexico. FROM TEXAS AND MEXICO. 135 The specimens from this locality shoAv a great deal of individual variation ; it ranges from those in which a light ground color is marked with numerous spots of brown to those on which the ground is so dark brown the spots are invisible. Kana berlandieri Baird, 1858. Monclova, San Pedro, and San Luis Potosi, Mexico. But one of the lot has the foot webbed as figured by Baird, Mex. Bound., pi. 36, fig. 10. Commonly the mem- branes do not extend nearly so far toward the end of the longest toe. Whether the more complete web is a local peculiarity can only be determined by more specimens. The Monclova representatives of this variety of R. vires- cens Kalm, 1761 (i?. halecina Schreb., 1782, in synon.), are of an ashy color, with the central portions of the spots much faded. Engystoma carolinense Ilolbr., 1836. Corpus Christi, Mexico; Goliad, Goliad Co., Tex. These types have the single tarsal tubercle ; the snout is moderately long ; the color is more uniform than in those from Carolina ; the longitudinal bands are absent, and there are a few scattered spots of black on back and top of legs. Paludicola nitida Pet. ; Blgr. Sierra de San Miguelito, nine leagues south of San Luis Potosi. Buro valliceps Wiegm., 1833. Corpus Christi and Monclova, Mexico ; San Antonio, Texas. Adults from Monclova are without the dark mottling beneath. The young have an extensive patch of brownish along the median line, from the throat to the posterior ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XIX 11 136 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS portion of the abdomen ; there is a light band from one supraciliary to the other, bending back in the middle ; a double series of small spots of brown extends along the middle of the back from the occiput : crown flat, without indications of ridges or concavity ; paratoids rounded, a series of prominent warts is continued back from the lower margin of the gland. Those from San Antonio are much darker, above and below. Bufo cognatus Say, 1823. San Luis Potosi ; nine leagues south of San Luis Potosi ; mountains of Alvarez. The spots are smaller than on those from Kansas. The frontal ridges approach each other closely between the an- terior ends of the orbits ; from this point to the end of the snout the ridges are parallel with a very narrow groove between them. On B. lentiginosus and B. americanus this rostral groove widens toward the frontal region. Buro speciosus Girard, 1854. San Pedro, Mexico. Heretofore this toad has been placed in B. compactilis, a warrant for which we do not find in comparison of adult examples. While in small- to medium-sized the bony ridges of the crown are indistinct or low, on large ones they be- come moderately prominent. On both young and old the interorbital space is concave, and between the forward ex- tremities of the upper eyelid there is a pair of prominences, more or less coalescing to form a transverse ridge. The supraorbital ridge meets the postorbital at a very open an- gle, and from the junction a short parietal ridge passes backward (as figured in pi. 40, fig.7, Mex. Bound. Surv.). In the average the spots are larger than those of B. com- FROM TEXAS AND MEXICO. 137 pactilis, the interspaces more distinct, the general appear- ance smoother and the ground color lighter. A male has a single opening to the gular sac, on the left side. There is not enough in the description of B. dipternus, from Montana, to separate it from half-grown B. speciosus, Bufo compactilis Wiegm., 1833. Monclova and Corpus Christi, Mex. Readily distinguished from the preceding by the flat crown, the lack of the ridges, the rougher, more warty skin and the darker ground color. Bufo punctatus B. &, 6r., 1852. Monclova ; nine leagues south of San Luis Potosi ; Si- erra Nola, Tamaulipas, Mex. On the adult there is a slight supraorbital ridge and a shallow concavity on the broad crown. The preorbital and the postorbital ridges are quite prominent ; the labial border is much expanded at the angle of the mouth ; the black dots persist on the ventral surfaces. Bufo debilis Girard, 1854. San Antonio, Tex. Young specimens bear some resemblance to those of B. punctatus. The paratoids are longer. Individuals of about three-quarters of an inch in length usually have a single dark spot under each shoulder (B. insidior Girard) otherwise the lower surface is uniform yellowish. Acris crepitans Baird, 1854. Uvalde, Sutherland Springs, and San Antonio, Tex. Hyla eximia Baird, 1854. Mountains of Alvarez and City of Mexico. 138 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS. Scaphiopus couchii Baird, 1854. Monclova, Savineto, San Luis Potosi, and nine leagues south of San Luis Potosi. Amblystoma mexicanum Shaw; Cope. The colors vary from very light with brown spots to dark brown. This species may be distinguished from A. mavortium, in the same stages, by the slenderness of the band of palatine teeth. Most often, in specimens half grown or more, these teeth form a single series, rarely more, a condition only reached by mavortium on losing the gills. The multitude of small black spots also aids in characterizing A. mexicanum; the other is more likely to be nearly or entirely without spots on the belly. The pal- atine teeth of the larval A. tigrinum are like those of A, mavortium, but the latter appears to remain longer or be- come larger in the larval stages, often becoming sexually mature without transforming. BULLETIN ESSEX INSTITUTE, VOLUME XX. 1888. SALEM, M ASS. PRINTED AT THE SALEM PRESS PUBLISHING AND PRINTING CO., 1889. CONTENTS. Field Meeting at Montserrat, September 7, 1887, . . 1 Origin of name, Brimble, 3; of name, Montserrat, 5; of name, Beverly, 6 ; remarks of Robert S. Rantoul, 24 ; of John H. Sears, 25; of John Robinson, 27; of F. A. Ober, 27; file of letters exhibited by J. D. Tuck, 28; remarks of John I. Baker, 34 ; of Nath'i A. Horton, 35. Field Meeting at Bradford, September 16, 1887, ... 36 Remarks of the President, 37; of Robert S. Rantoul, 37; of Dr. George Cogswell, 37 ; of George D. Phippen, 38 ; of Dr. William Cogswell, 41; of AbnerC. Goodell, jr., 41; of Gen. William Cogswell, 43; of I. N. Carleton, 43. Adjourned Annual Meeting, October 3, 1887, . . .45 By-Laws, 45. Honorary and Corresponding Members, . . . .49 Letters of Acceptance, 50. Forefathers' Day, ....... 55 An Andean Medal, by Samuel Garman, . . . .57 An Annotated Catalogue of the Mollusca of Iowa, by Charles R. Keyes, ....... 61 Two Naval Songs, ....... 84 The Batrachia of Kalm's "En Resa til Norra America," by Sam- uel Garman, ....... 90 Reptiles and Batrachians from the Caymans and from the Baha- mas, collected by C. J. Maynard, by Samuel Garman, . 101 On an Eel from the Marshall Islands, by Samuel Garman, . 114 Annual Meeting, Monday, May 21, 1888, .... 117 Officers elected, 118 ; retrospect of the year, 118 ; field meet- ings, 119; meetings, 120; library, 123 ; museum, 135; rose exhibition, 136; treasurer's report, 137; Daland House fund, 138; donors to Daland House fund, 141 ; members de- ceased, 144. BULLETIN OF THE ESSEX IUSTITTJTE. Vol. 20. Salem: Jan., Feb., Mar., 1888. Nos. 1-3. Field Meeting at Montserrat. On the seventh day of September last, after many vex- atious postponements due to threatening and forbidding weather, the second field day of the season occurred at Montserrat, upon the hospitable invitation of our enterpris- ing townsman, Henry W. Peabody, Esq., who has within a decade acquired there and laid out for suburban residence a romantic tract of some two hundred acres. The locality proved to be accessible and attractive. The Naumkeag Street Railway Company provided barges from their Ran- toul Street terminus at the Gloucester Railroad crossing, and the Boston & Maine Corporation stopped several trains each way at their new station at Montserrat for the accom- modation of the Institute. This picturesque little station was erected in 1885 from designs by Mr. Arthur Rotch, a summer resident and eminent Boston architect. It owes its floral decorations to the good taste and public spirit of Mrs. William D. Piekman and a few other summer sojourners in the neighborhood, and the woodbines with which its columns as well as the rustic arbor which roofs over its mineral spring are festooned, to that of Mr. Pea- body, whose hospitality to the Iustitute was most liberal. ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX 1 (1) 2 CHIPMAN AND BRIMBLE HILLS. Montserrat is a section of Beverly quite abreast of its neighbors in point of interest. Recent real estate opera- tions and road-building movements have brought it into conspicuous notice. The new pipe road of the Beverly Water Works, graded in 1885, opens a delightful drive-way or ramble from the new station west of north to the foot of Wenham Lake, and the new route takes the pleasure seeker midway between the two reservoirs of Salem and of Beverly and close to each, from the top of both of which spread out before the eye, wonderful and quite dissimilar views of southern Essex. The Salem reservoir, resting on Chipman Hill1 on the left side of the pipe road, is nearer Montserrat and Salem and commands a more varied view than that of Beverly. When filled to the twenty foot limit its water-surface stands at a height of one hun- dred and forty-two feet above mean high tide. Of course, the gravel walk about its top is several feet higher. The gates were kindly opened for the day by the courtesy of the Water Board of Salem. No high ground intervenes between this point and Salem to cut off a most picturesque and comprehensive view of the city, with a single exception probably the finest to be had. In its water front the highest point is near Powder House Hill on Mr. Peabody's pur- chase, a point at which the proprietor has erected a com- manding observatory of open trestle-work rising from a base one hundred and twenty-six feet above mean high tide, and rearing its highest outlook some fifty feet higher ; so there is little to intercept a sweeping view from Chip- man Hill seaward or towards Salem, and the Beverly res- ervoir on Brimble Hill, though higher, has no better view in these directions. The Beverly reservoir, on the right of the pipe road, is i See Essex Inst. Historical Coll., Vol. vm, p. 118; also Report of Transfer of Salem Water Works to the City Authorities, Nov. 16, 1869. ORIGIN OF NAME, BRIMBLE. 3 freely accessible both on foot and by carriage. It is nearer the lake than the former and rests on an elevation whose natural height was one hundred and seventy-four feet be- fore the extensive earthwork which now surmounts it was placed there. So the gravel walk on the edge of this res- ervoir cannot vary much from two hundred feet above the sea level, an elevation some ten feet higher than that of Brown's Folly, the acknowledged highest natural point of land in southern Essex County. The view is fine. The name "Brimble" or "Brimball" Hill, which has ad- hered to the eminence from the first, is a puzzle to the antiquaries. If we were at liberty to change a vowel and write it "Bramble," there would be little trouble to con- jecture an origin. But the lexicographers furnish us with only one word which would seem to claim relationship with Brimble. "Brim" is defined as the "edge or rim of a fountain or of any body of water, — the border or upper edge of a bowl or other receptacle for liquids." Now that Brimble Hill is destined to sustain hereafter an artificial crater or goblet filled with sparkling Wenham water, the philologist of the future will doubtless find the analogy most tempting. But "Brimble" may have been a family name now utterly extinct, like so large a portion of the old Puritan names once most familiar in this county. Of this decadence the spot itself furnishes a perfect illustra- tion. Just at the foot of Brimble Hill, where the new pipe road now cuts its way through what was to all ap- pearance the "forest primeval " destroying some of the char- acteristic features of the spot, the careful observer could once trace out amongst tangled copse of brush and bram- ble, of spruce and oak, of hemlock and walnut, here and there a gnarled and moss-growm apple tree, and if, with curiosity piqued by so unexpected a "find," he should push his scrutiny still further, he would observe these ancient 4 DISAPPEARANCE OF FAMILY NAMES. trees, sometimes two, sometimes more of them, standing, not in clumps holding accidental relations with each other as though they were seedlings planted in the flight of birds, but in regular lines showing evidence of design in the planting, and proving clearly that here in the mazes of this tangled wildwood he had come upon the ruins of an orchard. Not long ago, if not indeed now, he would have had little pains to unearth some gray block of stone which had done duty as part of the rude masonry of well-curb or cellar wall or chimney corner, and would have convinced himself with ease before leaving this forsaken, solitary and elf-haunted spot that it had been, since the white man's day, a place of human habitation. And so it was. . The place is known by the oldest residents as "Aunt Coker's orchard," but who the Cokers were or where they went or whence they came, no memory remains. Cokers there were at the mouth of the Merrimac in 1651, and Coker Hundred is the name of one of the hamlets in Somersetshire whence came the names of Balch, Patch, Dodge and many another sturdy old colo- nial patronymic, but no Coker of this tribe can be traced to-day far or near, those bearing the name hereabouts at present in existence being later importations. Thus family names die out, even in this new country, through failure of issue male, from migration and from other causes. Returning to the Montserrat station one finds another new drive-way facing southerly and veering off by Snake Hill through what was once " Cat swamp " and establishing a delightful communication with Mackerel Cove, a district settled as early as any part of Beverly and known by that name in Colonial Eecords as early as 1645. Between Mackerel Cove and River Head or Bass River side, the two earliest settlements of the present town, a homesick heifer is said to have laid out the first trail. Interesting traces of old disused ways, not much better than abandoned ORIGIN OF NAME, MONTSERRAT. 5 cart-tracks, are still to be made out across this section, their firm stone fences, reared in some cases by the hands of negro slaves, still marking the ancient lines ; and doubt- less, amongst these reminders of a venerable past, could be discovered the highway evolved from the first cowpath be- tween River Head and Mackerel Cove across the plain at Montserrat. A road bearing northerly from the station, passes the long-time home of Hawthorne's favorite sister, and leads by Bald Hill, Centreville and Beaver Pond to Wenham Neck. To the south, an old road winds away towards the old South Meeting House and Beverly Town. "Little Comfort," a name borrowed from an Exmoor Combe in Devon, England, is also near, and "Paradise" is not far away. Montserrat is one of many sections, rather than villages, of the old town of Beverly. Its designation is thought to have been borrowed at an unknown date from one of the little volcanic islets of the lesser Antilles forming a group called the Leeward Islands, one of which bears the name of Montserrat and is about equally distant from Nevis, the birthplace of Alexander Hamilton, — from Antigua where Gov. Winthrop's son Samuel lived and died as deputy governor, — from Guadaloupe and other points with which we have had trade from the early days of the colony. It is not unlikely that some one or more of our hardy skip- pers who spent their summers in the perilous husbandry of Grand Menan and George's Banks and their winters in threading the tortuous mazes of the tropic seas to furnish with salt codfish the Catholic tables of the Caribbean Isl- anders and bring back from the Sugar Islands to our New England distilleries the juice of the cane to feed "the worm that dieth not and the fire that is not quenched," may have resided in this part of Beverly. For it may well have 6 ORIGIN OF NAME, BEVERLY. been settled soon after Woodbury and Brackenbury planted about Mackerel Cove and began to push their explorations on this line towards the "great pond side." Be this as it may, there was trade very early between Beverly and the Sugar Islands of the Antilles, and one of these had been discovered by the great Columbus in 1493 and by him named Montserrat. The rocky, towering, jagged face it shows to the voyager from the east prompted him to be- stow upon it the name of a great, strongly-fortified, ser- rated or saw-toothed crag near Barcelona, familiar enough to every Mediterranean sailor, — the Mons Serratus of the Roman voyager, the Monte /Serrado of the Castilian friar, — abruptly towering four thousand feet and more out of a level plain, — wildly cleft at the hour of the crucifixion, so runs the legend, into pinnacle and precipice and crag and spire, a sort of natural cathedral of Milan, and crowned on one of its loftiest isolated peaks with a mediaeval Ben- edictine Abbey where the imperial recluse, Charles V, spent the evening of his life, — now visited by eighty thou- sand pilgrims every year, — rich in magnificent altar plate and candlesticks and jewels and priestly vestments, — a great, monastic shrine of refuge dedicated to the Virgin whose little ebon image, hidden there from the Moors in the year 717, and miraculously saved, was in 1881 blessed and honored with a silver crown by Pope Leo XIII. The name Montserrat occurs also in Switzerland and perhaps in other mountain regions of Europe but under circum- stances which make it almost impossible that the charming spot now under notice should have been indebted to either of these places for its romantic designation. The island of Montserrat had its earthquake in 1843, yet still produces the best and largest crops of lime fruit in the world. But accept what solution we may of the riddle about the name of Montserrat, the case of the word "Beverly" YE ANTIENT BOROUGH OF BEVERLTE. 7 is another equally hard one. Upon the town seal, as in- deed upon that used to-day by the "Ancient Corporation of the Borough of Beverley" in Yorkshire, England, ap- pears the effigy of that industrious and sagacious rodent, the beaver, in approved recognition of his having given his name to both these places. But of this there is very considerable doubt. Indeed there is no pretence that any beavers are to be found near Yorkshire Beverley, to-day, nor does anybody tix a date when there were any there, and it is not a little significant that, in Queen Elizabeth's time, the municipal seal of the borough bore no beaver but, Yorkshire being a famous hunting country, a fox. If our Essex County Beverly owes its name to the shire town and market borough of Yorkshire East-Riding in England, it is by no means an obligation to be ashamed of. It was the fortune of the writer, himself a native of Bev- erly, to teach the town school, a generation ago, in a busy manufacturing village of New England, and the magnate whom he met there, in the relation of "prudential com- mittee man," proved to be a former "burgess of the antient borough of Beverley," — a thrifty English weaver who had established in this section the manufacture of stockings. Some of the results of researches thus set on foot are here recorded. Beverley in Yorkshire has a population of ten or twelve thousand souls, with an ancient market-place, a famous cattle market covering four acres. It is built mainly on a single street, more than a mile in length and terminating on the north in a very ancient gateway. It is connected by a canal for boats and barges, called Beverley Beck, with the river Hull a mile away, which, a few miles farther on, flows into the Humber. It was one of the "rotten bor- oughs" disfranchised by the act of 1870, before which date it claimed two seats in the House of Commons. But while part of the town is ruinously ancient, another part is new 8 BEVERLEY MINSTER, THE TOMB OF THE PERCYS. and very well built, attractive and substantial. It is not lacking in life and spirit to-day. It has large manufactories of agricultural machinery and fire-arms, and its iron- works are amongst the most extensive in England. Tanning is, however, its greatest industry, and this with its breweries and malt kilns, its dealings in grain, lumber and coal, and other branches mentioned, keep its people busy and thriv- ing. It paid no tax nor toll to any town in England. Cam- den, in 1586, mentions bone-lace amongst its industries. But the monumental glory of the ancient borough is Beverley Minster. Here is its one majestic feature, a struc- ture of romantic age, of grand proportions, of historic interest and of quite exceptional beauty. Here lie buried the Percys, for centuries the proudest family in England, Dukes of Northumberland, Earls of Beverley, under a marble mausoleum, one of the most magnificent in Europe. The great Percy had a burial here which cost a quarter of a million dollars and was attended by no less than fourteen thousand retainers. This Percy shrine dates from 1365. In 1188 the Minster was burned and restored. In 1323 it was ransacked with great plunder by Robert Bruce. It is three hundred and forty-four feet long and has a tower one hundred and ninety-eight feet high. It is in the finest per- pendicular manner, and Sir Christopher Wren is reputed to have taken suggestions from it for the western front of Westminster Abbey. John, Archbishop of York, au in- structor of the Venerable Bede, whose virtues and schol- arship made him worthy to have so distinguished a pupil for his biographer, founded this church at Beverley, in 685, and died there in his own monastery, having renounced his bishopric and the world, in 721. Its greater rival, York Minster, is much more modern. Three centuries afterwards, in 1031, he was canonized by the Church of Rome as St. John de Beverley and had miracles in plenty attributed to him, and his remains and memory were later GREAT ANTIQUITY OF BEVERLEY. 9 treated with signal reverence by William the Conqueror. King Athelstan in 930 had greatly enlarged the church and consecrated it for a sanctuary where whoso, fleeing from his creditors or even suspected of a capital crime, could reach the " freed-stool," was safe from that moment. He also made Beverley the Caput or shire town of the East Riding. All this to propitiate the favor of heaven, when he was setting off to fight the Scots. The Abbot of Bev- erley, in July, 1478, christened, in this old minster, by the name of "Ursula Southiel," the famous Mother Ship- ton, and to him, in the fourth year of Henry VII, she confided one of her most startling predictions. And the nursery tale, which under the name of the "Babes in the Wood" has curdled the blood of infant innocency all these years, grew out of facts occurring in the family of an Es- quire Somers at Beverley in 1703. So the old borough is not lacking either in history, mythology, tradition or pres- ent interest and importance. This Yorkshire Beverley is one of the oldest settlements in England. The lately accepted derivation of the name, in any of its various forms, from the word Beaver will be seen to be of extremely doubtful authority, to say the least of it. In fact the place seems to have been designated by names which could have no reference to that creature, and which might well enough be variations of the word Bev- erley, for at least five centuries before any people using the « word Beaver as the name of the King of Rodents inhabited the region of the Humber. A little detail will perhaps be pardonable in making this appear. We first know the British Isles peopled with a rude, warlike, druidical, celtic stock of which the Irishman, the Welshman and the Scottish Highlander are the lingering remnants. Of their early language we know little, but nat- urally assimilate it in our conjectures with that of these ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX. 1* 10 ROMAN WORKS IN YORKSHIRE. strongly marked modern representatives. Their coasts were invaded fifty-five years before the Christian era by Roman cohorts which soon pushed as far north as Yorkshire and planted at HJboricum, now York city, their most north- erly and also their most important centre. Here, at this great military post, three Roman Emperors in successive centuries established their courts and dazzled with the splendors of their display the ruder fancy of their subject realm. Adrian, the first general of Imperial dignity to push so far north, had head-quarters for a while at York, A. D. 121. Here died in February, 211, the gouty old Emperor and General, Septimius Severus, while being carried about on a litter in an effort to conquer the Scots ; and a century later, in July, 306, another Roman Emperor, Constantius, visiting the city on the same troublesome er- rand, attended by his more distinguished son who suc- ceeded him. as Constantine the Great, died at York also, and the obsequies and apotheosis of both were celebrated here with a magnificence quite beyond the power of lan- guage. Here, then, their famous military roads converged and from this point in all directions their wonderful towers and castles, still defying time and mocking at modern sci- ence, dominated hillside and glebe, far and wide, while the splendid intrenched camps which dotted the plains brought life and activity and civic arts to an insular and unpolished people. The two elements, British and Roman, lived to- gether on such varying terms as they might until the Anglo- Saxon invasion, which may be placed, for our purposes, at the middle of the fifth century and which was followed by that of the Scandinavian Norsemen in the middle of the ninth century, and by that of William, the Norman Con- queror, about the middle of the eleventh century. It is fair enough to say that since the invasion of the Anglo-Saxons, who profoundly impressed themselves upon PETUARIA — PEDWARLLECH — BEVERLEY. 1 1 life and language in Great Britain, the Beaver has been known by his present English name or some combination of letters closely equivalent. Beofer, Baver, Boever, Bcever, are some of the forms by which our Saxon and Danish progenitors have designated what the Scandinavians like to call the "boss-master-builder," — "erke-bygmeister" This was enough for the average etymologist. He made light of the fact that there are no beavers in the Hull river. They might have been there once, and when there they might have dammed the stream and made a lake of it, and these conjectures saved him further trouble. Beverley must be either Beaver-lake or Boever-elv, the Danish for Beaver River, and there he rested. There is every reason to think that, in connection with their extended operations about York, some twenty-five miles away, the Roman invaders established themselves on the Hull river at Beverley. The Itinerary of Antoninus completed before the Christian era (Theodore Parker's copy of it is in the Boston Public Library) indicates this and seems to show that the Roman name for the place was "Petuaria." Ptolemy, the Alexandrian, who wrote in Greek about the geography of these islands in the second century, spells it IleTouapia, and the theory is that the name was derived from the familiar words for stone, tt^os, petrus, and that within the limits of this camp or town four Roman milestones were brought near together from the crossing of the ways, and so the place was called "Cross Roads" or "The Milestones." The native Britons, the war- riors of Boadicea and worshippers in Druid groves, called the place "Pedwarllech" and whether this be assumed as the original form which the Romans adopted and softened into Peluaria, or whether we conclude that Romans first settled Petuaria and named the place and rough British throats corrupted the smooth, mellifluous latin into "Ped- warllech" and later comers into "Beverley," no one familiar 12 ALVERARDUS THE SACRISTAN, AND HIS ERROR. with the laws of change which govern vocal sounds will have much doubt that the three words are identical. It will be remembered that the latin names for the Beaver were Castor and Fiber. The forms of spelling assumed by this word "Beverley" in different periods are interesting and instructive. The British form "Pedwarllech" begins with P; but P and B are equivalent labials. Britain in Celtic was, according to Camden, "Prydhain." The letters the Saxon used are well represented by Bewer-lega or Bewerlaga, which have been variously modernized by Lingard , Camden and others as Beoferlic, Bevrolac, Beverlaga, Baverlie. Athelstan in conferring the charter, used Beverlike ; William the Con- queror, in a proclamation extending his royal protection to the town, used Beuerlie and later the Domesday Book used Bevreli and Bevereli, while the Tower of London Records contain chronicles of various dates, some from the old Beverley Minster itself, in which occur Beverlay, Anno 1387, Beverlaye, Baverlay, Bewerley, Bevlay, Beveley and others. It should also be noted that the ending "ley" is by no means rare in Yorkshire — witness Otley, Keigh- ley , Barnesley, Bingley, Ripley, Briarley, Branley and the rest — and that by no possibility could so many towns in that section have derived their names from lakes or rivers ; and further, that the spelling "ley," now uniform in England, has not always been so, but the name may be found, not many years back, spelled "Beverly" as it is now in New England. It is therefore probable that the Yorkshire Bev- erley got its name from no Beaver lake or dam, and that the "lacus sive locus castorum" was a conceit of Alverardus the ancient sacristan of Beverley Minster who, finding the word "Beverlik" in his mediaeval records, and being hard pressed for a Latin synonym, when he, as he tells us, "de Anglico in Latinum Iranstulit" in an unguarded moment gave his holy sanction to this ill-grounded guess. As well might CAPE ANN SYDE, WHY CALLED BEVERLY. 13 we conjecture our Essex County Beverly to be the name- sake of Beaver Pond within its own borders. Both trace back to the PedwarJlech of the ancient Druids. But a more interesting question connected with the an- cient name is this : how came it to be appropriated to the parish on the Bass river or Cape Ann side of the Salem settlement? There has never been a pretence that any early settlers of our beautiful shore town came from the York- shire borough ; on the contrary, most of them were from the Channel counties of the west of England and not only for old association's sake, but from the singularly like ex- posure of the new settlement on Massachusetts Bay, would the early settlers across the creek have naturally desired the name of some south of England hamlet in Devon, Dor- set, Somerset or Hampshire. Not only so. It is matter of record that Roger Conant, the patriarch and most con- siderable personage of the Bass River movement, and the man above all others who had a right to feel that his incli- nation ought to be consulted, expressed his preference for the name of his native Budleigh, a hamlet looking out tow- ards the south upon the British Channel just as Beverly looks out on Massachusetts Bay, and in this "simple desire and request" he was sustained by a very large portion of the male population of the place ; yet his efforts failed and he does not conceal his chagrin at being denied, in his eightieth year, so natural a wish. "Cape Ann Syde,"Bass River Side," "River Head" or "Basse River Head" was occupied in 1(528 for cutting thatch and tillage and " quickiy after," says Brackenbury, " sundry houses are built." There was a ferry as early as Dec. 26, 1636, and William Dixey had charge of it from 1639 to 1645, and established a public house op- posite the Northern landing. In 1649-50, the agitation for a separate house of worship began, and it resulted, 14 CONANT, THE PATRIARCH, PLEADS FOR BUDLEIGH. probably before August, 1654, in the building of one at the northwest corner of the burial ground, just in the rear of the present church. Thos. Lothrop, in 1656, contract- ed with John Norman of Manchester, for a parsonage " to be thirtie eight foote longe ; 17 foote wide & a leuen foote studd, with three chimnies towe below and one in the chamber, for fortie five pounds," all to be finished for Mr. Jeremiah Hubberd, who was living in Thomas Lo- throp's house, to dwell in by April or May, 1658. Bass Eiver had previously entertained Jeremiah Hubberd's brother Joshua as a preacher, and in 1664 called Mr. John Hale who next year settled with them and occupied the parsonage. Lieut. Wm. Dixey and Humphrey Wood- bury were a committee to attend to the M houseing for Mr. Hale's cattle," and Capt. Thomas Lothrop, Mr. Thorndike and Koger Conant were to levy a rate for Mr. Hale's maintenance. In 1667 the parish was fairly set off from the Salem Church and in 1668 the town was incorporated as Beverly, after agitating and petitioning to that effect since 1659. The same names are prominent in these movements, leav- ing no doubt as to who were the leading men naturally expecting to be consulted in the naming of the town. John Woodbury had died in 1641. Roger Conant was an octogenarian, honored and beloved. Captain Lothrop, dep- uty, selectman, church elder, soldier, was in his prime, and so was William Dixey, who succeeded him as Captain on the death of the former at Bloody Brook in 1675. Dixey was one of three men chosen to resist Mason's claim, and in 1646 laid out under order of Court the highway from the ferry to Manchester. The first three petitioners for a separate church organization in 1667 were Roger Conant, Thomas Lothrop and Wm. Dixey. In 1671, three years after the incorporation of Beverly, THE MEETING HOUSE BELL AND HOW IT CAME THERE. 15 Roger Conant presented a moving appeal to the General Court for a change in the name of the place, and did not attempt to disguise the chagrin he felt, that he "the first that had house in Salem " had no voice in the naming of the old or the new town. In this petition he was sustained by thirty-four citizens of the town, which, considering that the parish, when petitioning to be set off in 1667, had but seventy-three adult residents in all, must have been nearly the whole male population of the place ; but neither the name of Thomas Lothrop nor of William Dixey is among the remonstrants against the name of Beverly. Now the Beverly Meeting House, designed for church, school and town purposes, was probably built before the taking of Port Royal in 1654. It needed a bell, and it got its bell in a very singular way, and in this very way the parish also may have got the name of Beverly. A law- suit grew out of the possession of this historic bell and the Court records of 1679 throw curious side-lights upon the interesting question of the new town's christening. Dixey 's house, as we have seen, was near the ferry, and as late as "1st 11th mo. 1645, he is still "Ensign Wm, Dixie now fferyman." For years he was an innholder and his supposed location is on the high ground at the junction of what are now Cabot and Davis streets, where he was a very extensive landholder. At some time be- tween the taking of Port Royal by Major General Sedg- wick, Aug. 16, 1654, and his departure from Boston for England, late in October or in November, 1654, he with his Lieutenant, John Leverett, on their way home from the East, were together at Dixey's Tavern. Dusty and war-worn, and full of their great success in the reduction of these valuable French possessions in Acadia, no doubt these two most conspicuous military chiefs of the colony, — they had only the year before been selected by the 16 RARE GUESTS AT DIXEY'S TAVERN. Lord Protector to fight the allied Dutch and Manhaddoes, and then ordered to divert against the French the naval and military forces raised for that object, — no doubt these worthies sat there long refreshing themselves with well- earned rest and the best cheer the tavern offered, and pour- ing into the eager ears of Landlord Dixey, himself a soldier of no mean pretensions, the story of "battles, sieges, fort- unes they had passed," whilst mayhap their foot-sore horses stood with drooping heads at the long hitching-rail out- side, over which their plethoric saddle-bags and reeking girths were flung, or plunged eye-deep into welcome nose- bags and crunched with greedy haste their corn and beans, before boarding the horse-boat ferry-man Dixey was un- der bonds to keep ready for the accommodation of "horses, mares and other great beasts" at a fare of sixpence. The documents on record in the trial for possession of the meeting-house bell give so graphic a picture that we cannot omit to transcribe some of them. To yk Marshall of Salem or his deputy OR YE CONSTABLE OF BEVKRLY. — You are required in his Majestie's name to atach ye goods, & for want thereof ye bodyes of William Dodge jun«" : & Thomas Tuck Senr: and take bond of yem to the value of sixty pound : with sufficient secur- ity for there appearance at the next County court held at Salem ye last tusedaye of this Instant month, to answer ye complaint of Capt : Richard More, in an action of the case for Ueagally taking awaye a Bell from the plaiutife out of his possession without his knowledg or consent which Bell hangs in Beverly meeting-house, & withoulding ye said Bell to the plts : great damage, heareof make returne, dated 18 : 9mo : 1679 : Hilliard Veren, pr curiam for the towne of Salem. I atached ye house & land of Thomas Tucke & read this 20 : 9 : mo : 1679 : & I atached William dodge Juner : of his, a table & cheist he ten- dred to me & gave him a somons in his house this 20 : 9 : mo : 1679 : pr me Henry Skerry, Marshall. DID SEDGWICK NAME THE TOWN? 17 Marshall Henry Skerry sworn sayth yt Thomas Tuck told him when he served the attachm* on him, y* himself & some others took the bell, now in controversy, out of Capt. Richd mpre's yard, or posses- sion, & farther saith not. Mr Jeremy Hubberd of Topsfd.1 sworne sayth, that he hath divers times heard Thorn : Tuck say that hims. & Thomas Pecton took the bell now in Controversy from Capt. Richard Mores, this was in my time of beeing Minister of Bass river, now Beverly. & farther stn not. Sworne in Court at Salem 28 : 9 : 79. Ateste Hilliard Veren Clr. The testymony of Capt. william Dixcey who sayth that soon after the taking of the french forts by Major Sedgwick Captain Lawthrop signified to us (by Letter) that he had procured a bell for us for our meetiug-hous and sent it home by Captain more wishing us to fetch it home whereupon myself, with one or two more went to Capt. more for the bell, hee asked us whither wee had a bill of Lading to Receiue it by or an order under the generalls hand and wee hauing neither with us hee told us hee could not deliuer it. but denyed not that it was Captain Lawthrop's Bell. Sworne in Court at Salem 28 : 9 : 79. Atest : Hilliard Veren Clr. The Testymony of Capt. william Dixcy aged 72 years who saith that soone after the return of Major Sedgwick from the french forts viz. Snt Johns and port Royall which is about 25 or 26 years since. The said Major Sedgwick and Major Leuerett being in Company on a Jour- ney from the Eastwards to boston happened to come into my hous and sate down and discoursed there awhile and among other things Major Leueret asked mee what our. towns name was : I Answered him that wee weear no town as yet : then sayd hee you may doe well to lett Major Sedgwick haue the honor of nameing the town when it is made a town for hee hath giuen Captain Lawthrop a bell for your place and this to best of my Remembiance was before wee had any notice giuen us of it any other way Giuen in upon his oath formerly taken 28 : 9 : 79. Ateste Hilliard Veren Clr. The testymony of georg Stanly aged about 11 years who sayth that some years since which was about the tyme that Salem new meeting 1 These brothers, Joshua and Jeremy, spelled their family name in a great many ways. In the court records, where it frequently occurs, Hobart was common. See Sibley's ^Harvard Graduates," Vol. I, pp. 211-19 and 58G-7. ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX 2 18 WHO OWNED THE BELL? hous was built1 I being in company with captain Lawthrop Cap1 more and Capt Joseph gardner at Capt gardnershous2 1 heard Cap* gardner say to Captain Lawthrop I think, said hee, wee must haue your Bell, for our meeting hous is bigger than yours and your bell is bigger than ours I think wee may doe well to change bells. Captain Lawthrop Replyed hee knew no need of that: our bell said hee is very well where it is. the bell was giuen to mee for the place where now it is : Captain more answered him that allthough the bell wee re giuen to you yet said hee I dont know, but I might haue kept the bell as well as you for I brought it home and I neuer gaue a bill of Lading for it neither was I euer paid for the freight of it. Captain Lawthrop an- swered Captain more that hee might haue kept such and such things naming seuerall things as well as the bell for I had no more bill of Lad- ing to show for them said hee then for the Bell : Come Come said Cap- tain more Let us drink up our wine and say no more of it I supose wee shall neuer trouble you for none of them. Sworne in Court att Salem : 28 : 9 : 1679. Attest Hilliard Veren Clers. The testymony of Anthony Needam aged about 48 years who sayth that I being a souldier under the Comand of Major Sedgwick at the takeing of the french forts viz Snt Johns and port Royall which is about 25 or 26 years agoe. and wee haueing taken the fort of Saint Johns and hauing found a bell at the said fort I heard Capt Lawthrop desire the said generall Sedgwick that hee would pleas to bestow the said bell up- on him for the plantation where hee dwellt they hauing a new meet- inghous that wanted a bell, the said generall Answered that hee had otherwaise disposed of that bell and therfore could not giue it him but I will promise you said hee to Cap1 Lawthrop that Iff wee take euer another bell thou shallt haue it : and afterwards when wee had taken port Royall and there being a bell there hanging in a hous they called the new ffryary Capt Lawthrop came to the s<* general Sedg- wick hee being standing in the fort : and in my hearing asked him to giue him the said bell for the use abouesaid and the said generall freely gave it him acording to his former promise and bade him take it down So Capt Lawthrop called me with him and he and I went presently up and threw the bell down and then Capt Lawthrop ordered myselfe with some others to carrie the bell and ship it on board of Capt moors ketch for him so acordingly wee presently went and caried the bell now in controuersie and shipt on board of Capt mores ketch for Captain Lawthrop acordin to his order. Sworne etc. 28 : 9 : 79. 1 [A. D., 1670.] 2 The Downing, better known as the Bradstreet house in Sa^ lem, afterwards the Globe Tavern,— the site next west of plunimer HalJ. WHO WAS GENERAL SEDGWICK? 19 The testimoney of Clement Coldum1 aged 56 yeares or thereabouts, testifleth and sayeth that about 25 years agoe, I was at St. Johns vnder the comand of Major Sedgewick and did heare Capt. Lothrop begg a Bell of ye said Major: whoe answered he had disposed of that Bell aready but if they took ever an other bell, he should have it : after- wards wee took port Royall and there hung a bell in the new frierye. I being there with Capt. Lothrop in port Royall court yard did heare Capt. Lothrop againe renew his request to Major Sedgwick for that bell then hanging in the new frierye. The sd Major Sedgwick gave the bell to Capt. Lothrop for Basse River meeting house and bid them take the bell downe. That being done Capt. Lothrop with myselfe and some others put that same bell abord Capt. More with an order to deliver the aforesaid bell to Bass River men and the said More prom- ised that hee would and told Capt. Lothrop that he had noe need to trouble himselfe any further about the bell and further to my knowl- edg Capt. Lothrop sent home a letter to his wife by the said More2 in which letter he ordered Basse River men to fetch the bell from Capt More, which bell I have seene and heard in Bass River meeting house as I Judg further saith not. 17 : 10 : 79. Sworne by Clem : Coldum before us : Tho : Danforth, Dep'y Govr. J. Dudly, Assist- Major General Sedgwick, who was thus invited in 1654 by his son-in-law John Leverett, afterwards Governor, in the hearing of Dixey, to name the town, was every way worthy of such an honor.3 Johnson has said of him that he was "nursed up in London's Artillery Garden," and was "stout and active in all feats of war," while Carlyle calls him "a very brave, zealous and pious man." He died May 24, 1656, a sad loss both to the colony and to the home govern- ment, and must have been kindly remembered as often as the warning tongue of the friary bell made itself heard from the belfry of the new meeting house ; and especially when, three years later, the agitation began which resulted ulti- mately in town autonomy and a town name. If he made 1 Clement Coldum was afterwards a witness in the witchcraft prosecutions. a Sedgwick and Leverett reached Beverly before Capt. Lothrop's letter. 3 He had attained the highest military rank possible in New England. 20 WHAT DIXEY KNEW ABOUT IT. a suggestion as to naming the town, his words would have little less than the weight of law in the minds of Lothrop and Dixey, both trained to arms, in the old school of sol- dierly deference to the wishes of a superior officer. Both of these, as well as Leverett, were living in 1668 when the town was finally chartered and named, and also in 1671 when Conant's petition for a change of name was presented to the General Court. In this last year, Leverett, always in a very influential position near the seat of power, after serving as deputy for many years, as Speaker of the House of Deputies, and as Assistant to Gov. Bellingham, became Deputy Governor under that magistrate, and two years later succeeded him as Governor for the colony. Had he been aware of a desire on the part of his father-in-law, General Sedgwick, that the town he furnished with a bell be called Beverly, and had he wished to see that desire fulfilled, he certainly had opportunities for doing so. When William Dixey made his deposition in 1679 re- citing the suggestion made at his house by Leverett to Sedgwick he well knew who named the town, and why it was named Beverly. If Sedgwick named it so, for some personal association he had with the name, Dixey knew that to be the fact. Would he have been more likely to state it or to omit it in giving his testimony ? If, on the other hand, the town was named by some other person than Sedgwick, Dixey knew that fact. Would he have been more likely to follow up the statement that Sedg- wick had been asked to name the town with the further statement that he did not do so? And again, if Dixey dis- closed his knowledge on this point, would the magistrate in writing out his evidence have been more likely to re- cord what he said, as bearing on the claim to the bell, or to reject it as irrelevant ? The probabilities are nicely matched. It is the problem of the lady and the tiger over again ! WHY SEDGWICK MAY HAVE CHOSEN BEVERLY. 21 But if Sedgwick really did set himself to the task of se- lecting a name for the embryo town, reasons are not want- ing which may have inclined him to the name of Beverly. The Sedgwicks are of a very old Yorkshire stock, and had once intermarried with the Percys, amongst whose family titles was that of Earl of Beverley. Before 1584, Barbara, daughter of Robert Percy of Scotton, the fifth Robert in a lino of descent from John, had intermarried with "Robert Sedgwicke, Gent," who may well have been the grandfather of our Major Genl. Robert, his namesake. Not only was the Borough of Beverley with its market and its minster a very conspicuous centre in Yorkshire, — in fact, so strong a place as to have afforded refuge to Charles I, in the waning fortunes of his struggle with the Parlia- mentary forces, — but there is also at Pateley Bridge across the River Nidd, near Ripley in the West Riding of York- shire,— a locality in which the Sedgwick family as well as the Percy family seems to have been most numerous, — a Bewerley or Baverley Hall and Manor, bought in 1675 by Lady Mary, consort of Sir John Yorke, which has remained ever since in the Yorke connection. It is easy to imagine associations with this fine old place which might have prompted a well-bred Englishman, brought up within ear- shot of its hunting horns, although his grandmother were not a Percy, to recall with interest the name of Beverley ; and so of Beverley Park under the shadow of the Cathe- dral of Canterbury, near which also it is thought that there were Sedgwicks living, and so again of Beverley Bridge near Cambridge, to which the University crews take their evening "pull" in boating practice. But a truce to speculations in philology. Perhaps we shall never know how Beverly came to be Beverly, but there is certainly reason to suspect, from comparing the lists of townsmen and the names on Conant's remonstrance, that the parties for and against the name "Beverly" were 22 AT MR. PEABODY'S BARN. divided very nearly on the line of cleavage between the w old planters," and the " new charter " settlers. Without doubt the arrival of Endicott gave an impetus to the move- ment amongst the first settlers of Salem to cross the creek and to plant on the Bass River side. Their grants were mostly there, and 1628 is at once the date of the beginning of the Bass Eiver settlement and of Endicott's arrival. It would not be surprising if Conant's protest against the name of Beverly in 1671 represented the last expiring struggle of the " old planter " interest.1 After a forenoon spent in interesting rambles and de- lightful views from the many elevated points, both natural and artificial, which this region offers, with visits to old houses, stone quarries and other attractive features, an al fresco lunch followed in the breezy, ample barn of Mr. Peabody. This place of meeting was not far from the station and both are in the midst of an extensive plain, formerly a favorite camping ground and training field for militia musters and sham fights, as well as a frequent resort of the red-skinned gentry who antedated us as proprietors of the soil. This last fact appears from the local reputation the plain has long enjoyed as a promising field for the un- earthing of arrow-heads, stone chisels, mortar-pestles, fish hooks and other Indian implements and ornaments of endur- ing substance. And as if to give assurance that its an- cient prestige was not yet waning, the piece of ground in front of Mr. Peabody's barn, which was being broken up with the plough while the meeting was in progress, brought to light a sharp-cut Indian gouge or chisel of trap rock with beautifully perfect edges which seemed ready for in- stant service, had there been need to hollow a canoe out of some spruce or hemlock trunk with the aid of fire. Whether the Indians were attracted to this spot by the 1 See " History and Genealogy of the Conant Family," p. 116-125. AN INDIAN CAMP-GROUND. 23 same characteristics as our ancestors, we cannot deter- mine. The soil is strongly impregnated with iron, which in its oxidized condition gives a reddish-yellow color, and considerable masses of bog-iron ore, one of which was ex- hibited at the station, have been taken out from time to time, especially when, for lack of better, this crude deposit was roasted in kilns at works in Lynn and else- where, and made to yield up its slight percentage of the useful metal by burning out the clay and vegetable impur- ities united with it. If the Indians had advanced thus far in their knowledge of iron-working they might have sought the plain at Montserrat for the sake of its bog-iron. Or they may have been sagacious enough to perceive, with that keen instinct for natural remedies which marks their therapeutic practice, that the waters of the little chalybeate spring, still bubbling out of the soil here as it has done for ages, had medicinal values not to be neglected. In this judgment they have the endorsement of modern science ; for the spring water, upon examination, is found to respond promptly to the common tests for iron, producing that splendid Prussian blue with ferro-cyanuret of potassium, and that royal purple with salicylic acid, which delight the eye of the analytic chemist and indicate the presence of the mineral in sufficient force to impart curative qualities. Early in the century when railroads were not, and only a way or two crossed this extended plain, May trainings and autumnal musters were often held here, with all the accessories and abuses which marked at the time the deca- dence of our state militia system. Here Joseph Gardner from March street, Salem, the famous baker and purveyor of w cakes and ale," and various entertainment, the "striped pig" included, set up his flying-horses and merry-go- rounds, his refreshment booths and tents for games and shows ; and the two large, scrawny-looking, white pines, now standing together quite by themselves, near the min- 24 MR. eral spring, were planted there by his hand. This at- mosphere of periodical revelry may not improbably have attracted to the neighborhood the stalwart old negro, Rob- ert Arnold, better known as " Black Bob, " whose hum- ble cabin, of which barely a trace survives to mark the spot, stood on the rising ground opposite the station tow- ards the north. Bits of the cellar- wall are probably the only monument now left of this stately and interesting relic of African slavery in Massachusetts, whose bald and grizzled head was always bared with obsequious deference, bred of his early condition in life, in presence of all such as he saw fit to regard as the magnates of the town. But for the venerable jurist, Nathan Dane, he reserved a special greeting. On observing the approach of 'Squire Dane, "Black Bob" selected a convenient spot whereon to " crook the pregnant hinges of the knee," and, spreading a large bandanna handkerchief on the ground on which he placed his hat, prostrated himself with all the humility of a Mos- lem devotee, bending his majestic figure to the earth at the same time that he invoked heaven's choicest blessings on "Masa Dane." President Wheatland called the Institute to order at half-past two o'clock, and invited Vice President Rantoul, who was present, to take the chair. Mr. Rantoul opened the session with some remarks on localmatters, alluding to the ice trade at Wenham Lake1 and the vast proportions this winter's husbandry had attained there ; to the last Field Meeting in this neighborhood held at Wenham Lake on February 11, 1882, 2 and to a famous one at Stanley's Grove, close by, on June 24, 1865 ;3 to an old way lead- ing from Montserrat to Draper's Point near Bass River 1 See Hist. Coll. Essex Inst., Vol. VI, pp. 82-3, 141-52. Also Appleton's Amer- ican Cyclopaedia, article ICE. 2 See Bulletin of the Essex Institute, Vol. xiv, pp. 58-63. » See Proceedings of the Essex Institute, Vol. IV, pp. cxxxii-cxxxvii. REMARKS OF MR. SEARS. 25 Head and also branching to the right and leading by Chip- man and Brimble Hills towards an old mill fed from Beaver Pond, passing in its course an interesting moraine some half a mile long, hidden in the woods near the mill pond. He further alluded to the Woodbury farm near by with its old homestead, containing timbers which were thought to be parts of the first cabin built on the original two hundred acre grant of 1635 "by the great pond side ;" to the commanding view enjoyed from the various eleva- tions in the neighborhood, and to the exciting scene wit- nessed from these points at sunset on the first day of June, 1813, when the smoke of battle between the Chesapeake and the Shannon could be seen from the hill tops along shore, rolling over the bay just outside Baker's Island, and when every lookout and housetop were so crowded as al- most to justify the sarcastic verses of the British school- boy, beginning, " The Chesapeake so bold out of Boston, I am told, Came to take a British frigate neat and handy, And the people of the port came out to see the sport, With their music playing Yankee Doodle Dandy !" Mr. Rantoul first introduced Mr. John H. Sears of the Peabody Academy of Science, who spoke at some length of the geological features of the section, with which he re- marked he had been very familiar from his boyhood ; say- ing, among other things, that the entire rock formation of the eastern part of Essex county was composed of erup- tives,or, as in the case of the gneissoid schists which are of sedimentary origin, such deposits are only seen where the eruptive granites, syenites and traps have turned them up on edge. These gneissoid schists are probably the old- est rock formation in New England, which is proved by its being cut by all the others, but may probably be contem- poraneous with the gabbro, as the two masses are found ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX 2* 26 THE GEOLOGY OF THE SECTION. thoroughly mixed at one part of the outcrop at Wood- bury's point. The granites of this region are of the same kind as those of Peabody, and having a strike from the southwest to the northeast underlie the towns in Essex county, as follows : commencing at North Saugus, cross- ing Lynnfield, Lynn northwest of Dungeon rock, through Peabody, Ryall Side, Beverly, East Wenham, Essex, West Gloucester, Annisquam to Halibut Point and out into the Atlantic ocean. All the granites of this region are classed as hornblendic granite, but there is a difference in the kind of feldspar in the various quarries ; this Pea- body, Beverly and Cape Ann granite is composed of quartz, hornblend and oligoclase feldspar, whereas the granite which outcrops at Briscoe Hill, if we follow it across the cove to Mingo's Beach and Manchester to Glou- cester and to the Rockport Granite Company's quarry, run- ning exactly parallel to the other, we find it is composed of smoky quartz, hornblend and orthoclase feldspar. These granites at Montserrat, Beverly and Rockport are substantially the same as those of the Quincy quarries, the general points of difference being in color and crystalline texture ; and this is due in a great measure to the rock as quarried in Beverly and vicinity being taken only from the surface or the outer joint plains, whereas, if the works were carried to a greater depth, lighter colored and better material, probably as good as the Rockport granite, would be found, and could be quarried at a much less expense. Mr. Sears said that he had found a number of species of minerals new to the county collections ; and in regard to the dike formations, that, instead of their being formed of only two different rock structures, — as usually understood, dolorite dikes and diabase, — he found sixteen different rock formations in them. Mr. Sears then went on to speak of the plants col- MR. ROBINSON'S PAPER. 27 lected during the day, among which were the Apios tube- rosa, or Ground Nut, one of the Leguminom in the pulse or pea family, which is very profuse in its flowers at this season of the year, — a hardy, herbaceous climber, suitable for covering screens and unsightly fences, easily propa- gated by its tubers. Then the speaker called attention to the Indian Pipe, or Monotropa uniflora and Monotropa hy- poptis, and showed its relationship to the blueberry bush which is in the same family with it. Among the more interesting plants, he exhibited the Rhexia Virginica or Meadow Beauty. This plant is easily propagated from its tubers, and would make a decided ornament in the garden. Another interesting plant was the Corallorhiza multiflora, coral-root, one of the Orchidacece, the root of which resembles a bunch of pink coral. The next speaker, Mr. John Robinson of the Peabody Academy of Science, read a carefully elaborated paper, entitled, "The native trees and tree cultivation in Essex County," premising the remark that the unspeakable charm of our old New England village as well as of our mod- ern seaside resort is very largely traceable to the variety and abundance of shade-trees. At the request of Mr. Robinson, no abstract of this valuable paper is inserted here, the material of it being printed in full in the Twenty- Eighth and Thirty-Fifth Annual Reports of the Massachu- setts State Board of Agriculture, before which parts of it were read in December, 1880, and in December, 1887 ; also in the Report of the Committee on Forest Trees of the Essex Agricultural Society for 1884, printed in that year's Proceedings of the Society. Mr. Frederick A. Ober next read extracts from an elab- orate paper on the "Flora and Fauna of Beverly," contrib- uted by him to Lewis & Co.'s History of Essex County, Vol. I, pp. 675-9, where it may be found in full. He illus- 28 MR. OBER'S PAPER. — MR. trated this reading with anecdote and incident of a local nature, and with bits of local history, showing the marked changes which two centuries have brought in personal and domestic habits and modes of living. Mr. Joseph Dane Tuck then exhibited a file of papers containing autograph letters of much interest, together with other antiquarian matters. There were letters of his great uncle, Nathan Dane, of whom Mr. Webster said in the senate in 1830 that, for securing freedom to the North- west Territory, he would take rank with the great law- givers of antiquity, — letters of George Cabot, in 1798, the first Secretary of the Navy of the United States, — of Hugh Hill, a cousin of Andrew Jackson, the redoubtable priva- teersman of the Revolution, — of Dr. Fisher, a founder of the Philosophical Library and of the Salem Athenaeum, — of William Gray, the great ship owner, — of Joseph White, of William Prescott, of Ebenezer Francis, of George Crownin shield, of Joseph Lee, of Israel Thorndike, and of Patrick T. Jackson. Mr. Tuck also showed admirably-done counterfeit notes on the Beverly Bank, printed at New Boston, New Hamp- shire, in 1804, on very thin, strong, linen paper made in Dan vers. The ornamentation of the bills, at that early day., was unique. The $30 denomination bore both a hand loom and a power loom, symbolic of the high expecta- tions then entertained of Beverly's pioneer venture in the spinning and weaving of linen, wool and cotton. Other issues were decorated with figures of "Rectitude" and of "Plenty," twin patronesses of finance, — with the ele- phant and the cod, types of Asiatic and of New World opu- lence, while commerce and the fisheries were still further symbolized by a schooner and a barque, both under full sail. It will not be amiss to print a portion of the cor- respondence touching this interesting case of early fraud, MR. TUCK'S FILE OF LETTERS. 29 if only to show that dealing with detectives and informers was as ticklish a business then as now, and that Canada was within as easy reach of the successful swindler, and ex- tradition as great a desideratum, at the beginning as at the end of the nineteenth century. Letter addressed "To Israel Thorndike, Esq., Beverly, with 4 Counterfeit Notes enclosed," [postage marked 24 cents.] April 11, 1804. Sir. Wednesday. You probably know that the Net has been sprung & caught 4 prisoners with 5 plates of which your 30$ is one. I have 50 of the 30$ bills & they appear to me so well done that if any of them get abroad they will pass. I will if possible, ascertain whether any were struck by this plate before. I trust that all are secured which were struck now. It appears that our Agents with the exception of K . . . . have man- aged the business extremely well & I cannot but flatter myself that the Community will be saved from great present abuse & the Banks from much inconvenience. I enclose 4 of your 30$ counterfeits for your inspection and remain Sir, Your most obedient Servant, George Cabot. the Plates taken are Beverly $30. Essex 8. Portsmouth 4. N. Hamp. 10. & Union 10. NewbYport, 12 April, 1804. Dr. Sir. I have recd yours of ye 10th, and to-day have one from Mr. Fletcher at Amherst inclosing specimens of the Counterfeit Bills among which is a 30 Dollar Bill of your Bank which Peaslee engraved at New Boston. As there is the utmost Hazard that Peaslee will take himself off the moment he hears of the arrest of his comrades, I have directed Bay- ley, our Sheriff, to secure him and I will hold him for examination un- till you have Time to send on the necessary Process which ought to issue in New Hampshire. You will perceive the necessity of an im- mediate attention to this Business. 30 MR. tuck's file of letters. It is of the utmost consequence that Peaslee's Progress should be arrested. With much Respect yours Dudley A. Tyng. I. Thorndike, Esq. I hope you will be able to furnish Evidence also against P. Wlngate who is a bold, bad man. Addressed to Israel Thorndike, Esq : Beverly. Newburyport, 17 April, 1804. Dear Sir. Mr. P . . . will inform you of our Proceedings here. I congrat- ulate you on our success thus far. Every credit is due to for his energy and Perseverance. But as Money is his sole object, and as he must quit the Country im- mediately after the Conviction of these offenders, it behoves the Public to be liberal in their acknowledgements to him. And indeed, without some positive, previous stipulations, I am yet afraid we may fail of Convictions where he is the only witness. Mr. P . . . has given him assurances of 2000 Dollrs. I have reason to believe that this will be the lowest sum that will effect the Purpose. With Esteem & Respect Yours, etc. Dudley A. Tyng. Letter addressed to "William Gray, j* Esq & Israel Thorndike Esq." Boston, April 18, 1804. Gentlemen : I have read your several letters from Messr8. Fletcher & Atherton & from Mr. Tyng, & having conversed with Mr. P ... on the proposi- tion of subjecting the Banks to an eventual payment of $2000 in addi- tion to the other expences incurred by the pursuit of Counterfeiters, I feel authorized to say, in behalf of theBank of the U. S., Union, & Bos- ton, that they will contribute their parts of such payment in an equit- able ratio to be hereafter agreed on, & have no doubt the Massachu- setts will concur. You will therefore please to recommend such a course of proceeding as will be likely to give complete effect to the measure contemplated, so that on the one hand the testimony of the wit- ness may not be vitiated nor on the other the money paid without having it : prudence requires extreme caution in this case which I have no doubt will be practised. I am, Gen*l, very respectfully, Your mo. ob. servant, George Cabot. MR. TUCKS FILE OF LETTERS. 31 A Memorandum was inclosed in another handwriting, in these words ■ "1, To give such evidence, consistent with truth, as in the opinion of the Solicitor General will convict the offenders : 2d, to conduct in such a manner in the whole affair as that no objection shall be made on the trial to his testimony (competency) on account of any agree- ment or proposition whatever of his relative to cause or causes : 3d, anything allowed him must be for Journies, labour, services & ex- penses in finding out the offenders." At a meeting of the several Committees from the Boston Banks held at the Hall of the Union Bank on Wednesday, 25 April, 1804. Present from the Branch Bank, — George Cabot, " " " Massach"s Bank,— Boston Massachusetts Branch Union Beverly Essex Aaron Dexter. R. G. Amory & (_ John Phillips " " " Union Bank,— Boston Bank, John Welles & Samuel Cobb Wm. Sullivan. The Essex Bank & Beverly Bank represented by George Cabot, Esq. Honbie Mr. Cabot was chosen Chairman of the meeting. Wm. Sullivan was chosen Secretary. Voted 1st. That the expences of prosecutions now pending or which may hereafter be pending, for detecting & punishing counterfeiters of the bills of the Banks which now are or which may hereafter become parties to this agreement be assessed on such Banks in this ratio ; viz : one third part of such expences on the bodies corporate ; and two third parts thereof on the amount of their Capitals respectively. Voted 2d# That a Committee of seven be appointed, four of whom shall be Bank Directors in the Town of Boston, appointed one from each Bank therein and three of whom shall be Bank Directors in the County of Essex, under the Direction of which committee such sums of money shall be appropriated exclusively as they may think neces- sary to carry into effect the objects of this association. Voted 3d. That a copy of the proceedings of this committee, signed by the Chairman, be laid before the several boards of Directors in this town at their next meetings respectively, that the Committee men- tioned in the 2nd Vote may be appointed. Voted 4th. That the Chairman of this committee be requested to communicate these proceedings to the Boards of Directors of the Banks in Essex, with such observations as he may think pertinent. George Cabot, Chairman. 32 MR. tuck's file of letters. Addressed to "Rufus G. Amory, Esq., or William Sullivan, Esq., Boston." Amherst, March 29, 1805. GENTN: I have this day received from Geo. Woodward Esq of Haverhill, N. H. (an agent of ye N. H. Bank whom I have occasionally mentioned to you) a letter, enclosing the correspondence of Lewis Lyman of Montreal to him on the subject of counterfeit bills. He writes, — "In consequence of my representation the Governor of this Province called a privy council: present ye Atty General & Chief Justice — the latter Gentleman gave it his opinion that the criminal laws of the Realm would effectually take cognizance of any person having coun- terfeit bills in possession or materials and implements for their man- ufacture, & the AtU Gen1, Mr Sewall, was directed to make every inquiry into the business & prosecute every offender in this province." He observes that " from the frequency of counterfeit bills offered from Stanstead"1 (the residence of ye celebrated Stephen Burroughs & colleagues) it is more than probable that " a search warrant will be granted to that place"— and adds — "If you are in possession of any information on the subject you will be doing a service by communi- cating the same. Bailiffs in this county are some of the lower class of people, & the apprehension of these fellows might be a little dan- gerous & it would be necessary, to ensure the faithful performance of their duty, to give them a douceur; it will be also attended with a good deal of trouble & expence, to prove ye Bills to be counterfeit, which no individual is willing to pay. — A few weeks since a man from Stanstead offered me several Bills, one of $20, U. S. Bank, payable in Philadelphia; one of $5 D° N. Y. Branch Bank, and one d° d° d°, Boston Branch Bank, & I have one now in possession of the latter de- scription which he passed in this city; the counterfeiters, believing themselves secure, are off their guard, & now is the time to make a gen- eral sweep with them. You will see I am still warm in the cause of detection, altho' I have been treated with such neglect by those who are more interested than myself; Yours &c. Lewis Lyman." Mr Woodward writes that not less than 20 counterfeit bills have been offered at their (Coos) Bank within 60 days past. He is Cashier of that Bank, & adds his persuasion that the principal part of the Banks (meaning, I presume, in this State) will contribute their propor- tion of the expence. Mr Woodward has been vigilant in his agency in 1 A little Canadian village, near Rock Island, just over the Vermont border. MR. TUCK'S FILE OF LETTERS. 33 his quarter, collected much information & brought in a number of counterfeit Bills that can be traced to ye rogues in & about Stanstead. I have formerly solicited his particular attention to that quarter, at the same time informing him that I could not guarantee any compensation but presumed he would be indemnified for incidental expences of this nature, & Mr Peabody assured me last summer that, if anything effect- ual could be done at Canada, I might inform the prosecutors at Bos- ton. Mr Woodward's agency should be continued & compensated by ye N. H. Banks. From Mr Ws situation, interest & assiduity in the cause, this was supposed of considerable consequence. Since the dis- closures of the extent of the combination of ye counterfeiters & the full proof that their principal seat & great mint was at and about Stan- stead, I have been decidedly of your opinion that nothing effectual had or would be done towards a radical cure, till they were broken up in that quarter by the concurrent aid of the Government of Can- ada. You will perceive what is & judge what may & ought to be done in that quarter. If any thing, I will suggest some observations which can in no event be worse than idle. They will however be delivered with much confidence in their utility & practicability. I propose — That some person be furnished with Letters from the Governor of Massa- chusetts & such other persons of distinction as maybe deemed neces- sary, & vested with as much discretionary power as may be judged proper. That he repair to Montreal as soon as may be, to advise with & aid the Governm' of that place in the prosecution. That he en- deavor to procure a Law in that province for the apprehension of Criminals who may have fled from any of the United States. If arrests are made at Stanstead or elsewhere in Canada, that He be present, & be instructed, should any important disclosures be made, to communicate immediately to the Atty Gen* of any state, or first to Boston, if that's best, every thing that may require attention in N. Hampshire, Vert, Conneticut, N. York or elsewhere. I mention these states because they have evidently there connexions with ye Stan- stead rogues. That he have the liberty and the means, particularly, of sending on a friend into the garrison itself, before ye attack, to watch movements, collect evidence & communicate particulars before the onset; and to select men of spirit & vigilance in the vicinity to assist in the ar- rest,— common means & ordinary Bailiffs will not answer. One near Stanstead (by the name of R . . .) is evidently of the Gang. The apprehension of Stephen Burroughs with a few of the Ring- leaders (several of whom there is evidence agl in this state) I appre- hend would fully answer the purpose. If, from this prosecution, there should transpire nothing which would, without much expence, lead to the conviction of some leading offenders in the states I have ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX. 3 34 MR. baker's remarks. innumerated, I should be decidedly for following up the Blow in Canada, by the publication of such facts & circumstances as would convict, in public opinion, some notorious offenders in ye U. S., par- ticularly in N. York. This is a cheap course and places them either in the way to the Gallows or beyond the power of pursuing their hereto- fore successful career in villainy. The whole expence of such prosecution, if conducted with unity of plot, I am convinced would not exceed what was pd for ours in the county of Hillsborough, or for ye conviction of Wingate & Peasley. Should you judge ye subject worthy of attention, & cannot, without difficulty, employ a more suitable agent or agents, & should see fit to furnish me, any time in May, with the above mentioned credentials, I will, for $2000 outfit, engage to undertake the business, procure the necessary evidence & aid, and within 60 days from the time of leaving Amherst secure Burroughs & a sufficient number of his colleagues in Montreal, or such of the States as they can be punished in & defray every expence connected with the arrest & procuring the evidence, till time of trial. If the business should not be done to your satisfac- tion, I will return, at thirty days notice, such part as any three men you may choose shall say, & if to your approbation & by your concur- rence, will engage to refund the above sum in one year from its receipt, & rely on such compensation as may be given by Banks in the other States. If this communication is entitled to your consideration, I shall be ready to receive any communication and attend to it after the first week in May. Yours with esteem, (signed) D. E . . . P. S. I have written to M* Woodward advising him to request Mr Lyman to enjoyn secrecy on arrest, & in the mean time to collect evi- dence, promising as requested to correspond & consult with you on the subject. (signed) D. E . . . These papers were commented on and discussed in an interesting manner by the Hon. John I. Baker, who was introduced as the best informed of living men, in the his- tory of Beverly. Mr. Baker went on to speak of the great historic names which illustrate that history, — Woodbury, Eliot, Hale, Thorndike, Dane, Cabot, Lee, Rantoul, Fran- cis — and the conspicuous places filled in our day by such representatives as Judge Woodbury, Samuel A. and Charles W. Eliot, John P. and Edward Everett Hale, Is- rael, William and Albert Thorndike, Henry and Col, Henry Lee, Robert Rantoul, Robert Rantoul, jr., Eben- REMARKS OF MR. HORTON. 35 ezer Francis, Charles Levi Woodbury, J. Elliot Cabot and Henry Cabot Lodge. In closing, he alluded in terms of commendation to the chairman's recent contribution to the history of the Woodbury Family, and feelingly related some family reminiscences of his own connected with the perilous ventures of the early fishermen, a craft which had numbered many of his ancestors in its sturdy ranks and in which some of them had lost their lives. Hon. Nathaniel A. Horton was next called on, and said that if we could make out a table of pedigree and descent for a tree as we did for a man, he would expect to find growing in these woods to-day some lineal offshoots of the stalwart oaks which went to make the knees or keel of the frigate Essex, built but a gun-shot away by the Essex Pa- triots of '98. It was an interesting thought that these giants of the woods had their history and their pedigree, — that the tree family had its family tree, so to say, as well as the more intelligent beings who sometimes so wantonly de- stroyed them. The Great Elms, junior and senior, on Boston common ; the Charter Oak of Hartford ; the Endi- cott Pear tree ; what scenes they had witnessed, what his- tories they could write, — had they the gift of language, — were there but " tongues in trees." He then alluded to Nathan Dane, a Beverly man, to whom Webster had as- cribed the authorship of the famous "Ordinance of 1787," now in process of commemoration in the great northwest- ern section of the Union, whose virgin soil his wise, humane and patriotic forethought had shielded from the polluting touch of slavery. Mr. Dane was thought to divide with Manasseh Cutler of Hamilton and Rufus King of New- buryport, two other sons of Essex, the entire credit of dedicating the Northwest Territory to freedom. After the customary vote of thanks, which was grace- fully responded to by Mr. Peabody, the session of the Institute was adjourned. FIELD MEETING AT BRADFORD, SEPT. 16, 1887. The third field meeting of the season was held at Brad- ford, Sept. 16, 1887, by invitation of Hon. George Cogs- well, President of the Trustees of Bradford Academy. The day was fine and the party left Salem for Bradford via Somerville and Haverhill by the 8.43 o'clock train on the Boston & Maine Railroad. Bradford Academy, where the meeting was held, was reached at half-past eleven o'clock and a cordial welcome was extended to the visitors by President Cogswell and other officers of the Academy. What remained of the forenoon was spent, as usual, in delightful rambles among the quaint and rural scenery of this charming old town as well as in inspecting the much enlarged and beautiful grounds surrounding the Academy Hall, and in enjoying from the roof of the main building, now much extended by recent additions of concert and lecture rooms and gymnasium, an unrivalled panorama, including the lovely Merrimac, a picturesque view of the growing city of Haverhill, with the fine estates of Indian Hill and Kenoza and the cardboard castle at Laurel Hill, lately occupied by Sir Edward Thornton. Atone o'clock lunch was laid in Academic Grove, where many kind attentions were paid to the party by the peo- ple of Bradford. At half-past two o'clock the afternoon session was called in the hall of the Academy, the Presi- dent, Dr. Wheatland, in the chair. There were about three hundred persons present, including the pupils of the school. (36) FIELD MEETING AT BRADFORD. 37 The President, after brief introductory remarks, pre- sented Robert S. Rantoul of Salem, who called attention to the origin of the Lyceum system. Mr. Rantoul said that it had been claimed that the first Lyceum organization ap- peared in the town of Millbury, near the City of Worcester ; but from his own investigations he was satisfied that the honor of originating the American Lyceum system be- longed to the little town of Methuen in Essex County, and that in this town a Lyceum was established more than two years earlier than anywhere else in this country. Timothy Claxton he thought was the man who originated the sys- tem. In closing his remarks, Mr. Rantoul spoke of the Peabody Academy of Science and of the Essex Institute, which, while both were located in the City of Salem, be- cause they must be located somewhere and no better point offered, were county institutions nevertheless, both in their spirit and in the terms of their charters, and it was the ar- dent wish of the officers of both the Academy and the In- stitute that the people of the county should understand this fact and avail themselves freely of their privileges when in Salem by visiting the rooms of the institutions, their museums and libraries, and regarding both the Peabody Academy of Science and the Essex Institute as not local Salem affairs but as Essex county organizations established solely for the use of the people of the whole county. Hon. George Cogswell remarked that Mr. Rantoul had well stated the point which he himself had proposed to make, to wit : — that the people of the county should real- ize the fact that the two Institutions before referred to, while located in Salem, the railroad centre of the county, were in fact Essex County societies, and that the residents from the northern part of the county would be always and warmly welcomed at the rooms of the Institute and of the Academy, whenever in Salem. 38 FIELD MEETING AT BRADFORD. The President introduced Mr. George D. Phippen as one who joined the Institute fifty years ago, and who was to-day its Curator of Botany and its Treasurer. Mr. Phip- pen read a paper of value and interest entitled, " The Helianthus and Kindred Genera." Mr. Phippen said he had chosen for his subject the Ge- nus Helianthus and allied plants, having had it suggested by the interest that has been given of late, perhaps unwit- tingly, to these striking but rather coarse flowers, and also by their popular use for personal adornment. These and other composite flowers are being largely used for that purpose, and their selection has extended from the lowly daisy or day's-eye, to "The sunflower that turns to her god when he sets, The same look which she turned when he rose." this pretty poetical conceit is not, however, borne out on investigation. We have no true native daisy in this country, but several of the flowers much used in the manner described, being fas- tened in copious bunches upon the dress, are called by the name of daisy, such as Golden daisy, Michaelmas daisy, Ox-eye daisy, etc. That brilliant intruder from the west now so common in the grass-lauds of New England, Hud- beckia hiria, is a favorite in this way, and has nearly usurped the name of "Ox-eye daisy," which rightfully belongs to our wild Chrysanthemum or white weed, Leu- canthemum vulgare. May we not, therefore, name this contagious fancy, which will have its day, the "Daisy craze" reminding one of Dryden's troop of knights and dames who joined the chorus of the ladies' song : "And still at every close, she would repeat The burden of the song, — The daisy is so sweet ! The daisy is so sweet!" The sunflower tribe of plants with their bold yellow FIELD MEETING AT BRADFORD. 39 flowers are natives peculiarly of North America and great- ly abound in the southwestern states, Texas and Mexico. They perhaps never before received such marked attention, for they are generally rough, coarse herbs and their flowers are inferior in texture, fragrance and general loveliness to the flowers of spring and the early summer. Many of the choice species of Helianthus found their way into the gar- dens of England early in our colonial history, and nowhere have American plants received greater favor. Helianthus tuberosus, whose potato-like roots furnished pottage for the Indians long before the advent of the white man upon these shores, has been cultivated hi Europe more than two hundred and fifty years. An account of the large annual sunflower "Helianthus animus" from Mexico, was published in England in 1568, and it is recorded as culti- vated in English gardens as early as 1596. One of the prettiest varieties of the annual Helianthus, being a diminutive of the cucumber-leaved variety, is called Sutton's favorite and is a low growing plant with flowers not much larger than a coreopsis. The double varieties of Helianthus annuus are marvels among double flowers in their multiple fulness and array. Of the perennial spe- cies there are many worthy of cultivation, such as Helian- thus occidentalism decapetalus, divaricatus, etc. Helianthus multiflovus-gvandis is deservedly a popular garden plant and to many persons suggests a double yellow dahlia. Helianthus orgyalis, from Arkansas, with its narrow drooping foliage and tall panicles of flowers is truly excellent. Helianthus Maximillianus , from Mexico, is of recent distribution and valued for its late flowering. Our two lludbeckias and the rose-colored species from Texas may well find a place in our gardens. Mr. Phippen also spoke of the obtrusive beauty of other genera of that great family the Composites or Aster- 40 FIELD MEETING AT BRADFORD. worts, "star flowers" embracing all sunflowers as well, — such as Dahlias, Zinnias, Coreopsis, Asters, Tagetes, Calen- dulas, etc., many of which are natives of North America and are universally cultivated. Some species, however, with which we are equally familiar are exotic and of great known antiquity. Our Budbeckia laciniata was found in Canada and described by Cornuti in 1635. Calendula offic- inalis from the south of Europe has been known and cul- tivated in New England since the time of Josselyn in 1672. Chrysanthemum Indicum, now so familiar as a greenhouse plant, was figured in paintings and wrought into the royal dress of the Chinese before the Christian era. Seeds of Centaurea cyanus or blue bottle have been found in quan- tity among the debris of the lake dwellings of Switzerland. Artemisia absinthium or wormwood was employed in the earliest times in the sacred rites of the Romans. That great summarist of ancient botany as he has been called, Pliny, who wrote early in the first century, describes in his compilations, drawn, no one knows from how many earlier sources, certain plants of this order, well under- stood by us and easily traced out in his writings, such as elecampane, yarrow, camomile, tansy, wormwood, mari- gold, centaurea, chickory, burdock, and even "Bell is" the true and humble daisy with which we began. Mr. Phippen closed his remarks which had largely re- lated to the cultivation of the plants considered, in a few rather disparaging comments on the popular tendency of degrading the flower garden by geometrical beds; of colored- leaved plants — now so much in vogue, — a style good in itself, as an architectural adjunct, but which of necessity discards the immense versatility and beauty of the floral creation. He made a plea for the return to our first love, to the old-fashioned garden of our fathers, with its borders of grand perennial plants and shrubs, such as roses, honey- FIELD MEETING AT BRADFORD. 41 stickles, lilacs, paeonies, hollyhocks, larkspurs, phloxes, bulbs in variety, etc., and he looked forward to a day not far distant when much greater attention would be given to the cultivation of shrubs, vines and herbaceous plants, and when, with the knowledge of hybridization now possessed, many new varieties could reasonably be expected to appear if scientific florists were encouraged in their cultivation and production. Dr. William Cogswell of Bradford said he had not ap- preciated the usefulness of such organizations as the Essex Institute until recently, for he had lately been engaged in preparing an article for the forthcoming History of Essex County, and to know just where to find the material for such work was of the greatest convenience to him. The common things and every-day occurrences of to-day were materials for the history of the future. As an instance of this Dr. Cogswell produced the old diary of Parson Ste- phen Peabody for the years 1786-89, in which he found an almost complete history of the town of Atkinson, N. H., for these years ; the minutest occurrence was noted, and from these records kept by one careful and methodical man he had gleaned facts of infinite historical value. Vice President Goodell was then introduced. After ex- pressing his pleasure at being able to attend this meeting he added that, in conformity to the established practice at the field-meetings of the Institute for each member to bring in the results of observations made by him during the day in the line of inquiry in which he was specially interested, he had passed most of the morning in the of- fice of the town-clerk, looking over the old records of the town. He had found there some items of the Revolutionary period, which he would make the theme of a few remarks that he hoped might prove of interest to the meeting. ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX 3* 42 FIELD MEETING AT BRADFORD. For instance, according to several entries in the year 1780, the price of beef appears to have been at the rate of £600 for 400 lbs. of beef, or about 30 shillings per pound ; while in 1782 the same weight of beef cost about £7, or about $23.33 in our present currency, or 4f pence per pound in currency of that date, as witness the following entry : Paid to John Day, jr., in full Feb. 13, 1781, for 400 weight of beef £600. May 16, 1782, Josiah Beacon in full for 370 weight of beef £7.12 A. This remarkable difference of price he said was owing to fluctuations in the value of Continental bills of public credit, which in 1780 stood at the rate of £40 in bills to £1 in coin. This depreciation rapidly increased until May, 1781, when, in some places it had reached the ratio of £500 in bills to £1 in coin ; and then suddenly the bills ceased to circulate. The inflation and depreciation of the currency was the source of untold misery to the laboring classes and to the families of the soldiers, who had faithfully served in the Continental Army, and proved the utter ruin of thousands who had enjoyed comparative aflluence. Mr. Goodell then pointed out the lesson which the experi- ence of our fathers with an unredeemable paper currency should teach us, and compared the Revolutionary exper- iment with that of the nation in more recent times and de- clared that no circumstances could ever justify the issue of a circulating medium, productive of such evil results. Mr. Goodell professed his unabated interest in the Insti- tute, to which he had been prevented by circumstances be- yond his control from devoting himself with his former punctuality and zeal, but hoped the time was near when his attendance upon the meetings might be more regular and frequent. He thought the value of the society's work was FIELD MEETING AT BRADFORD. 43 greater than even its warmest friends were inclined to esteem it ; and nowhere else than in Essex County has the experiment of an organization formed for the acquiring and diffusing of useful knowledge, in so wide a field, been successfully carried on for so long a time, and with such encouraging results. Brig. Gen'l William Cogswell of Salem was then intro- duced and said he hardly knew why he was called upon to speak, except that he was interested in both the Institute and the Bradford Academy, and he knew how much good both institutions were doing in their respective lines. He complimented both organizations, and said he was re- minded by Mr. Goodell's talk about a depreciated cur- rency, that during the War of the Rebellion he ate a chicken for breakfast which cost him one hundred and fifty thou- sand dollars in Confederate money. Prof. I. N. Carleton was next asked to speak. He be- gan with the query, What can be expected of a schoolmas- ter after four o'clock in the afternoon ? He commended the work of the Institute as bringing the people out of their offices, their stores and their schoolhouses, and bringing them face to face with nature and nature's works. He said that statistics show that sadness and despondency are on the increase and that insanity and suicide are of frequent occurrence ; that these things were largely caused by in- tense application to study, or to business, or to the pursuit of some specialty ; again, these unfortunate conditions are caused partly by the tendency to crowd the cities to excess. Professor Carleton thought that if more attention was given to such out-door rambles as the one of to-day it would be a great gain for the community. The work of societies like the Institute has a tendency to bring men and women back to nature and to the country ; it is certainly healthful and invigorating both to mind and body. 44 FIELD MEETING AT BRADFORD. Mr. John H. Sears spoke of the geological features of the region about Bradford. He referred in some detail to the Montalban or sedimentary rock, known as mica-slate, which appeared there. Hon. N. A. Horton of Salem offered a cordial vote of thanks to the Trustees of Bradford Academy, to the Prin- cipal, Miss Johnson, and to all others whose kind atten- tions had rendered the day so profitable and pleasant. This vote was unanimously passed, and the meeting ad- journed at about five o'clock. The party returned to Salem b}^ the 5.45 o'clock train, vid Georgetown and Danvers. ADJOURNED ANNUAL MEETING. At the adjourned Annual Meeting of the Essex Institute, holden at its rooms, Oct. 3, 1887, the following by-laws were reported by the committee appointed at the preced- ing Annual Meeting, and adopted by the Institute. At the same meeting, lists of Honorary and of Corre- sponding Members were submitted for election by the Board of Directors, and the Members so nominated were duly elected by ballot. BY-LAWS. ARTICLE I. MEMBERSHIP. Sec. 1. Any person may be elected a member, at a regular meeting, by a majority vote of the members present and voting, the name of such person having been proposed in writing by two members at a previous meeting. Sec. 2. Any person not residing in the County of Essex, who may be interested in the objects of the Institute, or desirous of promoting its work, maybe elected a corresponding member, at a regular meeting, by a majority vote of the members present and voting, upon nomina- tion by the Board of Directors; but corresponding members shall not be eligible to office, or entitled to vote, or liable to assessment. Sec. 3. Persons who shall have attained an eminent distinction in Science, Literature or the Arts, may be elected honorary members, at the annual meeting, by a majority vote of the members present and voting, upon nomination by the Board of Directors. Sec. 4. Any member may become a life member, and be exempt from the payment of the annual assessment, by paying the sum of fifty dol- lars to be added to the invested funds of the society. ARTICLE II. OFFICERS. Sec. 1. The officers of the society shall be a President, four Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer, an Auditor, and a Librarian, who, with a Council of ten members, shall constitute the Board of Directors. Sec. 2. The above officers shall be chosen by ballot at the annual meeting of the society, and shall serve for the term of one year, and until the election of their successors. Sec. 3. The Board of Directors shall have the custody of the build- ings, funds, securities and properties of all kinds belonging to the so- ciety, and shall have full power to transact all the general business of (45) 46 ADJOURNED ANNUAL MEETING. the Institute, except the election of members and officers. They may, when they deem it best, refer any matter to the general meeting of the society for its action. Sec. 4. They shall have power to appoint curators and assistant cu- rators of any department, and they shall appoint such standing or other committees from the active members of the society as they shall deem necessary; but the chairmanship of each of said committees shall al- ways be held by a member of the Board of Directors. Sec. 5. Upon the nomination of the librarian, the Board of Directors may appoint an assistant librarian. Sec. 6. The Board of Directors may at any time remove a curator, assistant curator or assistant librarian. Sec. 7. The Board of Directors shall decide, subject to the control of the society, how and when the general resources of the society, not devoted to any particular department, shall be expended; and shall assign all space or location of specimens for each department, and shall determine all questions that may arise between any of the curators. ARTICLE III. DEPARTMENTS AND COMMITTEES. Sec. 1. The Institute shall consist of the following departments : — History ; Science ; Literature ; Art ; Horticulture. Sec. 2. The following shall be the standing committees : A Finance Committee (of which the president shall be ex officio chairman, and the treasurer ex officio a member), to have the direc- tion of the funds of the Institute, in accordance with the Act of Incor- poration, and of such investments of funds as may be necessary. Sec. 3. A Library and Publication Committee (of which the libra- rian shall be ex officio a member), who shall make an annual examina- tion of the condition of the library ; and who shall have the management of all publications of the society and regulate the manner of their dis- tribution. Sec. 4. A Lecture Committee who shall have charge of all lectures and public meetings, except such as may be held or given for the ben- efit of a special department of the Institute, and except field meetings. Sec. 5. A Committee on Field Meetings (of which the secretary shall be ex officio chairman) who shall determine when and where field meetings shall be held, and shall have the general management of the same. ARTICLE IV. MEETINGS. Sec. 1. Regular meetings shall be held on the first and third Mon- days of each month, at the rooms of the Institute. The second meet- ing in May shall be the annual meeting. ADJOURNED ANNUAL MEETING. 47 Sec. 2. Special meetings may be called by order of the president, or at the written request of five members. Business to be transacted at a special meeting shall be limited to the subjects stated in the call. Skc. 3. Field meetings shall be held at such times and places as the field meeting committee may designate. Sec. 4. The Board of Directors shall meet on the first and third Mondays of each month, and at such other times as they may be called together by the president. Sec. 5. Five members shall be a quorum for holding any meeting of the Institute, or of the Board of Directors ; but any less number, of whom the secretary shall be one, shall have power to adjourn such meeting. Sec. 6. Officers shall be elected at the annual meeting, but vacan- cies may be filled by election at any regular meeting. Sec. 7. All elections shall be by ballot, and by a majority of the members present and voting. ARTICLE V. DUTIES OF OFFICERS. Sec. 1. The president, or in his absence one of the vice presidents, shall preside at all meetings of the Institute, and of the Board of Di- rectors. The president shall be ex officio chairman of the finance com- mittee. Sec. 2. The secretary shall give notice of all meetings and record their proceedings ; shall notify all members and officers of their elec- tion; shall have charge of all papers and documents relating to the general business of the Institute ; shall conduct the general correspond- ence ; and at the annual meeting shall report the doings of the Insti- tute during the year. He shall acknowledge the receipt of all donations except those to the library. He shall record in a book kept for that special purpose the by-laws of the society and the names of its mem- bers, with the date of their election, and, whenever any alteration, amendment, or repeal of the by-laws is made, the same shall be entered in said book. He shall be ex officio chairman of the field-meeting com- mittee, and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall from time to time designate by vote, and shall act as secretary of such committees as do not choose a secretary from their own number. Sec. 3. The treasurer shall be ex officio a member of the finance committee, and shall keep an exact account of all his receipts and ex- penditures, and shall submit his report, after examination by the audi- tor, at the annual meeting. Sec. 4. The auditor shall audit all accounts of the treasurer, cura- tors and committees, and shall report at the annual meeting. Sec. 5. The librarian shall be ex officio a member of the library com- mittee. He shall receive, and have the custody of, all books and other printed works, maps, charts and diagrams, belonging to the Institute: 48 ADJOURNED ANNUAL MEETING. shall attend to their arrangement, cataloguing and preservation ; shall conduct the correspondence relating to the library and acknowledge all donations thereto ; and shall report on its condition at the annual meeting. Sec. 6. The curators shall have charge of their respective depart- ments, and shall have full power relating to the collection, care and preservation of the specimens or materials relating thereto; provided, however, that any alteration of the general plan or principles of ar- rangement of any department and the removal of specimens or other material, except for the purpose of exchange, shall be made only with the consent of the Board of Directors, or under such regulations as they may, from time to time, prescribe. Curators shall have charge of all lectures, exhibitions, or entertainments, given for their respective departments. All moneys or funds that may at any time be raised by any£curator, or that may come into his hands for the benefit of his de- partment, and the net proceedsof any lecture, exhibition or entertain- ment under his charge, shall be deposited by him with the treasurer. ARTICLE VI. ASSESSMENTS. Sec. 1. An assessment of three dollars shall be paid by every mem- ber on admission, and annually thereafter on the third Monday in May. Sec. 2. No member who shall be in arrears for one year shall be en- titled to vote or hold any office; and any member so in arrears, who shall refuse or neglect to pay his dues for six months after being noti- fied thereof by the treasurer, by written notice duly recorded, shall cease to be a member of the Institute. Sec. 3. The president and treasurer may exempt members from as- sessments when they may deem it for the interest of the society. ARTICLE VII. APPROPRIATIONS. Sec. 1. No member, officer or committee, except the Board of Di- rectors, shall incur any debt whatever in the name of the Institute, unless authorized by a vote of the Society. Sec. 2. Whenever the Board of Directors shall appropriate any money to be expended by any curator or committee, such curator or committee shall render an account of the same to the treasurer, with vouchers; and the balance, if any, shall be returned to the treasury of the society. Sec. 3. Whenever any entertainment, lecture, exhibition or concert is given for the benefit of any department of the Institute, the cu- rator or committee having charge of the same shall render to the treasurer a statement of the receipts and expenses incurred, and when all bills are paid, the net receipts of the same shall be turned over to the treasurer and passed to the credit of the department. ADJOURNED ANNUAL MEETING. 49 Skc. 4. The society will assume no liability for any debt contracted by any curator or committee, unless it shall have been first authorized by a vote of the Board of Directors or the society. ARTICLE VIII. ROOMS. Sec. 1. The rooms shall be open to members and the public at such times and under such regulations as the directors may determine. Sec. 2. Visitors may be introduced by any member. ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENT OR ALTERATION OF BY-LAWS. Sec. 1. The by-laws may be altered, repealed or amended by the vote of two-thirds of the members present and voting, at a regular meeting, notice of the proposed alteration, repeal or amendment, hav- ing been given in writing at a previous regular meeting. HONORARY AND CORRESPONDING MEMBERS. tlonorary Members, elected Oct. 3,1887. George Bancroft, James Freeman Clarke, James Dwight Dana, J. William Dawson, Asa Gray, James Hall, Ebenezer Rockwood Hoar, Oliver Wendell Holmes, T. Sterry Hunt, Joseph Leidy, J. Peter Lesley, Francis Parkman, Andrew Preston Peabody, William Wetmore Story, John Greenleaf Whittier, Daniel Wilson, Robert Charles Winthrop. Spencer F. Baird was nominated by the committee, but died before elec- tion, Aug. 19. Corresponding Members, Oct. 3, 1887. Henry Larcom Abbott, Alexander Graham Bell, jona. ingersoll bowditch, Charles Deane, George Edward Ellis, Moses G. Farmer, John Fiske, GeorGe Lincoln Goodale, Alphecjs Hyatt, James Putnam Kimball, Henry Cabot Lodge, George W. Marshall, Chas. Sedgwick Minot, James Edward Oliver, Edward Charles Pickering, Lyon Playfair, Edward Griffen Porter, J. Challenor Smith, Winslovv Upton, Justin Winsor, Geo. Frederick Wright. ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX LETTERS OF ACCEPTANCE. Philadelphia, Dec. 4th, 1887. To the Secy, of the Essex Institute. Dear Sir : I have the honor of receiving your letter of Nov. 28th, accom- panied with a Diploma, informing me of my election as an Honorary Member of the Institute. For this distinguished consideration please convey to the Institute my thanks. Respectfully yours, Joseph Leidy. Mr. Henry M. Brooks, Secretary of the Essex Institute. Dear Sir : It gives me great pleasure to acknowledge the receipt of the Diploma of the Essex Institute, announcing my election as Honorary Member. I assure you of my high appreciation of the honor thus conferred on me. Respectfully yours, James D. Dana. New Haven, Dec. 5, 1887. Concord, Dec. 5, 1887. Sir, I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your note informing me of my election as an Honorary Member of the Essex Institute. Permit me to return my thanks through you to that distinguished association for such a gratifying compliment, and to regret that my membership is likely to be of so little value to the Institute. I am an old man ; and while I hope that I have lost no interest in the agencies for human instruction and improvement, I can take little part in them. Very respectfully, E. R. Hoar. Mr. H. M, Brooks, > Secy, pro tern. > (50) LETTERS OF ACCEPTANCE. 51 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Geological Survey, J. P. Lesley, State Geologist, 1008 Clinton Street. Philadelphia, Dec. 5, 1887. Henry M. Brooks, Sec. Essex Institute. Dear Sir : Please to present my thanks to the President and members of the Institute for the honor they have done me in electing me an honorary member. Yours, very respectfully, J. P. Lesley. Jamaica Plain, 5 Dec, 1887. Dear Sir, I beg to acknowledge your obliging communication of 28 November, and to accept with thanks the honor done me by the Essex Institute at its meeting on 3 October. I am glad, at the same time, to have an opportunity to express my high sense of the excellent service rendered by that association of which I am proud to be an honorary member. Yours respectfully, E. Parkman. Henry M. Brooks, Esq. Secy, pro tern. Cambridge, Dec. 5, 1887. Dear Sir, I have great pleasure in accepting the honor conferred on me in my election to honorary membership of the Essex Institute, & it will be my pleasure to render to the Institute any service within my ability. I am, my clear Sir, Very truly yours, A. P. Peabody. Henry M. Brooks, Esq. Boston, Masstts. , 90 Marlborough Street. 5 December, 1887. Henry M. Brooks, Esq. Secy, pro tern. Dear Sir, It gives me great pleasure to signify my acceptance of the Honorary Membership of The Essex Institute, for which I offer my grateful acknowledgments to the officers and members. Yours, respy. & truly, ROBT. C. WlNTHROP. 52 LETTERS OF ACCEPTANCE. Herbarium of Harvard University, Botanic Garden, Cambridge, Mass., Bee. 5tb, 1887. Dear Sir: Your notice to Dr. Gray of his election to honorary membership in the Essex Institute finds him unable to thank you for an honor which he would have fully appreciated. A week ago to-day he was stricken with paralysis, from which he has not recovered, but which, on the contrary, has progressed so far that his condition is now almost hopeless. This unexpected stroke is a grievous blow to his many friends. Yrs. very truly, Sereno Watson. Henry M. Brooks, Secy Essex Ins*" Salem. Jamaica Plain, Mass., Dec. 6th, 1887. Henry M. Brooks, Dear Sir — It gives me much pleasure to accept the appointment of Hon- orary Member of the Essex Institute, which that body have honored me with. Very truly yours, James Freeman Clarke. Boston, Dec. 7^, 1887. Gentlemen, It gives me great pleasure to accept the title of Honorary Member of the Essex Institute, which that Institution has conferred upon me. I am, Gentlemen, Yours very truly, Oliver Wendell Holmes. Henry Wheatland, Esq., President. Henry M. Brooks,, Esq., Secretary pro tern. Toronto, 7«» Dec, 1887. Dear Sir : I have the honor to acknowledge your letter of the 28^ Nov, which I have just received : with its enclosed Diploma of Honorary Membership of the Essex Institute. You will please convey to the Members my best thanks, and the assur- ance of my high appreciation of the honor they have conferred on me. With much respect, Yours truly, Daniel Wilson. H. M. Brooks, Esq. LETTERS OF ACCEPTANCE. 53 McGill College, Montreal, Dec. 8th, 1887. Henry M. Brooks, Esq. : Dear Sir, I beg leave to acknowledge your communication of Nov. 28th, enclos- ing Diploma of Honorary Membership of the Essex Institute, and beg leave to tender through you my sincere thanks to the Members of your old and distinguished Society for the honour which they have conferred on me, and which I assure you I very highly appreciate. Yours sincerely, J. Wm. Dawson. Oak Knoll, Danvers. 12th, 8, 1887. Henry M. Brooks, Esq. : Thy note informing me of my election as an honorary member of the Essex Institute has been recd. I am glad to be thus associated with an institution of which Essex Couuty has reason to be proud. Thine truly, John G. Whittier. Henry M. Brooks, Esq., Secretary of the Essex Institute : Dear Sir: I beg to return through you to the members of the Essex Institute my best acknowledgments and thanks for the honour they have conferred upon me in electing me an Honorary Member of this Society. It is peculiarly grateful to me as coming from my native town, where the first years of my youth were passed — & for which I retain a warm interest & regard as well as many delightful memories. — It is most pleasant to me to receive this proof that I am not forgotten there, despite my many years of residence abroad. Yours faithfully, Palazzo Barberini, Borne, Deer. 21, 1887. W. W. Story. No. 816 Fifth Avenue- New York City, Jan. 4, '88. Henry M. Brooks, Esq., Sir: I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of yr favor of Nov. 28, '87, announcing that on Oct. 3, I was elected an Honorary Mem- 54 LETTERS OF ACCEPTANCE. ber of the Essex Institute, and to beg that you will convey to the mem- bers of that body my cordial thanks for their courteous act, and my best wishes for the continued success and usefulness of the Essex Institute. Very sincerely yours, T. Sterry Hunt. Washington, D. C, February 23<*, 1888. Robert S. Rantoul, Esq. Salem, Mass. Dear Sir : I pray you to communicate to the Essex Institute my grateful acknowledgments for electing me to be one of its honorary members. I have placed the certificate among the documents I most carefully preserve. I entreat you to express to the Institute my ever continuing grati- tude for this mark of their regard and friendship. Very sincerely your ancient & faithful friend, Geo. Bancroft. New York State Museum of Natural History, Albany, October 11«», 1888. Henry M. Brooks, Secretary, etc. Dear Sir — I have received your notice of my election as an honorary mem- ber of the Essex Institute, under date of November 28t^ 1887. I wish to express my sincere thanks to the members of the Institute, and my high appreciation of the honor conferred upon me by your time- honored Institution for the promotion of science. It has not been from intentional neglect on my part that I have not sooner acknowledged this honor ; but that I was so involved in the work of preparing and publishing my volumes on the Palaeontology of New York and other collateral work that I have been compelled to neglect everything else. I have lately sent to your Institute a package of apologies for my short-comings. I am very Sincerely and Respectfully Yours, James Hall. FOREFATHER'S DAY. The third Monday of December, the night of the Regular Meeting of the Institute, falling this year on the 19th day of the month, the eve of the landing at Plymouth, the hour was naturally devoted to the Pilgrims, and topics germane to their landing. In this connection a letter was read from the late Thomas Spencer of England, once an early friend and curator, and afterwards a lifelong corre- sponding member of the Institute, giving an account of a visit made by him to Scrooby, the English home of the Pilgrims, in the year 1869. * Some comments were elicited from gentlemen present, befitting the season and the theme, and tracing the early relations established and maintained between the Bay col- ony and our South Shore neighbors, to whom we owed much of hospitality and encouragement at times, and with whom we were always fortunate in sustaining a friendly confidence and mutual respect. While there has been a marked disposition amongst the descendants of the Puri- tans to claim the lion's share of the enterprise, financial vigor and organizing and colonizing capacity, which re- sulted in the ultimate conquest and settlement of the tract between Massachusetts Bay and the Hudson, — between Long Island Sound and the New Hampshire hills, — and while the impression has been repeatedly advanced that the Plymouth colony, well selected and wTell patronized as it was, could never have extended its borders without our alliance and would have done well were it able to sustain itself at all against the hostile forces of man and nature, 1 Essex last. Bull., Vol. I, pp. 150 to 154. (55) 56 forefather's day. yet there has never been on this North Shore the slightest disposition to disparage the personnel or quality of the Plymouth colony, nor to deny to those noble men who planted there, differing widely from us as they did in their views of church polity, the fullest credit for high purpose, uncalculating self-sacrifice, and a courage and devotion which adversity could not touch. Mr. Vice President Rantoul made some allusion to efforts he had made while abroad with a view to obtain for publi- cation a copy of a manuscilpt vindication of Hugh Peters, written by the elder Disraeli. He spoke as follows : The late Benjamin Disraeli, first Earl of Beaconsfield, prefixed to an edition of his father's "Curiosities of Liter- ature," which appeared in 1858, a sketch of that author, Isaac Disraeli, and therein stated, with some commenda- tion of the essay alluded to, that the "last labor of his lit- erary life was to vindicate the character of Hugh Peters." This vindication of Hugh Peters was intended as a sup- plementary chapter of Isaac Disraeli's "Life and Reign of Charles I," but, the author dying while the book: was on its way through the press, was inadvertently omitted and has never appeared in print. The manuscript copy, says Boase and Courtenay's " 'Bibliotheca Cornubiensis* was still in existence in 1875, and in the possession of Rt. Hon. Benj. Disraeli; all of whose manuscripts were left by his will to Conigsby Disraeli, his nephew. The character and reputation of Rev. Hugh Peters, a pastor of our first church, 1636-1641, afterwards decapi- tated in London for his activity under Cromwell, .in some sense belong to Salem, and in some sense also to the Essex Institute, for we have had the good fortune to come into possession of what remains of the old meeting house in which he ministered, the carefully preserved frame of which becomes every day an object of more general interest. AN ANDEAN MEDAL. BY SAMUEL GARMAN. The piece of silver here described and sketched was obtained by a friend of the writer in the interior of Pern, from a native who claimed to have taken it, in the neigh- borhood of Cuzco, from the mouth of a mummy. Its peculiar design and the workmanship make it an object of curiosity to those interested in what pertains to the early Peruvians. This notice is given it in hope that it may prove of some account, in connection with other ornamen- tation, in researches concerning the metal workers of the lands of the Incas. My friend saw no reason to doubt the story of the man from whom he got it. For myself, I can only vouch for my friend, the description, and the sketches. The latter were made by pressing the disk against damp paper on which the points in relief were afterward traced in ink. The medal is a nearly round silver disk an inch and one sixteenth in diameter and not far from one twenty-fifth of ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX 4* (57) 58 AN ANDEAN MEDAL. an inch in thickness. On the edge it is smooth though rather uneven, being in some places slightly rounded, and in others more sharp or angular. Foldings in the metal, such as would be produced by hammering, appear here and there on the surface. The faces are not quite true planes, and the curves in outline, as in sculptures, are not quite regular but nearly so. On the face the ornamenta- tion is all excavated or depressed, represented by the lines and dots in figure 1. The other side, figure 2, has the lines incised while the raised portions, marked by the dots, are caused by the depressions on the front. Except in case of the concavities of the face and the convexities of the back, which were formed by the same strokes, each line or mark on either side was independently engraved. The most ornate side, the face or front, fig. 1, has a shallow round depression in the centre, circumscribed by a circle an eighth of an inch in diameter. Around the circle there are four semicircles, arranged so as to remotely resemble the petals of a flower, and within each there are four or five short lines extending outward from the circle. Outside of these semicircles there is a second circle, nearly three-eighths of an inch in diameter, around which are placed fourteen elongate depressions, separated and en- closed by lines that curve around the outer and larger end of each. A larger circle fifteen-sixteenths of an inch across is cut near the edge ; at the inside of this there are twenty- seven subequal, subround depressions, each of them en- closed by a curved line. Kadiating from the large circle to the edge of the disk there is a border formed of a hun- dred and ten short lines. Each of the lines in this milling was made in part by a tool having a comparatively broad edge and its excavation was then continued to the margin by a narrower implement. Turning to the back, fig. 2, we find the convexities pro- AN ANDEAN MEDAL. 59 duced in forming the depressions of the front to be very noticeable, and to determine the design. A small circle is not introduced in the centre ; the flower-like figure is ab- sent. The inner circle on this side is a trifle more than three-eighths of an inch in diameter. About the inner side of it there is a series of twelve small, more or less irregu- lar semicircles and from its outer side fourteen elongate convexities radiate. The circle near the edge is a little more than seven-eighths of an inch in diameter ; like its counterpart on the face it has twenty-seven semicircles at its inner side and from the outer the short lines of the mil- ling, a hundred and sixteen in number, extend to the mar- gin. In this border the lines were not made with the tool used on the front; they are somewhat crescent-shaped, deeper along the shorter edge. The two holes that disfigure the piece were made after the engraving was completed, otherwise they would not have interfered so much with the design. The smaller, near the centre, appears to have been made some time be- fore the other ; its burr, on each side, was hammered down flat, while that of the larger and later wTas left prominent, as would hardly have been the case if the larger had been made first, or even if both had been made by the same hand. These holes were formed by some tapering instru- ment worked from both sides, the utensil throwing up a rim on each and leaving the hole wider at each surface. Neither of the perforations is quite round. Their purpose must have been for attachment. Dissatisfaction with the smaller, so near the middle of the disk, probably furnished a reason for the existence of the larger. Differences in shapes and depths and occasional evidence of slips of the graver in cutting prove that each line and each depression was made separately. To make the con- cavities the metal was driven down upon a hard but yield- 60 AN ANDEAN MEDAL. ing material, as silver, lead, or, perhaps, hard wood, by an implement with a blunt rounded extremity. We look in vain for evidence of indecision in the design. Spaces or areas are subequal and similar in outline. The workman had just room enough for his last strokes, — neither too much nor too little. He must have marked out the pattern before engraving ; possibly had done his experimenting on other pieces. The only points at which space is left over, or where crowding occurs, are in the border; and there the changes in the inclination of the lines indicate haste or carelessness rather than uncertainty. The work is of the nature of that done by persons hav- ing too much leisure, who make something in order to pass the time. It should be placed with the peculiar furniture, strange ornaments and wonderful puzzles wrought by sol- diers, sailors, convicts and others, while at a loss for some- thing to do. This is a class of productions not without importance in art-evolution ; since it is no doubt true that under conditions in some respects similar, in hours of leis- ure without pressure from taskmaster or prospect of re- ward, restless fingers among the aborigines have brought into existence a great deal of what the man of earlier times and ruder appliances possessed of the ornamental in art. The object of this note being simply to bring the medal to the notice of students interested in such matters, consid- erations of significance and antiquity are left to them. BULLETIN ZESSIEIX: INSTITUTE. Vol. 20. Salem: Apr., May, Junk, 1888. Nos. 4-6. AN ANNOTATED CATALOGUE OF THE MOLLUSCA OF IOWA. BY CHARLES R. KEYES. The following catalogue of the mollusca of Iowa is based chiefly upon collections personally made in various portions of the state, supplemented by liberal accessions received through exchange. With three or four exceptions, which have been duly credited, only such species have been here introduced as have passed under personal examination ; and although there are undoubtedly some species occurring within the limits of the state, but which have not as yet been noted, it is presumed that the list will present a rea- sonably complete resume of the regional observations upon this faunal group. There are here enumerated one hun- dred and fifty-one species, distributed among forty-four gen- era and sixteen families ; while there are thirty-two species recorded from the loss of the state. No attempt has been made to deal with the numerous and complex questions of synonymy ; not, however, for reason of any inappreciation orunder-estimation of their full ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX 5 (61) 62 AN ANNOTATED CATALOGUE significance and importance, but on account of an entire inappropriateness in a paper of this character of such pro- lix discussions. That there exists a burdensome and ex- tensive synonymy in some of the molluscan groups, and particularly in Unionidce, no student of fluviatile and la- custrine mollusca will for a moment question ; in fact, so manifest is it, to everyone who has given the subject even a casual consideration, as to at once render apparent the cogent necessity of a careful and complete revision of the American species of this family. The wide geographical distribution of some species of Uniones and the concomi- tant changes of environment may readily be referred to as among the chief causes of local variation of species. Not- withstanding the careful and conscientious labors of some of the earlier American writers on this group of mollusks, the question of geographical distribution did not at that time receive the attention that it has subsequently ; and therefore species were often based upon superficial charac- ters which are relatively unimportant as class ificatory cri- teria. Numerous references have been made in the following notes to the occurrence of certain species in the loss ; and there is appended a list of the molluscan forms now known from the post-pleiocene of Iowa. Most of the species found fossil in this deposit are at the present day living in the region under consideration ; the exceptions are notably Patula strigosa Gould, Vallonia pulchella Mull., Helicina occulta Say, etc., — abundant and characteristic forms. The first of these is now found no nearer than the Rocky mountains ; the other two do not occur in central and other portions of Iowa where the fossils are very abundant ; how- ever, the former is present in a number of localities in the eastern part of the state, but the latter is confined to two very limited areas, and is on the verge of extinction. The OF THE MOLLUSC A OF IOWA. 63 great abundance in the loss of certain species now rare or extinct in those localities is very significant as illustrative of continuous change in the geographic distribution of spe- cies. The relation of these fossils to the living represen- tatives in the same area is also of great interest as being indicative of the climatic conditions at the time of the deposition of the loss. As has been shown by McGee and Call1 the forms occurring in this deposit are all depauper- ate, attesting a diminution of vitality, doubtless due to a much lower temperature than at present. It appears from the data at hand that, in Iowa, among the lamellibranchs especially, and to a less noticeable degree in the gastero- podous groups, the distribution of the species geographically is very peculiar. Among the Unionidce alone, thirty-five species apparently occur only in the eastern part of the state, eight only in the western, while twenty- four are gen- erally distributed : of the latter, one is extremely rare in western, and three in eastern Iowa. Independent of its zoological interest this peculiar distribution of the mollusca of Iowa is geologically very suggestive as affording evi- dence of certain phenomena during glacial times. Iowa forms a portion of an area, the molluscan fauna of which has been derived preglacially from the northwestward. The recent rich discoveries of fresh-water mollusca in the Mes- ozoic and later deposits of the Upper Missouri region have indicated the probable origin of the fauna now living within the limits of this and contiguous states. In the fresh-wa- ter cretaceous and tertiary strata just referred to, are found the prototypes of the legamentinus, gibbosus, undulatus, ventricosus, ellipsis and other groups of the Unionidce; while Planorbis, Campeloma, and other gasteropodous genera were also well represented by forms closely allied 1 Am. Jour. Sci., Sept., 1882, Vol. xxiv. 64 AN ANNOTATED CATALOGUE to those now living. In America, unmistakable Uniones appear in the Jurassic, or, if the determinations of Hall are correct, may even date back to the Devonian. In the Lar- amie beds of the northwest and in the strata of somewhat later date there occur besides Unio, Planorbis, and Cam* peloma the following genera : Limnophysa, Gyraulus, JPhysa, Bulinus, Goniobasis, Vivipara, Valvata, and some land forms. The conclusions presented would point to a remote origin of the present facies of the molluscan fauna now living in the area under consideration ; and with the material now at hand important results await the biol- ogist and palaeontologist in this field of investigation. The occurrence in Iowa of pearls in some of the fluvia- tile bivalves has recently been made known ; the principal localities being in Dallas county, where in the swift cur- rent of the rapids of the Raccoon river below Van Meter are found in abundance, Unto wardii Lea, and other species rare elsewhere in the state. Of more than two hundred specimens of Uniones collected here the majority contained from three to a dozen or more pearls, some of which were quite large ; the most of them, however, were rather small, yet quite perfect and symmetrical. A few of those taken from Unio wardii were of a delicate rose tint, while those from U. gibbosus were dark purple. The other species af- fording pearls were Unio rectus Lam., U. fragosus Con- rad, U cesopus Green, and Margaritana rugosa Barnes. The habitat of these pearl-bearing species appears to be very different from that referred to by Kuchenmeister who found pearls most abundant in mollusks living in the still parts of streams. Among the collections are a number of monstrosities which present curious phases of molluscan life. Many of these pathologic forms are evidently the re- sult of injuries received ; but others are doubtless due to unfavorable development early in life. Some of the most OF THE MOLLUSC A OF IOWA. 65 remarkable examples of the former are illustrative of the severe injuries that these mollusks may receive and yet sur- vive, and even attain a normal size, while of the latter group of abnormalties the transposition of the teeth in the valves of Unio is perhaps the most notable ; and probably arises from the same peculiar embryonal conditions that have produced dextral shells among sinistral univalves and vice versa. Thanks are tendered Prof. R. E. Call for the verification of some of the Uniones. GASTEROPODA. Family Selenitid^. Macrocyclis concava Say. Iowa City ; rather common ; Muscatine, Burlington and other localities in eastern Iowa. The distribution of this species is chiefly east of the Mis- sissippi river ; its western limit being the eastern portions of Iowa and Missouri. Family Limacid^e. Limax campestris Binn. Des Moines, Iowa City, Bon- aparte : abundant. A widely distributed species, and doubtless occurs throughout the state. Zonites arboreus Say. Abundant everywhere. Zonites nitidus Miiller. The only locality in Iowa from which this species has been obtained is Hardin county. Zonites viridulus Menke. Northern and eastern Iowa : rather common. Zonites indentatus Say. Iowa city is the only locality in the state where this species has been collected. Zonites minusculus Binney. Johnson, Scott and Mus- catine counties: quite common. Zonites fidvus Draparnaud. Eastern Iowa: not com- mon. The six species of zonites here enumerated all have 66 AN ANNOTATED CATALOGUE a wide distribution, being found in nearly all of eastern North America, and three of them are also circumpolar. The wide geographical distribution of certain species of mollusca, especially land forms among which it is so un- common, points to a high antiquity for the group; and in this instance, it is fully corroborated by palseontological evidence, in the occurrence of the subgenus Conulus, to which Z. fulvus belongs, in the Carboniferous shales of Nova Scotia. Family Philomychxe. Tebennophorus carolinensis Bosc. Common throughout the state. Family Helicid^e. Patula alternata Say. Abundant everywhere in damp woodland ; often gregarious in hibernation. The loss in the vicinity of Des Moines furnishes depauperate shells of this species and also of P. strigosa with the red markings still visible. A remarkable feature of the molluscan shells occurring in this deposit throughout the state is a peculiar chalky whiteness by which they are easily distinguishable from "dead" shells of the same species now living in the region. Patula perspectiva Say. Common at Iowa City and elsewhere in eastern Iowa. Patula strialella Anthony. Abundant in the central and eastern portions of the state. This species is also very abundant in the loss at Des Moines. Microphysa pygmcea Draparnaud. Polk, Johnson, Scott counties : a minute but rather abundant species, formerly more generally known under Morse's name Punctum mi- nutissimum. Helicodiscus Uneatus Say. Kather common in central OF THE MOLLUSC A OF IOWA. 67 and some portions of eastern Iowa. Also fossil in the Strobila labyrinthica Say. A minute species very gen- erally distributed and in suitable places occurring quite abundantly. Stenotrema hirsutum Say. Rather common in many lo- calities ; rare in others. When this species occurs abun- dantly its congener, 8. monodon, appears to be rare, and vice versa, Stenotrema monodon Eackett. Generally distributed, but only locally common. The variety leai is also common in Scott, Johnson and contiguous counties. This species occurs quite abundantly in the loss ; as has been referred to by McGee and Call (?oc. cit.) the loss forms of this spe- cies "present some important differential characters ; the apices being more elevated, the whorls more convex, and somewhat loosely coiled with the apertures more lunate than in recent specimens. The reflected portions of the lip and the parietal teeth are also less calcareous ; in all other respects they correspond generally with the variety of the recent form known as 8, monodon var. leai" Tridopsis palliatd Say. Bonaparte, Ft. Madison, Bur- lington : not common. Until very recently, this species was unknown in Iowa. Tridopsis appressa Say. This species has recently been collected at Burlington ; but it is quite rare. Mesodon albolabris Say. This species appears to be of very rare occurrence in eastern Iowa ; but in the central portion of the state it is one of the most abundant land forms ; and especially is it common in the vicinity of Des Moines, where on warm rainy days in the woodland cover- ing the bluffs it is found in great profusion feeding upon mushrooms ; a dozen or more snails often being collected about a single tuft of these plants. 68 AN ANNOTATED CATALOGUE Mesodon multilineatus Say. Very common. A form having the spire much elevated occurs along the Iowa river above Coralville, Johnson county. This species prefers the marshy woodland and mud flats adjacent to the water courses where it often occurs in great abundance. A small woodland pool near Des Moines afforded hundreds of living specimens of this species, which had been borne thither a short time previous, during a rain shower, by the torrent water of a small creek. In hibernation this species is gregarious, several dozen often being found together in a decayed stump, or in a tuft of grass. Mesodon thyroides Say. Davenport, Muscatine and eastern Iowa : not usually common. In June, 1886, a num- ber were collected at the base of the high sandstone cliffs, at "Wild Cat Bend" of Pine Creek in Muscatine county. Mesodon clausus Say. In Iowa generally this species is not common ; except perhaps at Des Moines where it occurs in abundance. In this locality the most favorable time for collecting this species has been found to be on dry summer days, especially during long drought-periods when the collecting of Helices is generally extremely la- borious and barren in its results. THe soil in the wood- land at this time becomes very dry even in localities that are usually comparatively moist; many plants growing in these localities now wither and die ; to the stems and leaves of those plants, which survive through the season are found attached these snails, often so abundantly that fifty or a hundred have been obtained in a short time ; in fact the most profitable collecting of this species experi- enced. During the day the snail forms around the pe- riphery of the shell aperture an epiphragm which also secures the shell to the leaf. The dew at night sufficiently moistens the plant to allow the animal to move from place to place. OF THE MOLLUSCA OF IOWA. 69 Mesodon profunda Say. Central and eastern Iowa : quite common ; often associated with M. clausus and M. albolabris on moist hillsides, and also clinging to the trunks of trees. Vallonia pidchella Miiller. Common at Iowa City and elsewhere in eastern Iowa. In the central portion of the state it has not as yet been found living, though it occurs quite abundantly in the loss of that region. Family Pupid^e. Pupa pentadon Say. Iowa generally, but not very com- mon. Pupa fallax Say . Iowa City : not common. This spe- cies is said to range westward to Nebraska and will doubt- less be found in other Iowa localities. Pupa armifera Say. Davenport, Burlington, Des Moines : very abundant. Pupa contracta Say. Quite common throughout the state. Pupa corticaria Say. Eastern Iowa : rare. This spe- cies together with P. armifera, P. pentadon, P. muscorum and other congeneric forms are found in the loss. P. mus- corum, though having a wide geographical distribution, has not yet been recognized living in the state. Vertigo ovata Say. A Vertigo occurring at Iowa City has been referred to this species, but its specific identity in not perfectly satisfactory. Vertigo gouldi Binney. Not uncommon in the eastern portion of the state. Family Stenogyrim:. Ferrussacia subcylindrica L. Des Moines, Forest City, Iowa City and elsewhere : rather common. ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX. 5* 70 AN ANNOTATED CATALOGUE Family Succinic:. Succinea ovalis Gould. Abundant. In the northern portion of the state it is replaced by 8. higginsi, from which it is often with difficulty distinguished. Succinea obliqua Say. Abundant everywhere. At Des Moines the variety totteniana is associated with this spe- cies. During periods of drought the habits of 8. obliqua are similar to those of Mesodon clausus as already given. Succinea avara Say. Common. This species and 8. obliqua are abundant in the loss throughout the state. Succinea higginsi Bland. Common in northern Iowa. Family Auriculid^. Carychium exiguum, Say. Iowa City, Des Moines : common. Many shells of this minute species are often found abundantly in the drift-wood along the streams. Family Limnjeim:. Linnoea stagnalis Linnaeus. Spirit and other lakes of northern Iowa, where it is often exceedingly abundant. Bulimnea megasoma Say. Winnebago and adjoining counties : common in many of the ponds and pools. Limnophysa reflexa Say. Dallas, Dickinson, Hardin, Johnson, Des Moines counties : everywhere abundant. A very large form occurs in great numbers in the prairie ponds of Dallas county. In a marsh a few miles north of Des Moines is found typical L. zebra Tryon ; from which there is a perfect gradation to typical L, reflexa. From near Dubuque has been received a variety that is nearly black. These varietal differences may be regarded as the resultant of different conditions of environment. Limnophym paluslris Miiller. Twin Lakes (Hancock county). Lake Okoboji furnishes the variety described as L. nuttaliana. OF THE MOLLUSC A OF IOWA. 71 Limnophysa desidiosa Say. Abundant everywhere. Limnophysa caperata Say. Abundant in the ponds and prairie marshes throughout the state. Limnophysa pallida Adams. A few specimens, col- lected in Johnson county, have been referred to this spe- cies. It is said to be very abundant at Muscatine. Limnophysa humilis Say. Des Moines, Cedar Rapids and elsewhere : common in the marshes. Physa gyriiiaS&y. Everywhere abundant. This species was described from specimens collected in Bowyer creek near Council Bluffs ; it has a very wide geographical dis- tribution and presents a great variety of forms. Typical P. hildrethiana has been collected in abundance in the prairie ponds of Dallas county ; and the form described by Lea as P. elliptica occurs in great numbers in some of the ponds near Des Moines Physa heterostropha Say. Abundant everywhere throughout the state. Bulinum hypnorum Linnaeus. Winnebago county and northern Iowa generally : common. Planorbella campanulatus Say. Twin Lakes, Hancock county ; Spirit Lake, Dickinson county : quite common. Helisoma trivolvis Say. Spirit Lake, Forest City, Des- Moines, Fort Madison, Ottumwa: abundant. Helisoma bicarinatus Say. Muscatine, Iowa City, Spirit Lake : common. Menetus exacutus Say. Common in the prairie ponds of Central and eastern Iowa. Gyraulus deflectus Say. Lake Okoboji ; ponds of Polk and Scott counties. Gyraulus parvus Say. Common in Polk and Dickinson counties, and Iowa generally. Gyraulus albus Miiller. Davenport, Des Moines : rather common. 72 AN ANNOTATED CATALOGUE Segmentina armigera Say. Hardin and Scott coun- ties : rather common. Ancylus diaphanus Hald. Eastern Iowa generally : common. Ancylus tardus Say. Dallas county. Both species are found attached to stones or shells of Uniones in ponds or streams. Family Valvatim;. Vdlvata tricarinata Say. Abundant in ponds, through- out the state. Vdlvata bicarinata Lea. This form has been collected at Iowa City and Spirit Lake and doubtless occurs in other localities in the state. A large series shows a complete gradation into V, tricarinata and indeed may be regarded as synonymous. Family Viviparid^. Vivipara intertexta Say. Common in the ponds and bayous adjacent to the Mississippi river, but has not as yet been found in the interior of the state. This species ranges from Louisiana north to White Bear Lake, Minne- sota, where it is reported b}' Mr. Grant as very common. Vivipara contecloides W. G. B. This species has been collected in the streams of eastern Iowa, but does not ap- pear to be common. Campeloma subsolidum Anthony. Davenport, Burling- ton, Fort Dodge and elsewhere : abundant. In the Missis- sippi river near Clinton very large specimens have been obtained, many of them exceeding in size and weight any O. ponderosum examined. The variety (7. rufum Hald. occurs abundantly in the Cedar river. Campeloma decisum Say. Abundant ; appears to gra- date into (7. subsolidum. OF THE MOLLUSC A OF IOWA. 73 Campeloma obesum Lewis. This species is found abun- dantly in a small creek in Johnson county, a few miles south of Iowa City. Lioplax subcarinata Say. Iowa, Cedar and Mississippi rivers : common. Family Kissoid^. Bythinella obtusa Lea. Abundant in the bayous adja- cent to the streams at Des Moines, Iowa City and else- where ; in some localities it appears to be quite rare. Somatogyrus depressus Tryon. This species was de- scribed by Tryon from specimens obtained from the Mississippi river at Davenport. It occurs abundantly at Eldora, Iowa City and Des Moines. Somatogyrus subglobosus Say. Abundant in many of the ponds and streams throughout the state. Amnicola limosa Say. Spirit Lake, Iowa City. It is widely distributed through Iowa, Minnesota and contigu- ous states ; and has been collected by Mr. Grant in the Vermillion river, Turner County, Dakota. A. porata doubtless occurs also in the state. Amnicola cincinnatensis Anthony. The most abundant and widely distributed species of the genus found in the state. Amnicola orbiculata Lea. Specimens collected in the ponds of Johnson and Polk counties have been referred to this species. Pomatiopsis lapidaria Say. Eldora, Des Moines and Iowa City : not common. Family Helicinid2e. Helicina occulta Say. This species was described by Say from fossil specimens; and, previous to 1876, was known only in that state ; in that year it was discovered 74 AN ANNOTATED CATALOGUE in abundance living near Iowa City, and later in Hardin county. Its distribution at Iowa City is very peculiar, and very limited in extent. The locality is on Turkey creek four miles north of Iowa City. It is a steep hillside on the south side of the creek, and covered with a dense growth of ferns and other plants. Here confined within an area scarcely forty yards in extent this little species flourishes so abundantly that several hundreds have been collected in a short time. Beyond this little secluded spot not a sin- gle specimen is found living, except in' Hardin county where numbers have been collected in a similar situation. This species is one of the most abundant and characteris- tic fossils of the loss. Family Strepomatidjs. Pleurocera subulare Lea. This species as also P. lewisi which is very closely allied if not identical, is found abun- dantly in the Iowa river where it is usually attached to stones in shallow water. It occurs quite commonly in the muddy bed of the Minnesota river about Ft. Snelling. In central Iowa "dead" shells are common along the streams but as yet living ones have not been found. Goniobasis cubucoides Anthony. This species occurs abundantly in the Raccoon river in Dallas county. LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Family CoRBicuLADiE. Sphoerium stamineum Conrad. Common, but not as generally distributed as the next. /Sjplmrium strialinum Lamarck. Abundant everywhere iu creeks and rivers. Sjphcerium rhomboideum Say. Common in some local- ities ; rare in others. OF THE MOLLUSCA OF IOWA. 75 jSp7icerium partumeium Say. Common, and even abun- dant in many localities. jSp/icerium, solidulum Prime. Des Moines, Iowa City, and elsewhere. Sphcerium sulcatum Lamarck. Common, everywhere. Sphoerium jayanum Prime. This species is found in abundance in Kenneday's Lake near Des Moines, where several hundred specimens of this hitherto rare form were collected. Psidium abditum Hald. Common in the ponds and streams of central Iowa. Family Unionimj. Anodonta corpulenta Cooper. Eastern Iowa : not com- mon. Fine examples have been collected at Davenport, and also in the Rock river in the northwestern part of the state. Anodonta danielsii Lea. This species is entered here upon the authority of Prof. K. E. Call who has reported it from Fremont county. Anodonta decora Lea. Shells referable to this species have been collected in various localities in eastern Iowa, but it approaches so closely in some of its phases other members of the grandis group that it is often almost im- possible to separate the forms satisfactorily. Anodonta edentula Say. Generally distributed through- out the state but nowhere very common. The Raccoon river in Dallas county has afforded this species in greater abundance than any other Iowa locality. Anodonta ferrussaciana Lea. Common ; especially in the northern portion of the state. Mr. Grant has supplied specimens from the Vermillion river at Parker, Turner county, Dakota, which is the most northwesterly locality yet reported for this species. 76 AN ANNOTATED CATALOGUE Anodonta grandis Say. Abundant everywhere espe- cially in the ponds and bayous adjacent to the water- courses. This species though never figured, is well known to collectors generally. Anodonta imbecilis Say. Common in many localities of eastern Iowa. In August, 1885, this species was found abundantly in the Minnesota river at Ft. Snelling. Anodonta ovata Lea. Specimens referred to this spe- cies are abundant in Okoboji and Spirit lakes, Dickinson county. Anodonta plana Lea. Not uncommon in the Des Moines river and elsewhere. This is another of the grandis group ; and it is extremely doubtful whether this form should be specifically separated from the type of the group. Anodonta suhorbiculata Say. Abundant in numerous localities in eastern Iowa. Anodonta wardianaluQtx. Common in the Beaver creek and Des Moines river near Des Moines. Margaritana calceola Lea. The distribution of this spe- cies is more general east of the Mississippi river, but has been collected in various localities in eastern Iowa. M. deltoidea Lea is regarded as synonymous with this and hence no mention is made of that form which has been re- ported from certain localities in the state. Margaritana complanata Barnes. Abundant: Eock river, northwestern Iowa, Shell Rock river in Floyd coun- ty, Mississippi, Iowa, Des Moines and Missouri rivers. This is the largest of the genus occurring in the state ; it is usually symphynote, but specimens from the Shell Rock and other localities do not possess the alate dorsum ; the latter variety is generally much heavier than the former. Margaritana confragosa Say. This species does not ap- pear to be common in any Iowa localities. It is found as far north as Fort Snelling, where it has been collected in OF THE MOLLUSC A OF IOWA. 77 the Minnesota river about one mile above the railroad bridge. Margaritana hildrethiana Lea. Des Moines river, rare ; Iowa river, common at Iowa City where many were noticed among the shells of other Unionidce brought out of the stream by muskrats. It is often found in large numbers beneath submerged slabs of limestone which occur abun- dantly along this river. Margaritana marginata Say. Apparently rare through- out the state, but occurring in the Raccoon river in Dallas county more abundantly than elsewhere. Margaritana monodonta Say. Eastern Iowa : not com- mon. Davenport and other places on the Mississippi river. Margaritana rugosa Barnes. Shell Rock river ; Des Moines river at Des Moines, Ottumwa and Bonaparte ; Mississippi, Cedar and Iowa rivers. Quite common in the Raccoon in Dallas county. TJnio cesopus Green. Des Moines river rather rare ; eastern part of the state common. Those at Des Moines are usually found in sand and have the epidermis bright yellow, or straw color, while those obtained in eastern Iowa are much darker, especially old specimens which are very dark brown, presenting a marked contrast with the bright reddish animal portions. TJnio alatus Say. Abundant in many of the streams of eastern Iowa, but not as yet reported from the central por- tion of the state. This is one of the few bisymphynote shells occurring in the Upper Mississippi region. It often attains a large size — eight or ten inches in length — and is correspondingly heavy and thick ; the young shells are comparatively thin and fragile, and closely resemble U. Icevissimus Lea. TJnio anodontoides Lea. Abundant in eastern, rare in the central, part of the state. This species has a wide dis- ESSKX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX 6 78 AN ANNOTATED CATALOGUE tribution ; from New York to Georgia ; to Texas and as far north as the Minnesota river. Shells brightly rayed with green are found associated with those in which the rays are obsolete or entirely wanting. Some of its forms closely approach those of U luteolus Lam. Unio capax Green. Rare : Mississippi river, Burling- ton, " Muscatine" (Witter) ; Iowa river at Iowa City. This form is closely allied to U. ventricosus Barnes. Unio coccineus Lea. Conimon. Shells from the Iowa and Raccoon rivers are often beautifully rayed ; some of those from the latter stream also have a delicate roseate nacre. Several specimens collected at Des Moines cor- spond to the form described by Ward as U gouldianus. Unio cooperianus Lea. Little is apparently known of this species in Iowa. It ranges from the " Ohio river at Cincinnati to the Mississippi river at Muscatine" (Call). Unio cornutus Barnes. Abundant in the Iowa and Mis- sissippi rivers. Many from Iowa City are so closely rayed with dark green as to entirely obscure the lighter portions of the epidermis ; while some from the northeastern part of the state are uniformly yellow, and devoid of rays. Unio crassidens Lamarck. Iowa and Mississippi rivers : rare. Unio donaciformis Lea. Iowa, Mississippi and streams of eastern Iowa generally : common. Ranges north to Fort Snelling. U zigzag Lea and this species are synonymous. Unio dorfeuillianus Lea. Abundant at Iowa City. This species is so closely allied to Unio pustulosus that it is often with difficulty that the two forms are distinguished. Oc- curs also in the Minnesota river at Fort Snelling. Unio ebenus Lea. Common in the eastern part of the state. Unio elegans Lea. Very abundant at Iowa City. "Rather rare ; Mississippi and Cedar rivers " (Witter) , It ranges as far north as the Minnesota river. OF THE MOLLUSC A OF IOWA. 79 Unio ellipsis Lea. Common in eastern Iowa, Mississippi river at Keokuk, Fort Madison, Burlington, Muscatine ; Iowa river at Iowa City. Unio fragosus Conrad. Des Moines river, rare ; Raccoon river, common ; some of the largest and finest specimens from Iowa are from the latter stream. Also abundant in the Iowa river at Iowa City. Unio gibbosus Barnes. Des Moines, Skunk, Shell Rock, Iowa, Cedar and Mississippi rivers : common. U. archior is only a variety having a white nacre. Unio gracilis Barnes. Eastern Iowa : common. Unio graniferus Lea. Rare. Collected in the Missis- sippi river at Muscatine, May 29, 1886. Unio higginsi Lea. The type of this species was col- lected near Muscatine and described in the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 2nd series, volume V. It is certainly very closely allied to, if not identical with, U. orbiculatus Hald. Unio irroratus Lea. Eastern Iowa : rare. Unio lachrymosus Lea. Not uncommon at Des Moines, Iowa City, and Burlington. Very abundant in the Des Moines river at Bonaparte, Van Buren county. It is often received under the name of U asperrimus which is a syn- onym. Unio Icevissimus Lea. Common at Iowa City and else- where in the eastern part of the state. This is one of the few alate species occurring in this region. Unio ligamentinus Lamarck. One of the most abundant species occurring everywhere throughout the state. Its most northern locality known is the Rum river above Anoka, Minnesota, and from there it is said to range to western New York, northern Alabama and southern Kansas. This is one of the Uniones, that is sometimes gregarious ; hundreds often being found together in a 80 AN ANNOTATED CATALOGUE space of a few yards. A notable instance of this kind was noted in the Des Moines river, a few miles north of Des Moines. The situation was at the lower extremity of an extensive sandbar, where the water during the summer is usually from three to five feet deep, and with little or no current ; notwithstanding the close proximity of the sand- bar, the bed of the stream ist muddy. Here thousands of mussels lie buried in the mud, so closely as nearly to touch one another. Every haul of the rake — a large gar- den rake, very suitable and serviceable in collecting of this kind — affords a half dozen or more specimens, and in a very short time a bushel or more of Uniones have been obtained. The species represented in order of their relative abundance, are : Uhio ligamentinus, U. luleolus, U. ven- tricosus, U, pustulosus, M. complanata, U. iindulatus, A. grandis, U. rubiginosus, U. gibbosus, besides eight or ten other species in fewer numbers, and Campeloma sub- solidum in profusion. Unio lunulatus Pratt. This form is described in the Proceedings of the Davenport Academy of Sciences, volume I, from specimens collected in the Mississippi at Davenport. It is very closely allied to TJnio lack- rymosus Lea, with which according to Call it is perhaps synonymous. Unio luteolus Lamarck. Everywhere abundant. A variety having a remarkably thin and fragile shell, which externally is scarcely distinguishable from an Anodonta associated with it, is found in abundance in Lake Minne- tonka, Minnesota. Unio metanever Rafinesque. Abundant in the streams of eastern Iowa, but in the central part of the state it is replaced by a lighter colored and more compressed variety, U. wardii Lea, the latter being very rare in the eastern portion of the state. OF THE MOLLUSC A OF IOWA. 81 Unio multiplicatus Lea. Mississippi river : rare. Re- placed in the interior streams of the state by U plicatus, and U. undulatus. Unio orbiculalus Hildreth. Mississippi river : not com- mon. Unio parvus Lea. Generally distributed in the streams throughout the state, but not abundant. Unio phaseolus Hildreth. This species has been re- ported from the state but no specimens have been personally examined. Unio plicatus LeSueur. Abundant at Iowa City, and in eastern Iowa generally. In the Des Moines and other streams of the central portion of the state it is replaced by U undulatus. Unio pressus Lea. A few specimens taken in the Des Moines river at Des Moines : very rare. Unio pustulatus Lea. Rare in the Mississippi and streams of northeastern Iowa ; common in the Des Moines river at Bonaparte, Van Buren county. Unio pustulosus Lea. Des Moines and Raccoon rivers : common. In these streams the variety described as U schoolcraftii is quite abundant. Unio pyramidatus Lea. Southeastern Iowa : rare. Unio rectus Lamarck. Common in the streams of nearly every portion of the state. Specimens having a beautiful salmon colored nacre have been collected in the Rock and Des Moines rivers. Unio rubiginosus Lea. Abundant in the Rock, Des- Moines and Raccoon rivers ; rare in many localities. Unio schoolcraftii Lea. Abundant in the Raccoon, Des Moines and Iowa rivers. Gradates into U. pustulosus, with which it is undoubtedly synonymous. Unio securis Lea. Common in the Mississippi and its tributaries of eastern Iowa. 82 AN ANNOTATED CATALOGUE Unio spatulatus Lea. Rare in many of the streams of eastern Iowa, common in the Raccoon river in Dallas county. Unio subroslratus Say. Iowa City, Muscatine and else- where in eastern Iowa. Known to Iowa collectors under Conrad's name U. mississippiensis. Prof. R. E. Call's careful studies of this group have led him to the following conclusions relative to the synonymy of this species. 1831. Unio subrostratus Say. 1834. Unio nashvillensis Lea. 1850. Unio mississippiensis Conrad. 1852. Unio nigerrinus Lea. 1859. Unio rulervillensis Lea. 1868. Unio topekcensis Lea. Unio tenuissimus Lea. Rare, but not uncommon in the Iowa river at Iowa City. Unio trigonus Lea. Des Moines, Iowa, Cedar, Missis- sippi and other streams : common. Unio triangularis Barnes. Eastern Iowa : rare. Unio tuberculatus Barnes. Generally distributed through- out the state, but nowhere abundant. Unio undulatus Barnes. Abundant in central and west- ern Iowa ; represented by U. plicatus in the eastern part of the state. Unio ventricosus Barnes. Rock river, northwestern Iowa : common in central and western Iowa ; the variety oc- cidens being more common in the eastern part of the state. Unio verrucosus Barnes. Eastern Iowa : not common. Unio wardii Lea. Des Moines river : common ; eastern part of the state : rare. In the Raccoon river in Dallas county, this species occurs in greater abundance than in any other locality known ; it is very closely related to U. metanever Raf. but is more compressed, and typical speci- mens have a delicate rose-tinted nacre. OF THE MOLLUSC A OF IOWA. 83 List of Fossil Mollusca from the Loess (post pleiocene) of Iowa. Zonites arboreus Say. Pupa armifera Say. viridulus Menke. -(Shimek) muscorum L. — minusculus Binn. — limatulus Ward. — (Shi- mek). —fulvus Drap.— (Call). Patula alternata Say. strigosa Gould. striatella Anthony. Helicodiscus lineatus Say. Strobila labyrinthica Say. Stenotrema monodon Rackett. Mesodon clausus Say. multilineata Say. — thyroides Say. — (Call). Vallonia pulchella Mtiller. Pupapentadon Say. corticaria Say. — (Call). blandi Morse. — (Witter). Vertigo simplex Gould. — (Shimek). Succinea obliqua Say. avara Say. Carychium exiguum Say. Limnophysa desidiosa Say. humilis Say. caperata Say. — (Shi- mek). Laptolimncea ? (Shimek). Physa (Shimek). Helicina occulta Say. Pisidium ? — (Shimek). Ferrussacia subcylindrica Linn. Des Moines, May 4, 1888. TWO NAVAL SONGS, The action between the Chesapeake and the Shannon fought June 1, 1813, just outside of our harbor islands, pos- sesses this unique interest for the people of Essex County that it has been, down to this time, their only experience of actual warfare. It occurred not twenty miles from Boston Light. Here was one of the most gallant and bloody engagements of modern times, involving the lives of many men well known in this community and fought almost within ear-shot of our homes, the smoke of the con- test darkening the horizon-line of our own waters and ob- scuring the sunset glow of our own sky. Our harbor had long been patroled by foreign cruisers flaunting before our eyes the insolent flag of a power from which we had suffered much. It was well known that the Chesapeake would, as soon as ready for sea, make the at- tempt to rid our waters of this humiliating intruder, and when at high noon Captain Lawrence, in the pride of youth and manly beauty and flushed with recent success, marched down State street in Boston on that fatal day to board his ship, newly overhauled at Charlestown and in perfect trim, expectation was on tip-toe all along both shores of the bay and little was thought of in our section but the impending action.1 1 Hist. Coll. Essex Inst., Vol. xi, p. 37. See also a letter of Rev. Dr. Chas. Lowell, in Boston Transcript for June 11, 1856, detailing his interview with Captain Law- rence, and letters in the same Journal for June 3, and June 6, 185G. (84) TWO NAVAL SONGS. 85 All day the news of the expected collision was spread- ing about the county, and it did not occur until the close of the afternoon. By that time the hill tops were black with spectators, and house tops and church spires, which commanded a view of the outer islands, were swarming also. Capt. Eben Slocum of Salem, afterwards for many years an officer of the Revenue, who had been a prisoner on one of His Majesty's ships, was set ashore at Marble- head early in the day with a challenge from Captain Broke of the Shannon, addressed to Captain Lawrence of the Ches- apeake. This, Captain Slocum had sent forward by post from Marblehead as promptly as possible, but Lawrence waited for no challenge to spur him to activity, and had already gone down to meet the Shannon when it reached Boston. The late Admiral Preble, near the close of his life, made an exhaustive study of this interesting fight, lo- cating it very exactly by the aid of the report of the pilot who took the Chesapeake out of Boston, and correspond- ing with an English officer, who was himself a survivor of the bloody day. The Admiral's Monograph on the subject and the papers he collected and deposited with the Massa- chusetts Historical Society leave little to be said on the technical merits of the action.1 1 See United Service Magazine for October, 1879. Of this paper the late Rear Ad- miral Boggs, a nephew of Lawrence, wrote, Dec. 30, 1887, "lie (Admiral Preble) sent a copy to Admiral Provost Wallace of the English Navy, who was a young officer attached to the Shannon at the time of the light. I saw the letter which this gentleman wrote to Admiral Preble in return and it was indeed most compliment- ary, particularly in reference to the accuracy with which the whole action was de- scribed. I would refer you to this pamphlet for the most reliable information on the subject." See also, besides the more familiar authorities, Roosevelt's Naval War of 1812, p. 178; Cooper's Naval History, Vol. II, p. 158; Irving's account in "Spanish Papers," Vol. II, p. 37, or in Analectical Magazine, Vol. u, p. 129; Lossing's account in his Pictorial Field Book of the War of 1812, Ch. xxxi, pp. 698-713, and in Har- per's Monthly, Vol. xxiv, p. 172; All the Year Round, Vol. vi, p. 310; Museum of Literature and Science, Vol. IV, p. 562; Naval Chronicle [British], Vol. xxx, p. 183, et passim; Brannan's Military and Naval Letters, p. 167; Thompson's Historical Sketch of the Late War, p. 196: Ingeisol's History of the War of 1812, p. 391; Baine's [British 1 History of the Late War, Ch. vn, p. 96, and appendix xxiv, p. 28; Dennie's ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX- 6* 86 TWO NAVAL SONGS. Mr. William H. Foster of Salem, then a clerk in the neighborhood, was asked by Dr. Bowditch, then president of the Essex Marine and Fire Insurance Company hav- ing its office at the head of Central street, to get a gig and post himself at Legge's Hill and whenever a shot was fired to bring the news into town. This he did and then returned to the hill to await the result of the action. Capt. Oliver Thayer was with some of his seafaring elders in the spire of the South Church, but as the interest grew more and more intense and spy-glasses more in demand he got little chance to use one. Mr. William Endicott, of Bev- erly, saw from the roof of the Endicott house in Bartlett street in that town, the two ships standing out on a paral- lel course, south of Baker's Island. Never in any day be- fore or since did so many persons pass toll gate No. 1, on the Salem turnpike, as on that afternoon of June 1, 1813, on their way to the high ground in the great pastures. The smoke of battle was seen, but the guns could not be heard. The result was for some days a matter of conject- ure as the disabled ship was taken into Halifax, where her gallant dead were buried with the highest naval honors ren- dered in the most generous spirit, and their remains were then surrendered to the Cartel Brig "Henry," Capt. Geo. Crowninshield, who with a volunteer crew of ship masters brought them back to their mourning country, landed them at Salem, and after the most famous funeral ever seen in Essex Coun^, and an oration from Judge Story, sent them forward to New York to their final resting place in Trinity Church Yard.1 Portfolio, Vol. x, p. 235, and Vol. xvn, p. 393; Sketches of the War, p. 289; James' Naval Occurrences [British! p. 232; Niles' Register, Vol. v, p. 142, et passim; Local Journals of the day. 1 Judge Story's Oration is in print. The gentlemen who volunteered to man the "Henry," are named with commendation in the Essex Register of Aug. 25, 1813. They were Captains Holten J. Breed, Benjamin Upton, Jeduthan Upton, jr., John Sinclair, Samuel Briggs, Joseph L. Lee, Stephen Burchmore, Thomas Bowditch and Mr. Thorn dike Proctor. TWO NAVAL SONGS. 87 Page twenty- five of this volume contains an allusion to a British song commemorating this victory, which happened at a time when the "Mistress of the Seas" was feeling sad- ly depressed by a series of mishaps to her naval preemi- nence and from which accordingly she derived exceptional satisfaction. The wounded Broke was knighted and hon- ored with a gold medal for his achievement, two of his Lieutenants promoted, the guns on the Tower of London fired, and the figure head of the Chesapeake presented to him to be displayed as an ornament at the gateway of his country seat to which he retired. Amongst the other unique phases which this exuberant rejoicing assumed was the production of a song which still holds its place at Harrow and perhaps at other boys' schools in England and appears in the latest editions of the song books. In that of the Harrow school it is set to music so very like the air known to us as "Jordan is a hard road to travel," as to be substantially identical. It is a spirited air and English school boys sing it with a relish to the fol- lowing verses : THE CHESAPEAKE AND THE SHANNON. [From the Harrow School Song Book}. The Chesapeake so bold out of Boston, I am told, Came to take a British frigate neat and handy, 0 ! And the people of the port came out to see the sport, With their music playing Yankee doodle dandy, O ! Chorus: Yankee doodle, Yankee doodle dandy, 0! The people of the port came out to see the sport With their music playing Yankee doodle dandy, O ! The British frigate's name, that for the purpose came To tame the Yankees' courage neat and handy, O ! Was the Shannon, Captain Broke, with his crew all hearts of oak, And in fighting, you must know, he was the dandy, O 1 The fight had scarce begun when the Yankees, with much fun, Said, " We'll tow her into Boston neat and handy, O ! " And I'll kalkilate we'll dine, with our lasses, drinking wine, " And we'll dance the jig of Yankee doodle dandy, 01" 88 TWO NAVAL SONGS. But they soon, every one, just flinched from the gun, Which at first they thought to use so neat and handy, 0 ! Brave Broke he waved his sword, crying " Now, my lads, let's board, " And we'll stop their playing Yankee doodle dandy, 0 1" He scarce had said the word, when they all jump'd on board, And they hauled down the ensign neat and handy, O ! Notwithstanding all their brag, the glorious British flag At the Yankees' mizzen-peak it looked the dandy, O ! Then here's to all true blue, both officers and crew, Who tamed the Yankees' courage neat and handy, O ! And may it ever prove in battle, as in love, The true British sailor is the dandy, O ! Now the interesting fact about all this seems to be that eight or nine months before the capture of the Chesapeake a song with the same peculiar jig movement had been sung in our theatres and on our streets to an air known at that day as " The Landlady of France " — a song inspired by the victory of Hull in the Constitution, August 19, 1812, over the ill-fated frigate Guerriere and, when these verses are compared with those above printed, they are at once perceived to be the original from which the Harrow School Song is parodied, so that in this instance, at least, if in no other, we may claim to have furnished that sceva noverca the mother country, with the motif of a British War Song. William Dunlap's " Yankee Chronology," a spirited mu- sical drama, was produced at the Park Theatre in New York, September 9, 1812 (Ireland's New York Stage, Vol. i, p. 288) and Mr. Brander Matthews thinks that may be the origin of these verses. An intelligent veteran of the war of 1812, present at the unveiling of the Perry Statue at Cleveland on Lake Erie, in 1860, told the historian Lossing that he heard them suno; at the Park Theatre in New York early in the fall of 1812, and that they were much heard at public meetings, in bar rooms, in work shops, and in the streets of the city. They are as follows : TWO NAVAL SONGS. 89 THE CONSTITUTION AND GUERRIERE. [Air: — "The Landlady of France."] It oft-times has been told that British Seamen bold Could flog the tars of France so neat and handy, Oh ! But they never met their match till the Yankees did them catch, — Oh, the Yankee boy for fighting is the dandy, Oh! The Guerriere, a frigate bold, on the foaming ocean roll'd, Commanded by proud Dacres, all the grandee, Oh ! With as choice a British Crew as a rammer ever drew, — They could flog the French, two to one, so handy, Oh ! When this frigate bore in view, says proud Dacres to his crew, " Come, clear the ship for action and be handy, Oh ! "To the weather gage, boys, get her !" and to make his men fight better, Gave them to drink gunpowder mixed with brandy, Oh! Then Dacres loudly cries, " Make the Yankee ship your prize, — " You can in thirty minutes, neat and handy, Oh! " Thirty-five's enough, I'm sure, and, if you'll do it in a score, " I'll treat you to a double share of brandy, Oh !" The British shot flew hot, which the Yankees answered not Till they got within the distance they call'd handy, Oh ! Now says Hull unto his crew, — "Boys ! let's see what we can do ! — "If we take this boasting Briton we're the dandy, Oh ! " The first broadside we pour'd came her mainmast by the board, Which made this lofty frigate look abandoned, Oh! Then Dacres shook his head, and to his officers he said, " Lord! I did'nt think these Yankees were so handy, Oh!" " By George," says he, " we're done!" — and then fired a lee gun, While the Yankees struck up " Yankee doodle dandy," Oh! Then Dacres came on board to deliver up his sword, Loth was he to part with it, t'was so handy, Oh ! " Oh! keep your sword," says Hull, " for it only makes you dull, " So cheer up,— and let us have a little brandy, Oh !" Come! fill your glasses full! and we'll drink "To Captain Hull" And so merrily we'll push about the brandy, Oh! John Bull may toast his fill ! let the world say what it will, But the Yankee boy for fighting is the dandy, Oh ! THE BATRACHIA OF KALM'S "EN RESA TIL NORRA AMERICA." BY SAMUEL GARMAN. In the history of the North American frogs there is fre- quent mention of Kalm's references to them in his "Travels into North America." For various reasons a considerable amount of uncertainty has arisen concerning what this au- thor really added to our knowledge of the different species. To throw light on the matter it was necessary to consult both the original and the subsequent editions of the Swed- ish traveler's work. On account of the rarity of copies of the book, and for the convenience of those who may not have access to it, the references are fully quoted, even though in cases their scientific value may not be very apparent. Five editions are now before me. The original is the Swedish, a small octavo, published in Stockholm : Vol. I in 1753, Vol. n in 1756, and Vol. in in 1761. The sec- ond is a translation into German by J. A. Murray, an oc- tavo, printed at Gottingen : Vol. I in 1754, Vol. n in 1757, and Vol. m in 1764. The third is J. R. Forster's English translation, an octavo : Vol. i, Warrington, in 1770, and Vols, n and in, London, in 1771. The fourth is a re- print of Forster's translation, with modifications, in two octavo volumes, also from London, 1772 ; and the fifth is a two volume quarto edition, in Dutch, published at Utrecht in 1772, the translator of which is much indebted to Fors- ter. The German is by far the best of the translations. Variations in the text, departures from the original, make (90) 91 it necessary to follow each notice through all the editions. Our quotations are from the English edition of 1772, cor- rected when necessary by the German rendering of the same passages. The first notice met with is that on page 205 of volume second, one that adds nothing whatever to knowledge of the species : "Thousands of frogs croaked all the night long in the marshes and brooks [Philadelphia]," 2nd Engl, ed., Vol. i, 55 (1st Engl., I, 70; Ger., i, 221 ; Dutch, i, 33). A note of little more importance occurs on page 359 of the same volume. In the German edition, Vol. n, 389, this is rendered "Ausser den singenden unci schwitzernden Vogeln von allerley Art, hielt sich gleichfals eine beson- clere Gattung von Froschen in diesen Baumen, des Som- mers, haufig auf. Selbige erfulleten, an den Abenden, und in den Nachten, vornamlich wenn die Tage heiss waren, oder ein Regen zu kommenschien, die Luft mit ihren viel- faltigen Geschrey, und stritten gleichsam mit den Vogeln in die Wette. Dadurch erregten sie oft einen solchen Lerm, dass einer auf der Gasse kaum recht verstehen konnte, was der andere sagte." This passage in Forster's hand be- comes "Besides numbers of birds of all kinds which make these trees their abode, there are likewise a kind of frogs which frequent them in great numbers in summer ; they are Dr. Linnaeus' s Rana arbor ea, and especially the Amer- ican variety of this animal. They are very clamorous in the evening and in the nights (especially when the days had been hot, and a rain was expected) and in a manner drown the singing of the birds. They frequently make such a noise, that it is difficult for a person to make him- self heard," 2nd Eng., I, 194 (1st Eng., i, 249 ; Dutch, i, 108). There is nothing in Kalm's writing that warrants the assertion that the tree frog mentioned was a variety of the European form. Kalm does not say he saw the ani- 92 THE BATRACHIA OF KALM'S mal. From the locality in which the account was written, New York, it is possible the frog was Hyla versicolor; but it was much more likely to have been Hyla picker- ingii, which in damp weather takes to the tops of bushes and low trees. The third notice is found on page 45 of Vol. in of the Swedish edition. For the purpose of correcting the Eng- lish version of the paragraph by Forster, which is given complete, we give the German rendering of the first sen- tence, and of the last, in the account as Kalm wrote it. "Es wurde hieselbstvon den Schweden eine Art Frosche Si 11- hoppetossor (Heringhupfer) genannt, welche diese Jahrs- zeit des Abends und in der Nacht in den Morasten, wie auch grossen Pfiitzen und Teichen,zu schreyenanfiengen . . Sie diirften genannt werden Konnen : Rana virescens plantis tetradactylis fissis, palmis pentadactylis semipalmatis, ma- cula depressa fusca pone oculum," Murray's translation, in, pp. 57, 58. In the original the word fusca is fusta. Forster's translation of the same is as follows : "Rana oc- ellata are a kind of frogs here, which the Swedes call, Sill- hoppetosser, i. e. Herring -hoppers, which now began to quack in the evening, and at night, in swamps, pools, and ponds. The name which the Swedes give them is derived from their beginning to make their noise in spring, at the same time when the people here go catching what are called herrings, which however differ greatly from the true Eu- ropean herrings. These frogs have a peculiar note, which is not like that of our European frogs, but rather cor- responds with the chirping of some large birds, and can nearly be expressed by picet \piit by Kalm] . With this noise they continued throughout a great part of spring, beginning their noise soon after sun-setting and finishing it just before sun-rising. The sound was sharp, but yet so loud that it could be heard at a great distance. When 93 they expected rain they cried much worse than commonly, and began in the middle of the day, or when it grew cloudy, and the rain came usually six hours after. As it snowed on the 16th of the next month [April], and blew very violently all day, there was not the least sign of them at night ; and during the whole time that it was cold, and whilst the snow lay on the fields, the frost had so silenced them, that we could not hear one : but as soon as the mild weather returned, they began their noise again. They were very timorous, and it was difficult to catch them ; for as soon as a person approached the place where they lived, they are quite silent, and none of them appeared. It seems that they hide themselves entirely under water, except the tip of the snout, when they cry. For when I stepped to the pond where they were in, I could not ob- serve a single one hopping into the water. I could not see any of them before I had emptied a whole pool, where they lodged in. Their colour is a dirty green, variegated with spots of brown. When they are touched they make a noise and moan ; they then sometimes assume a form, as if they had blown up the hind part of the back, so that it makes a high elevation ; and then they do not stir, though touched. When they are put alive into spirits of wine, they die within a minute," (loc. New Jersey) 2nd Eng., i, 379 (1st Eng., n, 88 ; Dutch, n, 18). Apparently the frog Kalm heard was not the one he caught. The cry is that of liyla pickeringii ; the frog taken was probably that named by authors "Rana halecina Kalm," the leopard frog. The name Rana halecina does not occur in either of the editions of Kalni's work we have at hand. That author's nearest approach to a Latin name for the frog is in the description Rana virescens, etc., and it may rightly be objected to this that it was not given as a binomial designation. That it was not regarded as such ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX. 7 94 THE BATRACHIA OF KALM'S by Linne, or Forster, is evident from the use of Rana ocel- lata, which does not occur in either the Swedish or the German editions, for the same frog, or one supposed to be the same. I have been able to trace the name Rana halecina back to Linne's 12th edition of the Systema, Vol. i, p. 356, 1766, but no farther. It appears there as a synonym for Hana ocellata. If the name halecina had appeared under authority of Kalm it is unlikely the fact would have escaped the translators of his work. This and the manner in which it is used by Linne lead to the conclu- sion that the latter merely translated the Swedish name into Latin as a more convenient term. From the Systema, the quotation of all that relates to Hana ocellata will best serve to give an exact idea of the matter : "Hana ocellata. 10. R. auribus ocellatis, pedibus muticis. Mus. Ad. Fr. [should be Mus. Lud. Ulr.] 2 p. 39. Brown, jam. 466. t. 41 f. 4. Kana maxima compressa miscella. Kalm. it. 3. p. 45. Rana halecina. Catesb. car. 2. p. 72. t. 72. Rana maxima americana aquatica. Seb. mus. 1. t. 76. /. 1 Habitat in America. Ad aures macula ocellaris utrinque. Palmse tetradactyloc fisscB, Plantse pentadactylce, subpalmatce." Analyzing this it is found that Linne's species, R. ocel- lata, was originally (Syst. Nat., ed. x, 1758, i, p. 211) based on Brown's notice. The latter has mixed together, as a single species, the Curruru of Piso {Bufo marinus L. ; Schu.) , the Rana terrestris of Catesby {Bufo lentigino- sus Shaw), the Rana dorso pullifero of Linne, 1748 (Pipa "EN RESA TIL NORRA AMERICA." 95 americana Laur.), a species of Leptodactylus (possibly L. pentadactylus Laur. ; Blgr.) , and apparently, in the de- scription, a species oiHyla (possibly H. lichenata Gosse ; Blgr.) . Kalm's reference is probably to the leopard frog ; Catesby's is without doubt to the bull frog ; and Seba's figure is that of the marine toad, Bufo marinus. Conse- quently Rana ocellata L. includes seven distinct species, belonging to five different families. From this, if we con- form to general usage, we get no scientific name for Kalm's frog, and must take that next in order of time properly applied to this species. Rana virescens having been ruled out, there seems to be none available previous to Ranapipiens of Schreber. In the eighteenth volume of the periodical "Der Naturfor- scher," Halle, 1782, p. 182, he describes and figures the species in a manner that leaves no doubt whatever as to its identity. He discards previous names on account of the confusion and uncertainty attending their use. His synonymy is quoted entire : "Der Pipfrosch. Rana pipiens. — S. Tab. iv. Rana aquatica. Catesb. Garolin. 2 p. 70. tab. 70. Klein quadrup. p. 119. Rana virescens, plantis (muss heissen : pal- mis ) tetradactylis fissis, palmis (muss heis- sen : plantis) pentadactylis semipalmatis ; macula depressa fusca pone oculum. Kalm resa til norra America torn. 3. p. 46. Rana halecina, Sill-hoppetossor. Kalm 1. c. p. 45." As seen above, R. halecina does not occur in the Resa. Schreber's use of R. virescens, with his punctuation, does 96 THE BATRACHIA OF KALM'S not fix it as the name of the species. In fact the name for the species, as appears from the literature so far as it has come to hand, is Banapipiens Schreb. Gmelin, 1788, Donndorf, 1793 and 1798, and Schneider, 1799, all use this name. The first, in his synonymy gives "Kalm it. 3. p. 45. 46. Rana halecina, & Rana virescens" as if copied from Schreber. Daudin, 1802, resurrected the name R. halecina (Hist. Nat. Rain., p. 41; Rept. vm, 122) and has been followed by the majority of writers on the sub- ject since that time. Daudin reverses the order of Kalm's names and pages in such a way, in his references, as to suggest that he did not get them from the original, but took them second-hand, in all probability from Gmelin. Apparently Schreber was influenced in his choice of a name by Kalm's account of the cries ; and thus we have, as a consequence of a mistake by the Swede as to the owner of the voice, a name fixed upon the leopard frog which had been much better bestowed on the little " Pip- ing Frog," Hyla dickering ii Holbr ; Lee. The bull frog is referred to at length in the Resa, Vol. in, 110. As the translation by Murray gives what Kalm wrote, the first five sentences are quoted to supply what is omitted in the English : "Manteskiihe (Mantes-Kor. Der Frosch heisst bey dem Ritter Linnaeus Rana boaus, Syst. Nat., T. i, p. 213. Catesby hat ihn in seiner Nat. Hist, of Carol., Vol. n, p. 72, unter dem Namen Rana maxima Americana aquatica, beschrieben, und in den natiirlichen Farben abgebildet) wurden vou den Schweden eine Art Frosche genannt. Woher sie diesen Namen entlehnet ha- ben, konnten sie nicht sagen, sie glaubteu aber doch, dass er zuerst aus der Sprache der Wilden hergeleitet ware. Die Englander nannten sie Bullfrog, das ist, Ochsenfrosch, ein Name, der sich auf ihren Laut beziehet. Einige von den Schweden bedienen sich theils des Englandischen Na- 97 mens, theils uebersetzen sie ihn Schvvedisch, und nennen sie Oxgrodor. Ichhatte heute zum ersten mahl Gelegenheit, sie zu horen und zu sehen," Germ, ed., m, 140. The fore- going is replaced by Forster's first sentence in the following, otherwise the English fairly renders the Swedish text. "Bullfrogs (Rana boans Linn. Syst. i. p. 358. liana max- ima, Americana aquatica. Catesb. Carol, ii. 72) are a large species of frogs, which I had an opportunity of hear- ing and seeing to-day. As I was riding out, I heard a roaring before me ; and I thought it was a bull in the bushes, on the other side of the dyke, though the sound was rather more hoarse than that of a bull. I was how- eve rb" afraid, that a bad goring bull might be near me, though I did not see him ; and I continued to think so till some hours after, when I talked with some Swedes about the Bullfrogs, and, by their account, I immediately found that I had heard their voice ; for the Swedes told me, that there were numbers of them in the dyke. I afterwards hunted for them. Of all the frogs in this country, this is doubtless the greatest. I am told, that towards au- tumn, as soon as the air begins to grow a little cool, they hide themselves under the mud, which lies at the bottom of ponds and stagnant waters, and ly there torpid during winter. As soon as the weather grows mild, towards sum- mer, they begin to get out of their holes, and croak. If the spring, that is, if the mild weather, begins early, they appear about the end of March, old stile ; but if it hap- pens late, they tarry under water till late in April, Their places of abode are ponds, and bogs with stagnant water ; they are never in any flowing water. When many of them croak together, they make an enormous noise. Their croak exactly resembles the roaring of an ox or bull, which is somewhat hoarse. They croak so loud, that two peo- ple talking by the side of a pond cannot understand each 98 THE BATRACHIA OF KALM'S other. They croak all together ; then stop a little, and be- gin again. It seems as if they had a captain among them : for when he begins to croak, all the others follow ; and when he stops, the others are all silent. When this cap- tain gives the signal for stopping, you hear a note like jpoop coming from him. In day-time they seldom make any great noise, unless the sky is covered. But the night is their croaking time ; and, when all is calm, you may hear them, though you are near a mile and a half off. When they croak, they commonly are near the surface of the water, under the bushes, and have their heads out of the water. Therefore, by going slowly, one may get close up to them before they go away. As soon as they are quite under water, they think themselves safe, though the water be very shallow. Sometimes they sit at a good distance from the pond ; but as soon as they suspect any danger, they hasten with great leaps into the water. They are very expert at hop- ping. A full-grown Bullfrog takes near three yards at one hop. I have often been told the following story by the old Swedes, which happened here, at the time when the Indians lived with the Swedes. It is well known, that the Indians are excellent runners ; I have seen them, at Gov- ernor Johnson's, equal the best horse in its swiftest course, and almost pass by it. Therefore, in order to try how well the bull-frogs could leap, some of the Swedes laid a wager with a young Indian, that he could not overtake the frog, provided it had two leaps before hand. They carried a bull-frog, which they had caught in a pond, upon a field, and burnt his back-side ; the fire, and the Indian, who en- deavored to be closely up with the frog, had such an effect upon the animal, that it made its long hops across the field, as fast as it could. The Indian began to pursue the frog with all his might at the proper time : the noise he made 99 in running frightened the poor frog ; probably it was afraid of being tortured with fire again, and therefore it redoub- led its leaps, and by that means it reached the pond before the Indian could over-take it. In some years they are more numerous than in others : nobody could tell, whether the snakes had ever ventured to eat them, though they eat all the lesser kinds of frogs. The women are no friends to these frogs, because they kill and eat young ducklings and goslings : sometimes they carry off chickens that come too near the ponds. I have not observed that they bite when they are held in the hands, though they have little teeth ; when they are beat- en, they cry out almost like children. I was told that some eat the thighs of the hind legs, and that they are very pal- atable," 2nd Engl, ed., n, 29 (1st Engl., n, 170 ; Dutch, ii, 206). Linne had applied the name Rana boans to a South American tree frog, Syst. Nat., ed. x, 1758, i, 213, and Kalm mistook in applying it to the bull frog. Fors- ter retained the name, but, correctly as it happened, added as a synonym Catesby's Rana maxima, which Linne had placed under his Rana ocellata. Catesby's name for this frog has about the same standing as Kalm's R. virescens for the leopard frog, and like the latter gives way to one of much later date, Rana Catesbeiana Shaw, 1802, Gen. Zool., in, Amphibia, 106, pi. 33. Taking Linne's references, the synonymy of Rana boans, from the twelfth edition of the Systema backward, stands something like this : Rana boans Linne, 1766, Syst. Nat., i, 358 ; Linne, 1758, Syst. Nat., i, 213. Rana laclea Linn., 1754, Mus. Ad. Frid., p. 47. 100 THE BATHACHIA OF KALM'S liana, surinamensis Seba, 1734, Thesaurus, i, 141, pi. 71, f. 3; Linu., 1749, Amcen. Acad., i, 285. Rana, surinamensis, marmorata Seba, 1734, Thes., i, 141, pi. 71, f. 4 and 5. By referring to Seba it will be seen that R. boans L. contains two species. Both, however, belong to the tree- frogs, Hylse, and furnish no excuse for the inclusion of the bull-frog by Kalm and Forster. To complete the list of notices, a mention of the frogs is found on page 143 of Vol. in of the "Kesa :" " The black snakes kill the smaller species of frogs, and eat them," 2nd. Engl, ed., n, p. 60 (Germ., in, 180 ; Dutch, n, 34) ; and another occurs in the same volume on page 422 : " The Bull-frogs live in the pools of this neighborhood" [Bay St. Paul, below Quebec], 2nd Engl, ed., n, 341 (Germ., in, 512; Dutch, n, 163). The dates of the republica- tions of the "Travels," from Forster, in the Pinkerton and other collections of voyages are so recent as to render ref- erences to them unnecessary in this study. The foregoing, so far as I have been able to determine, comprise all the notes upon batrachians in Kalm's "Trav- els." Bringing them together in this way, it seems to me, affords the best means of dispelling the confusion in litera- ture regarding them, whether the remarks themselves are considered of sufficient value to warrant reproduction. Finally, the only species noticed by Kalm that can be iden- tified with any degree of confidence are the bullfrog, Rana Catesbeiana Shaw, and the leopard frog, Rana pipiens Schreber. BULLETIN ESSES IUSTITTJTB. Vol. 20. Salem: July to December, 1888. Nos. 7-12. EEPTILES AND BATRACHIANS FROM THE CAYMANS AND FROM THE BAHAMAS. Collected by Prop. C. J. Maynard for the Museum op Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Mass. BY SAMUEL GARMAN. A portion of this collection, that from Little Cayman and Cayman Brae, furnishes a sort of sequel to the writer's notice of a collection from Grand Cayman ; the balance, from Inagua, Rum Key, and Andros islands, adds some- thing to our knowledge of the fauna of the Bahamas. The localities were chosen by the collector with special refer- ence to study of the ornithology, and their distribution and isolation have given an equal importance to what he has gathered of the lower vertebrates. The Bahaman localities had been touched upon by other collectors at various times, but not exhaustively. At the time of making these col- lections the Caymans were untrodden ground to workers in the interest of zoology ; consequently this writing is in the nature of a first notice. Approximately, Cayman Brae is not far from a hundred and twenty miles west a little south from Cape Cruz, the southernmost point of Cuba. It is about the same dis- ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX 7* (101) 102 KEPTILES AND BATRACHIANS tance directly south of Cuba, midway in the length, and nearly or quite as far northwest of Jamaica. Little Cay- man is seven miles west of Cayman Brae. Grand Cayman lies some seventy miles, more or less, west a little south from Little Cayman, or about two hundred miles south of Cuba, and as much west northwest from Jamaica. In all probability the islands Cayman Brae, Little Cayman and Grand Cayman are not of earlier date than the late calca- reous formations of Cuba. That there has at any time been a land connection with that island is quite problem- atical. The affinities of the reptiles might have been no closer if such had been the case, but it is entirely needless to suppose anything of the kind in order to account for the relationships observed. The currents south of Cuba are such that objects thrown over at points on its shores may be afterward picked up on the Caymans. Drift in these currents might readily transport the progenitors of the species now occupying these localities. On the other hand their traffic being almost wholly with Jamaica, it would be surprising if some of its forms had not obtained a foothold. The affinities of the species from Little Cay- man and Cayman Brae are in line with those from Grand Cayman, except, perhaps, in case of the Anolis of the lat- ter, A. conspersus, Garm., which, though quite distinct, is near the Jamaican A, grahamii, Gray. All of the spe- cies reported from Little Cayman are of Cuban origin : Anolis maynardii, Anolis luteosignifer, Cyclura nubila and Hyla septenlrionalis. Of those from Cayman Brae, Anolis luteosignifer , Liocephalus carinatus, Cyclura nubila and Alsophis fuscicauda are of Cuban, while the Sphcero- dactylus, the Aristelliger and the Diploglossus are in all likelihood of Jamaican derivation. The two crocodiles reported by Prof. Maynard are no doubt the Cuban species. The small land or fresh-water FROM THE CAYMANS AND THE BAHAMAS. 103 turtle said to have been introduced from Grand Cayman is likely to prove Emys decussata, common from Cuba to Porto Rico. The notes quoted are those of the collector. I. CAYMAN BRAC. Aristelliger pr^esignis Hallow.? Cope. The specimens from Cayman Brae are not so symmet- rically marked as those from Grand Cayman ; on the for- mer the brown appears in vermiculations and the transverse bands are indistinct or absent, as also the bands behind the eyes. Apparently there are no important structural differences. Commonly known as the "woodslave." " Common about the houses and seems to be fond of sugar. I saw several at different times eating it. The ground color of a specimen captured in my house, April 18, was dark chocolate brown varied with olivaceous. There is a dark line from the nostril through the eye to the occiput. Top of head mottled with darker. Body above mottled with very dark brown, which markings have the appearance of arrangement in transverse bands. The spots are smaller on the sides, and all are margined with yellowish rufous, the edgings and spots decreasing in dimensions below. Legs and tail transversely banded with darker. Tail lighter than body and marked with four series of spots that are often confluent. Iris silvery, finely dotted with blue. These lizards are rather sluggish ; they are partly or wholly nocturnal in habits ; they live in houses, in crevices or beneath the palm thatch. Their odor resembles that of the striped snakes, Uutcenice." Sph^erodactylus argivus sp. n. Snout pointed, as long as the distance between the eye and the ear-opening, one and a half times the diameter of 104 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS the orbit. Ear-opening small, subround. Rostral medium, longitudinally cleft above, in contact with two large scales and a median small one between the nostrils. Labials five to six. Lower labials five, the anterior subtending the first upper and two-thirds of the second. Mental large ; submentals two small ones in contact with the mental, and behind these still smaller ones decreasing in size toward the granules of the throat. A small spine-bearing scale on the upper eyelid. Head and throat covered with keeled granules, larger on the snout. Dorsal scales keeled, not half as large as the ventrals; scales on the flank larger; those of the belly still larger, smooth. Tail round, taper- ing, covered by large smooth scales, except above the base where a few are keeled. Pinkish or reddish brown , profusely sprinkled with small spots of brown arranged in longitudinal series, occa- sionally confluent. Between the hips on each side of the middle there is a small white spot, in front of each of these, another, and, behind each, one or two more, making a series of three or four as if a white line had been broken up. The lateral edges of these spots are dark brown. Head lighter, with faint small spots of brown. Belly light, lateral edges of scales puncticulate with brown. Closely allied to &> argus of Jamaica. Anolis luteosignifer sp. n. Compared with Anolis sagrce, with which it is closely allied, this lizard is similar in size and shape and to some extent in squamation. It is distinguished by less of con- vexity on the snout, the rostral canthus being more prom- inent and the scales leas strongly keeled ; it has more uniformity in the sizes of the dorsal scales ; and, from al- coholic specimens only, its gular appendage seems to have been yellow rather than red. FROM THE CAYMANS AND THE BAHAMAS. 105 In comparison with A. ordinatus, which it approaches more nearly in shape of head, its scales are not so strongly keeled, and are smaller in the dorsal series, it lacks the whitish spots and lines, has less of olivaceous in its gen- eral color, and is yellow instead of dark brown on the gular appendage. "Only one species of Anolis is found on this Key. It is abundant everywhere, but prefers the stems of the cocoa trees. In color it varies from very dark brown, nearly black, to pale brown or grayish." Liocephalus carinatus Gray, 1827. The cephalic plates of the specimens from this island are not so rough as are those of others from Cuba. Ex- cept in this particular I see nothing that may be taken for a distinguishing feature. "These lizards are common in the immediate vicinity of the shores, or about the houses. They are rarely or never seen in the interior of the island. The tail is curled over the back when running. In this respect the species differs from that obtained on Inagua." Cyclura nubila Gray, 1831. "The Iguana occurs commonly in the cliffs of both this island and Little Cayman." DlPLOGLOSSUS MACULATUS Sp. n. Lateral teeth subconical, blunt, slightly compressed. Ear-opening not half as large as eye-opening. A large azygos prefrontal, broader than the frontal and meeting its entire anterior border, in contact with the largest loreal at each side, separated from the rostral by two pairs of shields the posterior of which are about twice as large as the anterior. Frontal one and one-half times as Ions: as 106 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS broad. Parietals separated from supraoculars by three shields, not in contact with the frontal. Interparietal twice as large as occipital, the two separating the inner parietals. First labial and internasal between nasal and rostral. Nasal not in contact with the largest loreal. Men- tal narrower than rostral ; a large submental followed by four pairs, larger backward, two anterior in contact on the mesial line. The suture between the sixth and seventh upper labials lies below the centre of the eye. Body slightly depressed. Scales with a central keel and fourteen to sixteen striae, in thirty-nine series around the middle of the body. Adpressed the limbs do not meet by the length of the arm and hand. Fingers moderate, second and third very nearly equal in length ; they are longer than in D. crusculus, on which, also, the middle fingers differ more in length. Tail depressed at base, round posteriorly ; upper series of scales keeled, lower faintly striate, broader. Back pale brown with numerous small spots of brown, arranged in longitudinal and transverse series. Flanks, from snout to hips, darker with longitudinal streaks of lighter in the middle and a few small spots of white about the shoulders. Lateral edges of ventrals a little darker. Closely allied to D. crusculus and with it to D. occiduus from Jamaica. "This lizard is taken under the piles of cocoanut husks ; it is called a "wass" (corruption of wasp) and said to be poisonous." Alsophis fuscicauda var. n. Brown. Upper part of neck dark brown ; behind this for about half of the total length the back is crossed by narrow bands of dark, occupying the length of a scale and separated by spaces of equal width ; posterior half of en- FROM THE CAYMANS AND THE BAHAMAS. 107 tire length very dark above and below. Anteriorly the belly is reddish with hinder edges of the scales dark brown. On the majority of the scales the tip to the hinder halt is dark brown while the anterior portion is light. Many of the median dorsals have white edges. Scales in seventeen rows ; pores two ; ventrals one hun- dred and seventy-eight ; anal bifid ; subcaudals one hundred and twenty-eight pairs. A variety of A. angulifer. "This snake was taken in the scrub; it is rare. I saw only one other on the Key." II. LITTLE CAYMAN. Anolis maynardii sp. n. Head long, pointed, tapering regularly on all sides, two and one-third times as long as broad, twice as long as the tibia ; frontal ridges strong, converging anteriorly ; rostral canthus sharp ; forehead concave. Upper head scales faintly carinate ; scales of the supraorbital series enlarged, separated anteriorly by one scale, posteriorly by two ; eight or nine enlarged, keeled supraoculars, in contact with the supraorbitals ; occipital as large as the ear-open- ing, separated from the supraorbitals by two scales ; can- thai scales four ; loreal rows three ; seven or eight labials to below the centre of the eye. The distance of the nos- trils behind the end of the snout equals the width of the interorbital space, a little less than the orbital diameter. The frontal ridges approach each other so closely between the nostrils as to appear like a single ridge from this point forward. Ear opening half as large as eye opening. Gu- lar appendage moderate, covered with keeled scales. Body slightly compressed ; dorso-nuchal fold very low. Scales of back and flanks equal, ventrals a little larger, all keeled. Adpressed the hind limb reaches the ear. Digital expan- 108 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS sions moderate ; twenty-five lamellae under phalanges ii and iii of the fourth toe. Tail round, about one and one half times the length of head and body, the keel of the enlarged vertebral series a little the more conspicuous. Male with enlarged postanal scales. Dark green on the back (yellowish in life), darker on the sides, lighter green beneath ; top of head yellowish green ; a whitish line from snout to shoulder ; a pair of faint purplish lines on each side of the neck, breaking into spots backward, one of them starting from the upper angle of the eye, the other from the supraorbital ridge. Goitre green, yellow posteriorly. Allied to A. porcalus, but with a longer snout and lower facial ridges. "Although this Key is only seven miles distant from Cayman Brae it has one species of Anolis which does not occur at all on the other island, the green species which is here abundant. It varies from a beautiful grass green to brown. The common Anolis of Cayman Brae is also abundant." Anolis luteosignifer sp. n. Cyclura nubila Gray, 1831. Hyla septentrionalis Tsch., Blgr. "The Hyla is very abundant but never occurs on Cay- man Brae. Although it has been carried there by the peo- ple it will not live there." Crocodilus. "Two species of crocodile have been taken on this island and one on Cayman Brae. I saw but a portion of one specimen. The natives assured me the species were sim- ilar to those found in Cuba." FROM THE CAYMANS AND THE BAHAMAS. 109 Testudinata. "A land or fresh-water Turtle has been introduced into Cayman Brae from Grand Cayman ; it is called Hig-a-tee." "The Leather Back [Dermochelys] occurs occasionally. Loggerheads [ Thalassochelys~\ are abundant and breed on the islands. May 3, I saw where one had crawled ashore in three places on Little Cayman. Although young Log- gerheads must be abundant after hatching I was told the small ones were never seen ; when captured they are al- ways adult or nearly so." "Green and Hawksbill turtles are common, the latter more so than the former. Both breed here and the young of both are captured." "I was told of a hybrid between the Hawkbill and the Loggerhead, on which the shell was good often, but not always, and the head resembled that of the Loggerhead. I asked the fishermen why the shell was not always good and was informed that when the offspring "took after the mother " (always supposed to be the Loggerhead) the shell was poor but that when they " took after the father," the Hawkbill, the shell could be used." III. INAGUA. Anolis leucoph^us sp. n. Head moderate, one and three-fourths times as Ions: as broad, longer than the tibia; frontal ridges low; forehead concave ; rostral canthus medium. Upper head scales smooth, moderately large ; those of the supraorbital series larger, the length of the anterior equals half their distance from the end of the snout, in contact on the mesial line ; eight or nine enlarged, faintly keeled supraoculars, sepa- rated from the supraorbitals by a single series of small scales ; occipital nearly as large as the ear opening, sepa- ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX. 8 110 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS rated from the supraorbitals by two to three series of scales ; canthal scales two ; loreal rows five ; six or seven labials to below the centre of the eye. Ear opening mod- erate. Gular appendage rather small. Dorsal scales and those of flanks granular, smooth or but faintly keeled ; ventrals larger, smooth. Adpressed the hind limb reaches the eye ; digital expansion moderate. No dorso-nuchal crest. Tail compressed, more than one and one-half times as long as head and body, crest low, scales keeled, lower larger. Grey, irregularly freckled on the upper surfaces with small spots, lines and dots of black ; lower sides of legs spotted with brown ; labials with a series of spots of brown ; chin with two pairs of series of small spots, diverging toward the throat ; a dark band from snout to eye ; eye- lids with radiating streaks of brown ; tail with broad bands of brown separated by narrow spaces of light color. Liocephaltjs schreibersii Gray; Cope. Professor Maynard says this lizard does not curl its tail over its back when running but carries it straight, differ- ing in this habit from L. carinatus. Ameiva maynardii sp. n. Nostril in the posterior part of the anterior nasal ; inter- nasal large, octagonal, separated from the rostral ; prefron- tals longer than broad, forming a long median suture ; frontal broad and blunt-angled anteriorly, about one and one-third times as long as broad ; postfrontals in contact with the hinder two of the supraoculars ; parietals five, subequal, or interparietal rather larger and its sides nearly parallel ; occipitals in two transverse series of five, or more, short plates each ; supraoculars four, second largest ; su- praciliaries seven ; anterior loreal small, second very large ; FROM THE CAYMANS AND THE BAHAMAS. Ill labials six to seven, five to below the centre of the eye, third longest ; lower labials five, third and fourth longest ; mental moderate ; a single anterior submental followed by five pairs, the first two or three of which are in contact with the lower labials. Gular fold with five or six trans- verse series of enlarged granules. Dorsal scales small, hexagonal, uniform ; laterals smaller ; ventrals in ten series, outer half as wide as the second, about thirty-five in a row from chest to preanals. A pair of large preanals ; in front of them a single one, and in front of it another, or a pair of smaller ones. A series of six or seven moderate brachials ; six or seven broad antebrachials, in a single row. Femoral pores twenty-four. Upper caudals keeled, low- er smooth. Back black, with a yellow line of five or six scales in width from the supraciliaries on each side of the black vertebral band of about ten scales, and another line of yel- low on each flank at the edges of the ventrals, starting from the ear. Head, lower surfaces, limbs and tail oliva- ceous ; head and throat tinted with yellow. IV. RUM KEY. Sphjerodaotylus corticolus sp. n. Snout moderate, pointed, as long as the distance be- tween the eye and the ear, about one and one-fourth times the length of the orbit. Ear opening very small, oval, vertical. Rostral large, longitudinally cleft above. La- bials four ; lower labials four, anterior nearly as long as the two above it ; posterior of each series very small. Men- tal large, truncate posteriorly and in contact with two moderate sized scales behind which are smaller ones, de- creasing in size to the granules of the throat. Two larger inter nasals and a median small one. Head covered with 112 REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS small, keeled granules, larger on the snout. Dorsal scales small, keeled ; those on the flanks larger ; those on the belly twice as large as the vertebrals, smooth. A small spine-bearing scale above the middle of the eye. Tail round, covered with large smooth scales, with a median series of larger ones below. Brownish with faint small spots of darker which show tendency to form longitudinal lines on head, flanks, and base of tail. Lips mottled with brown and lighter color. Two streaks on each side of the base of the tail. Lower surfaces lighter, puncticulate with brown on the free edges of the scales. This species bears much resemblance to S. notatus in shape and coloration ; the dorsal scales, however, are only about half as large as in that species. The keels are sharper, the snout broader, and the colors darker than in S. argivus. Sphjerodactylus decoratus sp. n. Head short ; snout blunt pointed, as long as the distance between the eye and the ear opening, equal to length of orbit. Ear opening oval, vertical, as large as the digital expansion. Kostral moderately large, with a median cleft above, between the nostrils in contact with a series of four internasals. Submental scales comparatively large. Head covered with small granules, convex or slightly keeled, larger on the snout. Dorsal scales minute ; laterals lar- ger ; ventrals largest, flat.. Caudal scales larger than dor- sals, smooth, lower largest. Brown, with a white band across the parietals ; a second white band behind the occiput encircles the neck and is separated from a third, in front of the shoulder, by a black band across the neck in which a small white spot appears at each side of the vertebrae. Five white bands cross the FROM THE CAYMANS AND THE BAHAMAS. 113 body between arms and hips. Tail with six (or more) black rings separated by white ones of equal width. Low- er surfaces light. LlOCEPHALUS LOXOGRAMMUS Cope, 1887. Hyla septentrionalis Tsch. ; Blgr. V. ANDROS ISLAND. Sph^rodactylus asper sp. n. Snout pointed, longer than the distance between the eye and the ear, one and one-half times the diameter of the orbit. Ear opening small, as large as the digital expan- sions, oval, inclining backward from a vertical. Kostrai large, with median cleft above. In contact between the nostrils with two moderate-sized and a smaller median plate. Nostril pierced between rostral, first labial and three scales. Five upper and five lower labials ; anterior lower nearly as long as first two of the upper. Upper eyelid with a small spine-like scale. Head covered with keeled granular scales, those on snout very little larger. Dorsals twice as large as ventrals, strongly keeled, in six- teen to eighteen rows, with a vertebral zone of granules ; ventrals moderate, imbricate, smooth. Gular scales gran- ular, little larger toward the pair of larger submentals immediately behind the mental. Caudal scales irregular, spine-like, imbricate, lower series smooth, median lower broad. Brown ; scales minutely puncticulate ; belly lighter, free margins of scales dark ; head yellowish without spots or streaks. Closely allied to the species I have elsewhere described from Hayti under the name S. picturatus, on which the scales on head and tail are less like spines, and which is handsomely marked by lines, bands and spots. ON AN EEL FROM THE MARSHALL ISLANDS. BY SAMUEL GARMAN. The eel from which the accompanying sketches and des- cription were drawn was sent to the Museum of Compara- tive Zoology in a collection, from the Marshall Islands, made by the Rev. B. G. Snow. As the balance of the lot was composed entirely of shoal- water species, the subject of this notice probably belongs to the same category. Its peculiarities, especially those of the rostrum, distinguish it from the other species of its genus (Muroena) to such an extent as will hardly permit its admission into any of the subgenera at present recognized. It is most closely allied to Thyrsoidea, but differs in snout and dentition. A subgenus (Rhinomurcena) to contain it may be char- acterized by the nasal tubes, the rostral appendages, the uniserial teeth, and the elongate tail. Rhinomur^na qujesita, sp. n. Form very slender, slightly compressed, tapering to snout and tail. Head small, elongate and narrow ; snout pointed, ending in the acute extremity of a flexible pro- longation. Mouth deeply cleft, interior surface closely sprinkled with small round papillae ; teeth slender, conical, acute, uniserial on jaws and palate, hooking backward, (114) . ON AN EEL FROM THE MARSHALL ISLANDS. 115 anterior little larger, about twenty in each maxillary series, palatine series nearly as many as the others. Eye mod- erate, over the middle of the length of the mouth, little less than half as long as the snout, excluding the fleshy appendage. Posterior nostrils small, oval, not tubular, in front of the upper edge of the eye. Anterior nostrils at the end of the snout, tubular ; each having the appear- ance of being split on its lower side for about half its length, thus forming in front of the tube a broad flap that termi- nates in an acute point. At the symphysis on the lower jaw there is a sharp fleshy prolongation, similar to that on the the upper, but smaller, and a little below this, at each side of it, there is another extending forward and downward. Gill openings lateral, small, about twice the diameter of the eye, forming a longitudinal slit of which the anterior borders are prominent (a shape in part due to contrac- tion). Pectorals absent ; dorsal and anal well developed, continuous around the end of the tail. The dorsal begins in front of the middle of the distance from gill-opening to 116 ON AN EEL FROM THE MARSHALL ISLANDS. mouth, becomes nearly as high as the body halfway to the end of the tail, and decreases in height forward and back- ward ; the anal is of similar shape, but only half as high. Tail acuminate, tapering regularly from the base, twice as long as head and body. Body, head, tail, and inside of mouth cavity black ; up- per half of dorsal yellow ; lower margin of anal white ; lower lip white, except at and near the symphysis. Total length thirty-three inches, snout to vent eleven. Greatest depth of body about half an inch ; depth of mouth near nine-sixteenths ; length of head seven-eighths ; and from snout to hinder edge of gill-opening two inches. Fig- ures a little more than twice natural dimensions. Hab. Ebon Island. Cambridge, Mass., May 27, 1888. Annual Meeting, Monday, May 21, 1888. The annual meeting was called to order this evening at 7.30 o'clock : the President in the chair. Records of the last annual meeting were read and approved. Reports of the Secretary, Treasurer, Auditor, Libra- rian, Curators and Committees were read and accepted and ordered to be placed on file. On motion of Prof. E. S. Morse Voted that the thanks of the Institute be tendered to Mr. William P. Upham, the Librarian, who has declined being a candidate for re-election, for his faithful services as Librarian for nineteen years. On motion of Mr. R. S. Rantoul Voted that the thanks of the Institute are due to Mr. George D. Phippen, the Treasurer, for his laborious and successful efforts in the interest of the Institute the past year, and for his able and intelligible financial report. The report of Mr. T. F. Hunt, chairman of the com- mittee on nominations, was read by the Secretary and ac- cepted. Voted that the meeting proceed to the choice of offi- cers for the ensuing year. Messrs. W. H. Gove and David Coggin were appointed a committee to receive, assort and count the votes. ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX. 8* (H7) 118 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. OFFICERS ELECTED. PRESIDENT: HENRY WHEATLAND. VICE-PRESIDENTS : Abner C. Goodell, Jr. Daniel B. Hagar. Frederick W. Putnam. Robert S. Rantoul. SECRETARY : TREASURER : George M. Whipple. George D. Phippen. AUDITOR : LIBRARIAN : Richard C. Manning. Charles S. Osgood. COUNCIL : Henry M. Brooks. William Mack. James A. Emmerton. Edward S. Morse. William H. Gove. S. Endicott Peabody. Thomas F. Hunt. David Pingree. David M. Little. Edmund B. Willson. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR, compiled from the several reports read at the meeting and remarks of the members in relation thereto, presents the work of the Institute in its various departments since the last annual meeting. The past year will be specially noted in the annals of the Institute for the removal of the Library and the various collections into our new building, and placing them upon the shelves preparatory to the final classified arrangement, duly labelled and catalogued. The various Regular and Field Meetings have been well attended. The publications have been enriched with valuable historical and scientific papers. Generous donations to the library, cabinet and treasury have been received. The number of visitors to the THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 119 Institute is largely on the increase and the year may, with propriety, be called a prosperous one. Field Meetings during the past season have been attend- ed with unabated interest. The first, on Thursday, July 7, 1887, in the parish of West Gloucester, assembled at the house of Mrs. Maria H. Bray. The members from Salem and Beverly came in an early train ; those from Gloucester and vicinity later in the day. The forenoon ramble in the woods, under the guidance of Mrs. Bray and Mr. John H. Sears, was very pleasant and instructive, this being a very favorite haunt for the botanists, and many fine specimens of somewhat rare species were collected, and being exhibited on the table during the afternoon session, furnished a theme for remarks by Mr. Sears. Mr. Sidney Per.ley of Boxford spoke of the old parish church, and some of the occupants of its pulpit, who Sun- day after Sunday preached to their little flock of worship- pers, alluding especially to the Rev. Daniel Fuller, and gave some reminiscences of the various members of the Fuller family in the different lines of descent. He re- marked upon the small salaries and the hard times the cler- gyman of that period experienced. The other speakers were the President, Dr. Conant, president of the Cape Ann Literary and Scientific Society, and Mrs. Bray. The second meeting was held on Wednesday, Sept. 7, 1887, at Montserrat, on the grounds of Mr. Henry W. Peabody of Salem, a summer resident of this part of Bev- erly. The forenoon rambles among the hills in that vi- cinity opened many pleasant views, the ocean on one side and the woody hillsides on the other ; and a goodly collec- tion of plants and rocks were obtained for the afternoon session, which commenced at 2.30 o'clock, Vice President Rantoul presiding. Remarks were offered by the chair, by 120 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Messrs. John H. Sears and John Robinson of Salem, Mr. F. A. Ober and Hon. J. I. Baker of Beverly, Hon. N. A. Horton and Dr. G. A. Perkins of Salem. A full report of this meeting has been printed in the Bulletin of the Insti- tute (see Vol. xx, pages 1 to 35). The third field meeting gathered on Friday, Sept. 16, 1887, at the Bradford Academy, by invitation of Dr. George Cogswell, the President of its Board of Trustees. This was largely attended, lunch being served in a beau- tiful grove on the Academy grounds, and the afternoon session being held in the large hall of the Academy, at 2.30 o'clock, the President in the chair. Vice President Rantoul spoke of the early lyceums of the county, fol- lowed by Dr. George Cogswell, Dr. William Cogswell, J. N. Carlton, all of Bradford, Vice President A. C. Goodell, jr., Gen. William Cogswell, M. C.,G. D. Phip- pen, Hon. N. A. Horton and Mr. John Sears of Salem, who made interesting remarks on the special subjects in which the individual speakers were interested. An ex- tended report of this meeting has been printed in the Bul- letin of the Institute (see Vol. xx, pp. 36 to 44). Meetings. Regular meetings were held on the first and third Monday evenings of each month. At these, the following communications were made and lectures deliv- ered : Rev, D. P. Noyes of South Byfield read a paper enti- tled "The Fathers of our Forefathers." He traced the rise and progress of the Puritan spirit in England from the time of Queen Mary and Queen Elizabeth and the so- journ of our ancestors in Holland to the arrival of the Pil- grims at Plymouth and the Puritans in Massachusetts Bay. Later, Rev. Mr. JVoi/es read another paper "On the Character and Career of Gov. John Winthrop." THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 121 In commemoration of Forefathers' DayJDec. 19, 1887, Mr. Rantoul read an interesting letter from Mr/Thomas Spencer of England, for some years a resident of Salem and one of the original members of the Natural History Society, 1834-8, addressed to the President'in* 1869, de- scribing two visits he had made to Scrooby, the home of the Pilgrims ; conversation followed by Messrs. T. F. Hunt, John Robinson, George D. Phippen, Fielder ^Israel and Henry M. Brooks (see Bulletin, Vol. xx, p. 55). Prof, F. W. Putnam, of Cambridge, lectured on "The Serpent Mounds of the Ohio Valley." Mr. Shebnah Rich, of Salem, read an essay " On Wen- dell Phillips." Dr. David Coggin read a paper entitled " Nine Hun- dred Leagues West of Cape Malabar." Rev. H. W. Perris, of Hull, Eng., discoursed on "Some Eminent Englishmen." Gen. William Cogswell discussed " The Fishery Ques- tion." Robert Rayner followed on " The Fishery Question." Robert 8. Rantoul contributed " Negro Slavery in Mas- sachusetts." Portion of a paper read before the Beverly Lyceum, April, 1833, by Robert Rantoul, sr."1 Wellington Pool, of Wenham, furnished " Inscriptions from the old Burying-ground in Dodge's Row (North Beverly)."2 Cecil Hampden Cutts Howard, of New York, sent a "Sketch of Mrs. William Jarvis of Weathersfield, Ver- mont, by Mrs. Mary Pepperell Sparhawk Jarvis Cutts."3 Rev. E. P. Crowell, of Amherst, contributed " An Epi- »See Hist. Coll. Essex Institute, Vol. xxiv, 3See Hist. Coll., Vol. xxiv, pp. 123, p. 81. 206. 2See Hist. Coll., Vol. xxiv, p. 109. 122 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. cedium composed in 1752, by Rev. John Cleaveland of Chebacco (now Essex), in Ipswich, Mass."4 John T. Moullon, of Lynn, contributed " Inscriptions from the old Burying-ground at Lynnfield Centre."5 A. A. Galloupe, of Beverly, furnished " Pay roll of Capt. Jn°- Dodge's Company of Guards ; found among the papers of Enos Gallop, 1834."6 " Salem Military Company — Names of the Vollunteer Artillery Corps."7 Nathan M. Haivkes, of Lynn, contributed " Gleanings relative to the family of Adam Hawkes, one of the early settlers of the third plantation of Massachusetts Bay."8 John II. Gould, of Topsfield, furnished " Early Records of the church in Topsfield."9 John Price, of Manchester, contributed the " Genealogy of the Allen family of Manchester, Mass., from the earli- est settlement to the year 1886. "10 Samuel Garman, of Cambridge, " Reptiles and Batra- chians from Texas and Mexico."11 " An Andean Medal."12 Samuel Kneeland, of Boston, " On the Santhals, a semi- barbarous tribe of Northeastern Bengal."13 Robert S. Rantoul, "Our new domain," part i.14 James F. Almy, " History of Methodism in Salem."15 Hon. Eben F. Stone, of Newburyport, "Sketch of Tristram Dal ton, a son of Essex County and one of the two Massachusetts Senators in the first Congress of the United States." 6 4 See Hist. Coll., Vol. xxiv, p. 140. " See Hist. Coll., Vol. xxiv, p. 146. 6 See Hist. Coll., Vol. xxiv, p. 157. 7 See Hist. Coll., Vol. xxiv, p. 160. 8 See Hist. Coll., Vol. xxiv, p. 161. 9See Hist. Coll., Vol. xxiv, p. 181. i° See Hist. Coll., Vol. xxiv, pp. 223, 302. » See Bulletin, Vol. xix, p. 119. i2 See Bulletin, Vol. xx, p. 57. 1S See Bulletin, Vol. xix, p. 95. " See Hist. Coll. Vol xxiv, p. 241. « SeeHist. Coll., Vol. xxiv, p. 275. iBSee Hist. Coll., Vol. xxv, p. 1. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 123 Library : — The additions to the Library for the year (May, 1887, to May, 1888) have been as follows : By Donation. Folios, 101 Quartos, 174 Octavos, 678 Duodecimos, 303 xvimos, 89 XXIVtoS, 55 Total of bound volumes, 1,400 Pamphlets and serials, 6,435 Total of donations, 7,835 By Exchange. Folios, 2 Quartos, 29 Octavos, 195 Duodecimos, 11 xvimos, 14 xxivtos, 2 Total of bound volumes, 253 Pamphlets and serials, 2,744 Total of exchanges, 2,997 By Purchase. Octavos, 42 Duodecimos, 3 xvimos, 3 Total of bound volumes 48 Pamphlets and serials, 517 Total of purchases, 565 Total of donations, 7,835 Total of exchanges, 2,S97 Total of purchases, 565 Total of additions, 11,397 Of the total number of pamphlets and serials, 2,301 were pamphlets and 7,395 were serials. The donations to the Library for the year have been received from one hundred and fifty-three individuals and sixty-three societies and governmental departments. The exchanges, from ten individuals and one hundred and eighty 124 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. societies and incorporated institutions of which ninety- seven are foreign ; also from editors and publishers. The Library has still further been increased by a col- lection of about six hundred volumes, not included in the above enumeration, which has been received on deposit for reference'only, from the Independent Congregational- ist Society, Barton Square. Mr. T. F. Hunt and Dr. S. A. Green of Boston have increased the donations by hundreds of bound volumes and pamphlets, and gifts of large numbers of books have been received from the Peabody Academy of Science, Rev. E. C. Bolles, D.D., Mr. George S. Silsbee and Mr. Edward C. Browne. Mrs. R. Anne Nichols of Roxbury has generously remembered us with many rare and extra- illustrated works. The Library is greatly indebted to Hon. William C. Endicott, for placing the Institute on the list of societies to receive the publications of the various offices of the War Department, the advantage of which has already been ap- preciated. The Story and Peabody Libraries, enumerated in last year's report, were very rich in unbound numbers of pe- riodical, art and illustrated works, of sufficient value to repay the increased cost of binding. They now form a val- uable addition to the shelves. Since the last annual meeting the main library has been placed on the shelves in the new building, but has not wholly recovered from the confusion necessarily incident to its removal. The western half of the second story is devoted to works of an historical character which have been classified by a modification of the Dewey System. The shelves in the eastern half are allotted to works of litera- ture and the fine arts. As soon as the Art Library is ar- ranged, which it is hoped a few weeks' labor will complete, THE RETROSPECT OF THK YEAR. 125 all books on this floor, not restricted to reference, will be ready for circulation. In the third story, the western suite of rooms is filled with works on philosophy and religion ; while science has its place in the eastern half. These books, it is hoped to add to the circulation, without great delay. The department of sociology is to remain in Plummer Hall, as are also the larger part of the collection of pam- phlets, and the most of the newspapers, save those of Es- sex County. The improved accommodations furnished by our new quarters have been thoroughly appreciated during the past year. When all departments are in complete working or- der the efficiency of the Library will be greatly increased. Wm. P. Upham, Librarian, Donations or exchanges have been received from the following sources : Vols. Pam ' Abbott, Miss Helen C. DeS., Philadelphia, Pa., . . [) Adelaide, Royal Society of South Australia, . . 1 Albauy, N. Y., Albany Institute, 1 Albany, New York State Library, .... 11 Albany, New York State Museum of Natural History, 2 4 Alnwick, Eng., Berwickshire Naturalists' Club, . . 4 American Academy of Arts and Sciences, ... 13 American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1 66 American Microscopical Journal, .... 1 American Ornithologists' Union, .... 4 Ames, George L., 1 Ames, John G., Washington, D. C, . . . . 2 Amherst College, 2 Anagnos, M., So. Boston, 1 Anclover Theological Seminary Library, ... 1 Andrews, William P., 10(5 Association geodesique internationale commission de laNorvege, 2 ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX 9 126 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Indie Belles-Let Augsberg, Naturhistorischer Verein, Averille, A. A., Bailey, Miss M. O., Dorchester, Baldwin, Charles C, Cleveland, 0., Baltimore, Maryland Historical Society, Baltimore, Md., Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md., Peabody Institute, Bamberg, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Batavia, K. N. Vereeniging in Nederlandsch Battell, Bobbins, > Norf0ik Ct Battell, Miss Anna, 5 JNonoiK' ut'' Belfast, Naturalists' Field Club, Bent, S. Arthur, Boston, Bergen, Bergenske Museum, . Berkeley, University of California, Berlin, Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde, Berlin, Verein zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues, Bern, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Bolles, Rev. E. C, D.D., Bologna, R. Accademia delle Scienze, Bonn, Naturhistorischer Verein, Bordeaux, Academie Nationale des Sciences, tres et Arts, Boston, Appalachian Mountain Club, Boston Board of Health, .... Boston, City of, Boston City Hospital, .... Boston, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston, Massachusetts Horticultural Society, Boston, Maverick National Bank, Boston, Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, National Association of Wool Manufacturers, Boston, New England Historic Genealogical Society, Boston Public Library, .... Boston Scientific Society, Boston Society of Natural History, Bowen, Clarence W., New York, N. Y., Braunschweig, Verein fur Naturwissenschaft, Bremen, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Briggs, N. A., Shaker Village, N. H., Bristol, Eng., Naturalists' Society, . Brooklyn, N. Y., Brooklyn Library, Brooklyn, N. Y., Long Island Historical Society, 54 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 127 Brooks, Henry M., 3 03 Brown, E. O., Chicago, 111., 1 Brown, Henry A., 7 15 Browne, Edward C, 50 2G0 Brunswick, Me., Bowdoin College, .... 1 Bruxelles, Academie Royale cles Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux- Arts de Belgique, .... 6 Bruxelles, Societe Beige cle Microscopic ... 1 10 Bruxelles, Societe Entomologique, .... 11 Bruxelles, Societe Royale Malacologique de Belgique, 1 11 Buenos Aires, Sociedad Cientiflca Argentina, . . 11 Buffalo, N. Y., Buffalo Library, 1 Buffalo, N. Y., Historical Society, 2 Bur^ham, J. H., Bloomington, 111., .... 1 Burns, Charles E., 1 Calcutta, Geological Survey of India, .... 16 Cambridge, Harvard University, 2 4 Cambridge, Museum of Comparative Zoology, . . 2 7 Cambridge, Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and Ethnology, 3 Canada Royal Society, 1 Champaign, 111., State Laboratory of Natural History, . 1 6 Charleston, S. C, Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, . 6 Charleston, S. C, Elliott Society, 1 Chever, Edward E., San Francisco, Cal., ... 2 Chicago, 111., Newberry Library, 1 Chicago, 111., Public Library, 1 Churchill, John F., London, 2 Chute, William E., Port Huron, Mich., .... 9 Cincinnati, Ohio Historical and Philosophical Society, . 1 Cincinnati, Ohio Mechanics' Institute, .... 1 Cincinnati, O., Society of Natural History, ... 3 Cleveland, H. W. S., Chicago, 111., 3 Cleveland, O., Western Reserve and Northern Ohio His- torical Society, 4 Cogswell, William, 2 153 Colburn, Jeremiah, Boston, 2 Cole, Mrs. N. D., Newspapers, 1G Conant, F. O., Portland, Me., 1 Coolidge, T. Jefferson, Boston, 1 Copenhague, Academie Royale, 2 Copenhague, Societe Botanique, 1 Copenhague, Societe Royale des Antiquaires duNorcl, . 2 Cordoba, Academia Nacional de Ciencias, ... 6 128 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Crowell, Rev. E. P., Amherst, 1 Culin, Stewart, Philadelphia, Pa., 2 Curwen, George R., 4 29 Cutter, Abram E., Charlestown, 1 Dakota, Department of Immigration, .... 1 l Daniels, Mrs. Charles H., . . . Newspapers, Danvers, Peabocly Institute, 1 Danzig, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, .... 2 Darling, Charles W., Utica, N. Y., .... 4 Darmstadt, Verein fur Erdkunde, 1 Dawson, C. C, Lowell, 2 1 Dawson, William, Montreal, 1 Deane, L., Washington, D. C, ..... 1 Deblois, T. M., St. John, N. B., . . Newspapers, 4 Detroit, Mich., Public Library, 1 Dodge, James H., Boston, 1 Dresden, Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft " Isis," . 2 Dublin, Royal Irish Academy, 14 Dublin, Royal Society, 6 Dudley, A. M., 1 l Purkheim, Pollichia, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein der Rheinpfalz, 1 Ellis, Rev. George E., Boston, ..... 1 Emden, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, .... 1 Emerton, James, Newspapers, Emmerton, James A., " 56 Erfurt, K. Akademie Gemeinnutziger Wissenschaften, . 1 Essex, Eng., Essex Field Club, 11 Evans, John Q., Salisbury, 4 Everett, William, Quincy, ...... 1 Exeter, N. H., Phillips Exeter Academy, ... 3 Falmouth, Eng., Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society, . 1 Firenze, Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale, .... 29 Foster, Joseph, London, 1 Frankfurt-a-M., Senckenbergische Naturforschende Ge- sellschaft, 1 1 Galloupe, A. A., Beverly, 1 Geneve, L'Institut National Genevois, .... 1 Giessen, Oberhessische Gesellschaft fur Natur. u. Heil- kunde, 1 Glasgow, Natural History Society, .... 1 Goodell, A. C, jr., Newspapers, 21 8 Gorlitz, Naturforschende Gesellschaft 1 Gottingen, K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, . . 2 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 129 Gould, John H., Topsfield, 2 Granville, O., Denison University, 2 Green, Samuel A., Boston, 100 554 Giistrow, Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte, . 1 Halifax, Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science, . 1 Hamburg, Verein fiir Naturwissenschaftliche Unterhalt- ung, 1 Harlem, Societe Hollandaise des Sciences, ... 3 Harriman, H. N., Georgetown, . . Newspapers, Hart, Charles Henry, Philadelphia, Pa., .... 1 Hartford, Ct., Trinity College, 1 Hill, B. D., Newspapers, Hill, William G., Maiden, 1 Hoar, E. R., Concord, 2 Hobart, Tasmania Royal Society, 1 1 Holmes, John C, Detroit, Mich., 1 Hotchkiss, Miss, New Haven, Ct., . . Newspapers, 3 Howard, J. J., Blackheath, Eng., 1 Hunt, T. F., 219 234 Iowa City, Iowa Historical Society, .... 19 Ireson, Mrs. C. K., 176 Israel, Rev. Fielder, Newspapers, 27 632 James, U. P., Cincinnati, O., 3 Jewett, Rev. Geo. B., Estate of, 1 Kaufman, A. C, Charleston, S. C, Kimball, Mrs. James, Kimball, James P., Washington, D. C, . . . . 2 King, Rufus, Yonkers, N. Y., 1 Kingsley, J. S., Kjobenhavn, Botaniske Forening, Kjobenhavn, K. D. Videnskabernes Selskab, Konigsberg, Physikalish-Oekonomische Gesellschaft, . 1 Lansing, Mich., State Library, 15 Lausanne, SociSte' Vaudoise, Lawrence, George NT., New York, N. Y., Lawrence Public Library, Leavitt, Mrs. William, 2 Lee, Francis H., 1 Lee, S. Ober, Beverly, .... Newspaper, Leeds, Eng., Journal of Conchology, .... Leeds, Eng., Philosophical and Literary Society, Leeson, J. R., Boston, Le Mans, Societe d' Agriculture, Sciences et Arts de la Sarthe, 2 130 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Lewis, J. W., & Co., Philadelphia, Pa., Liege, Societe Royale des Sciences, Lincoln, Francis H., Boston, . Livermore, Rev. S. T., Bridge water, London, Royal Society, Lowell, Old Residents' Historical Association, Lund, L' Universite Royale, .... Liineburg, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, . Luxembourg, Institut Royal Grand-Ducal, Lynn Public Library, Macfie, R. A., Neston, Chester, Mack, Miss Esther C, Estate of, Madison, Wis., State Historical Society, Madrid, Sociedad Espaiiola de Historia Natural Manning, Mrs. R. C, Manning, Robert, Marburg, Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissenschaften, ..... Marshall, John W., Rockport, .... Massachusetts Medical Society, .... Massachusetts, Secretary of the Commonwealth of, Massachusetts State Board of Health, McDaniel, Rev. B. F., San Diego, Cal., Newspapers Merrill, William, jr., West Newbury, Metz, Societe d'Histoire Naturelle, . Mexico, Museo Nacional, Michigan Agricultural College, Middlebury, Vt., Historical Society, Minneapolis, Minnesota Geological and Natural History Survey, Montreal, Can., Natural History Society, Moore, H. H., San Francisco, Cal., . Morehead, Mrs. L. M., Cincinnati, O., . Morse, E. S., Miinchen, K. b. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Miinster, Westfalische Provinzial Verein, Napoli, R. Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche, Nashville, Tenn., State Board of Health, Neuchatel, Societe des Sciences Naturelles, Nevins, W. S., Newspapers Newark, New Jersey Historical Society, . New Haven, Ct., N. H. Colony Historical Society New Haven, Ct., Yale University, Newport, R. I., Redwood Library, . 12 1 5 1 2 1 2 1 156 320 1 2 3 19 29 1 970 3 1 2 9 1 1 49 5 2 3 1 48 1 1 3 4 24 93 1 6 32 16 1 9 9 1 8 2 1 2 2 1 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 131 New York, N. Y., Academy of Sciences, New York, N. Y., American Geographical Society, New York, N. Y., Astor Library, .... New York, N. Y., Chamber of Commerce, New York, N. Y., Genealogical and Biographical Society New York, N. Y., Historical Society, New York, N. Y., Mercantile Library Association, New York, N. Y., Microscopical Society, Nichols, Andrew, jr., Danvers, .... Nichols, Mrs. R. Anne, Roxbury, .... Northampton, Smith College, Northend, William D., Northern Pacific Railway, Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, . Nourse, Miss Dorcas C, Nurnberg, Naturhistorische Gesellschaft, Oliver, Mrs. Grace A., Boston, .... Omaha, Neb., Board of Trade, .... Omaha, Neb., State Historical Society, . Osgood, G. F., Peabody, Packard, A. S., Providence, R. I., . Palermo, R. Accademiadi Scienze Palf ray, Charles W., Paris, Societe d'Acclimatation, .... Paris, Societe d'Anthropologie, .... Peabody, John P., Newspaper Peabody, Mrs. Martha, Peet, Rev. S. D., Mendon, 111., .... Perkins, George A., Newspaper Perley, Sidney, Boxforcl, .... Newspapers Philadelphia, Pa., Academy of Fine Arts, Philadelphia, Pa., Academy of Natural Sciences, . Philadelphia, Pa., American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Pa., Historical Society, Philadelphia, Pa., Library Company, Philadelphia, Pa., Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia, Pa., Zoological Society Phillips, Stephen H., Pickering, Grandchildren of the late John Pillsbury, Parker, Concord, N. H Plumer, Miss Mary N., .... Newspapers Pool, Wellington, Wenham, Porter, Rev. Aaron, Newspapers Lettere e Belle Arti, Newspapers, Porter, Joseph W., Bangor, Me. 65 3 46 74 o 82 1 14 4 132 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Portland, Maine Historical Society, .... Poughkeepsie, N. Y., Vassar Brothers' Institute, . Providence, Rhode Island Historical Society, Providence, R. I., City of, Providence, R. I., Narragansett Historical Publishing Company, . Providence, R. I., Public Library, Putnam, Elbridge G., Philadelphia, Pa , ... Putnam, F. W., Cambridge, Putnam, George G., Quebec, Can., Literary and Historical Society, Rantoul, Robert S., Newspapers, Rayner, Robert, Reeve, J. T., Appleton, Wis., Regensburg, K. B. B. Gesellschaft, Regensburg, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Rich, Shebnah, Riga, Naturforschender Verein, Roberts, J. K., Roberts, Miss M. L., Robinson, John, Newspapers, Roma, Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Vittorio Emanuele, Romero, M. , Washington, D. C, Ropes, Charles A., Ropes, Reuben W., Brooklyn, N. Y., Ropes, Willis H., Newspaper, Sacramento, Cal., State Library Sacramento, Cal., State Museum, .... St. Gallen, St. Gallische Naturwissenschaftliche Gesell- schaft, St. John, New Brunswick Natural History Society, St. Louis, Mo. , Public Library, .... St. Paul, Minn., Chamber of Commerce, St. Paul, Minn., Historical Society, St. Petersbourg, Academie Imperiale des Sciences, St. Petersbourg, Jardin Botanique Imperial, . St. Petersburg, Societas Entomologica Rossica, Salem, Peabody Academy of Science, Newspapers, San Francisco, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Cal., Historical Society, . San Francisco, Cal., Mercantile Library Association, San Francisco, Cal., Society of California Pioneers, San Francisco, Cal., State Mining Bureau, Sawyer, Samuel E., Gloucester, .... 1 115 1 1 1 3 5 38 1 12 53 4 1 1 1 17 1 206 12 2 1 1 4 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 133 'SGravenhage, Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeni- ging, Shanghai, China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, . Silsbee, George S., Smith, A. Aug., Newspapers, Smith, B. G., Cambridge, Smith, George Plumer, Philadelphia, Pa., Smith, Robert B, North Andover, Society for propagating the Gospel among the Indians, Springfield, 111., State Board of Agriculture, . Stearns, W. A., Cambridgeport, Stettin, Entomologischer Verein, Stickney, George A. D., Stickney, Joseph A., Great Falls, N. H., Stickney, Walter J., .... Newspaper, Stockholm, Societe Entomologique, .... Stone, Arthur R., Stone, Miss Mary H., Stone, Robert, Newspapers, Sutro, Theodore, New York, N. Y., ... Sydney, Linnean Society of New South Wales, Sydney, Royal Society of New South Wales, . Tasmania, Government of, Taunton, Eng., Somersetshire Archaeological and Natural History Society, Taunton Public Library, Thayer, Miss C. C, Roxbury, Throndlvjem, K. N., Videnskabers-Selskab, Tilton, John P., Topeka, Kan., Academy of Science, .... Topeka, Kan., Historical Society, Topeka, Kan., Washburn College Laboratory of Natural History, Toronto, Canadian Institute, Turner, J. Horsfall, Bradford, Eng., .... Unknown, Upliam, F. K., Fort Custer, Mon., Upsal, Societas Scientiarum, U. S. Adjutant General, U. S. Bureau of Education, U. S. Bureau of Ethnology, U. S. Bureau of Military Justice, U. S. Bureau of Navigation, U. S. Chief of Engineers, ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX. 9* 89 1 4 3 52 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 135 Winnipeg, Manitoba Historical and Scientific Society, Winsor, Justin, Cambridge, Winthrop, Robert C, Boston, . Winthrop, Robert C, jr., Boston, Worcester, American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Society of Antiquity, Wright, Frank V., . . Wright, W. H. K., Plymouth, Eng., Wurzburg, Physikalisch-medicinische Gesellschaft, The following have been received American Exchange and Mart. American Journal of Science. American Naturalist. Appleton's Literary Bulletin. Cape Ann Advertiser. Chicago Journal of Commerce. Danvers Mirror, The. Fireside Favorite, The. Gardener's Monthly and Horti- culturist. Georgetown Advocate. Groton Landmark. Ipswich Chronicle. La Bibliophilie. Lawrence American. Le Naturaliste Canadien. Lynn Bee, The. Martha's Vineyard Herald. Musical Herald. Musical Record. Nation, The. 39 1 1 2 1 3 23 1 from editors or publishers : Naturalists' Leisure Hour and Monthly Bulletin. Nature. New England Magazine. Open Court, The. Our Dumb Animals. Peabody Press. Peabody Reporter. Sailors' Magazine and Seamen's Friend. Salem Daily Sun. Salem Evening News. Salem Gazette. Salem Observer. Salem Register. Salem Times. Standard, The. Statesman, The. Traveller's Record. Turner's Public Spirit. Voice, The. Zoologischer Anzeiger. The Museum. The donations to the Museum during the year number 185, presented by 53 donors. The spec- imens in natural history, including those in archaeology which have been received during the year, have been placed on deposit with the Trustees of the Peabody Acad- emy of Science, in accordance with previous arrangements. Those of an historical character, or which possess an ar- 136 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. tistic interest, have been placed in the rooms of Daland House and have been received from the following con- tributors : Lucy Hood, old baptismal blankets; Clias. O. and Wm. L. Welch; Joseph B. F. Osgood ; L. E. Millea, ornamental Lantern for hall of In- stitute Building; Jacob H. Medairy, Baltimore, Md. ; Chas. W. Pal- fray, silhouette of Rev. Dr. Hopkins ; David G. Yates, Philadelphia, Pa. ; John W. Hart; John Robinson; Chas. E. Whittredge; J. Linton Waters; Eclw. C. Browne;. Mrs. Maria H. Bray, West Gloucester, an old pewter Communion Service; Wm. D. Dennis; Peabody Academy of Science; Robt. S. Rantoul; Mrs. C. K. Ireson; Geo. W. Pousland; Geo. A. Carey; John H. Sears; Chas. E. Trow; Mrs. Came Burbauk; H. M. Brooks; Wm. J. Walton; Miss Mary R. Kimball; Mrs. Chas. Osgood; Wm. L. Kinsman; Mrs. H. M. Brooks; T. F. Hunt; Char- lotte A. L. Sibley, Groton; Miss Mary Otis Bailey, Dorchester, valu- able old Hathorne deeds and other papers, etc. ; Frederick Lamson ; Chas. A. Ropes; Jos. L. Lougee, map of Salem, 1820; Miss E. M. R. Brooks, old fashioned rubber shoes; Ross Turner, ancient fire-dogs, etc.; Miss Abby E. Cleveland, Poughkeepsie, N. Y., copy of Covenant of Second Church in Ipswich; John H. Nichols, sea journal of Sch. Betsey, 1793; Co. F., 23 Regt. Mass. Volunteers, original Roll-book, 1861-4; A. Aug. Smith, seventy-three bills of school teachers in Salem, 1791 to 1830, etc. ; Frank V.Wright; Frederick P. Porter; Chas. Baker; Mrs. Paul P. Patten; John T. Brown, Newburyport; Rev. Thos. R. Pynchon, Hartford, Conn. ; David Moore, Commission and Seal of Nova Scotia Justice Benijah Collins. A life-like portrait in oil of the President of the Essex Institute by Frederick P. Vinton, has been presented by Messrs. Stephen G.Wheatland and George Wheatland, jr. An Exhibition of roses was held on June 23, 1887. There were thirty contributors. Awards were made to J. B. F. Osgood, T. D. Williams, and John M. Ward, of Peabody for exhibits of special excellence. The collection included also other flowers ; a handsome bank of pansies with a border of ferns was shown by Jas. F. Almy; S. P. Fowler, of Dunvers, exhibited an excep- tionally fine spray of magnolias ; some particularly large " Improved Nymphsea" were from Mrs. Geo. R. Emmerton, THE RETROSPECT OP THE YEAR. 137 and some very fine specimens of hydrangea, and agapan- thus from Miss E. Ropes ; all of whom received " honorable mention " as well as the following persons : Wm. J. Foster, C. H. Fifield, Mrs. T. N. Covelle, W. K. Bigelow, Miss Gertrude Richardson, Mrs. D. A. Varney, Miss Hannah Rose and John Robinson. The building now occupied by the Institute was for- mally opened for the inspection of members and their families on the afternoon and evening of June 20. The rooms were decorated with flowers, and foliage plants, and refreshments were served during the evening. The visiting members and friends numbered 375. The number of visitors to the First Meeting House dur- ing the year was 6,706. Treasurer's Report. — Receipts and expenditures of the past year (condensed from account presented). RECEIPTS. For balance of last year's account, $4,458 97 " amount to be invested, 10167 " assessments of members, $867 00 " income of invested funds, 2,85100 " sale of publications, 339 80 '• return tax from the state, 36 09 " amount from various sources, 195 00 Net income, $4,288 89 " amount from donors to Daland house fund, . . . $16.617 91 $25,467 44 EXPENDITURES. By investment of legacy of Esther C. Mack, .... $4,12084 " investment of extra income from legacy of Martha G. Wheatland, 1,031 25 " invested deposit in Five Cents Savings Bank, ... 101 67 " deposit of interest of Derby Fund, 38 22 " investment of stock rights, seven shares, .... 644 00 Amt. invested, $5,935 98 138 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Amt. bro't forward, $5,935.98 By salaries of secretary, assistant-librarian and janitor, . 1,952 00 44 publications and printing, 1,028 19 " books, binding and miscellaneous printing, . . . 639 29 " fuel, gas, stationery, expressage, etc., .... 343 31 " Salem Athenasum, portion of repairs, 146 31 H insurance and interest, 23100 " city tax, 22 40 44 annuities (with legacies), ....... 210 00 Net expense, $4,572 50 By Daland house expenses, viz., 44 alterations of the building, $8,366 13 44 furnishings, 3,394 74 44 city tax, 21 70 44 moving books, 169 41 " labor of assistants, 258 30 44 fire insurance, 307 25 44 repairs at Plummer Hall, publishing, etc., . . . 1,853 16 Balance on hand 14,370 69 588 27 $25,467 44 May 21, 1S88. Respectfully submitted, Geo. D. Phippen, Treasurer. Audited.— General accounts by R. C. Manning, Auditor; and Daland House ac- counts by I. F. Hunt, Chairman. Daland House Fund. —The remodeling and furnishing of Daland House, purchased for the better accommodation of the library and collections, required the expenditure of a larger sum than the society had at its disposal and an honorary committee undertook the responsible task of se- curing the necessary funds. The following gentlemen constituted the Honorary Committee on Daland House Fund : — S. E. Peabody, Chairman. James B. Curwen, K. S. At wood, E. B. Willson, B.C. Manning, W. D. Nortbend, A. L. Huntington, S. G. Wheatland, F. R. Kimball, A. H. Johnson, W. P. Upham, B. F. McDaniel, J. P. Cook, E. S. Morse, T. F. Hunt, Wm. Cogswell, Geo. B. Ives, F. Israel, C. A. Ropes, Li. F. Brigham, D. B. Hagar, 1). Pingree, E. C. Bolles, G. R. Emmerton, Francis Cox, Geo. B. Loring, H. W. Peabody, John Robinson, Chas. S. Osgood, Geo. D, Phippen, J. F. Almy, F. W. Putnam, Jos. F. Dane, Wm. Mack, J. A. Emmerton, G. P. Messervy, Geo. Wheatland, jr. THE RETROSPECT OF THR YEAR. 139 These gentlemen, through sub-committees of their own number, promptly and successfully discharged their func- tion, and the appeal of their sub-committee on subscriptions called forth the liberal response indicated in the subscrip- tion list herewith printed in full. The appeal contained among other statements the following passages : "The following abstract of the report of a sub-committee of the Directors will indicate the changes proposed : — on the first floor, a large room 40 by 18 for meetings and so- cial gatherings ; an office or reception room ; a room for the publications of the society ; an historical museum room ; a fire-proof room for manuscripts and valuable documents ; toilet rooms; etc. On the second floor : a commodious, convenient and well-lighted double room for a general read- ing room, which is to contain the current reviews, period- icals, magazines, newspapers and books of reference ; a room for the Story library ; separate rooms for special li- braries, with tables and conveniences for readers and stu- dents ; and a fire-proofroom for the collection of war relics. On the third floor: special library rooms, and stacks for books and printed matter, but not of such general interest as the libraries located in the second story. Attic and base- ment, for duplicates and general storage purposes. Certain slight alterations to be made in the house, besides building a new stairway and rendering fire-proof certain rooms in the brick addition. The library and reading rooms to be neatly furnished, and so arranged as to be attractive for members and others visiting them, and the additional advantages to be given to the members of the Institute will be such, that a large increase of membership will probably follow the proposed change. It is estimated that the sum of fifteen thousand dollars will cover all the expenses proposed in the foregoing plan, besides providing a sum sufficient to pay the extra running expenses for the next three years ; also for 140 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. the purchase of new books, works of reference relating to history, science and art, and furnishing the reading rooms with a selection of the best reviews, magazines, weekly and daily papers, English and American, for the use of mem- bers. "A considerable portion of the acquired funds of the In- stitute has been invested in the purchase of this estate and it becomes necessary to appeal to all interested in promot- ing its objects and purposes, for financial aid, that the nec- essary funds may be raised to make the proposed altera- tions, and to assure the successful carrying on of the work of the Institute. It is confidently believed that in a few years the Institute, with the increased capacity for useful- ness which will follow the proposed change, with largely augmented membership, and with the funds which are sure to come to such an institution when fixed on a stable and lasting basis, will be in a condition to carry on its work in a manner which will be creditable alike to its members and to the city. As stated by the committee, the sum of about $15,000 will be needed to make the proposed alterations and provide for the necessarily increased running expenses of the institution for the next three years. This sum is to be placed in the hands of Trustees and is to be expended only for the purposes here indicated, the expenses of the regular work of the Institute being met from the income of © © its present fund. One-half of this sum, it is hoped, will be pledged at once, so that there will be no delay in the pro- posed refitting of the building. An appeal is now made for funds with the belief that the Institute has fairly earned the right to ask for the generous consideration of all interested in its objects. It has from a comparatively small begin- ning, through the earnest work of its founders and promot- ers, attained a wide and enviable reputation at home and abroad. By its publications and meetings it has awakened THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 141 an interest in historical and scientific pursuits throughout the county and has brought together within reach of the student and investigator, an invaluable collection of mate- rial otherwise unattainable. The value of such an institu- tion to any community can hardly be overestimated. "In response to the appeal as herein set forth, it is hoped that the friends of the Institute, whether inhabi- tants of Essex County or belonging to that numerous class fondly designated as rthe Salem people abroad,' will give their aid to accomplish this end. A home of its own has been secured and it now devolves upon its friends and well wishers to fit it for occupancy, for the benefit of all. In the new building can be gathered and preserved the records and relics of the old families of the county, the portraits that have been handed down from generation to generation, the histories of cities and towns, — in fact all that pertains to the old life and the new* of the county. Past experience justifies the belief that, with a rallying centre so stable, there will be a constant influx of books, manuscripts, works of art, things new and old ; a collection that will please the curious, delight the antiquarian, instruct the student and historian, and benefit every class in the community." To this appeal, a prompt and generous response was made as follows : DONORS TO THE DAL AND HOUSE FUND. From Mrs. Susan S. Kimball, . . . $ 200 00 Mrs. Grace A. Oliver, ... 50 00 Col. T. W. Higginson, ... 5 00 John C. Holmes, Detroit, . . 5 00 Mrs. Nancy D. Cole, . . . 1,000 00 Eev. E. B. Willson, . . . 100 00 George C. Lee, Boston, ... 100 00 * James Davis, Gloucester, . . 1 00 ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX 10 142 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. From A. W. Warren, Danversport, 5 00 " Francis H. Lee, .... 100 00 " Mrs. Anna M. Pingree, 500 00 " David Pingree, .... 500 00 " William G. Saltonstall, Boston, 100 00 " Mrs. William G. Saltonstall, Boston, 100 00 " Mrs. Mary A. Saunders, 100 00 " William L. Ropes, Andover, . 1 00 " a friend, ...... 50 00 " Mrs. W. Geo. Webb, 500 00 " a friend, ...... 200 00 " Richard D. Rogers, 200 00 " a friend, .... . 10 00 " William P. Andrews, 5 00 " George M. Whipple, 25 00 " a friend, ..... 100 00 " William D. Pickman, 200 00 " a friend, ..... 25 00 " John W. Masury, > Centre Moriches, N.Y. 50 00 " Thomas B. Masury, $ . . 50 00 " W. P. Conant, . 15 00 " Charles L. Pierson, Boston, . 100 00 " a friend, ...... 5 00 " a friend, ..... 500 00 " J. Ingersoll Bowditch, Boston, 200 00 " a friend, ..... 5 00 " a friend, ...... 10 00 " a friend, ..... 25 00 " Almy, Bigelow & Washburn, 100 00 " Charles H. Miller, 300 00 «« William G. Webber, 25 00 44 Mrs. Louisa Manning, 50 00 " a friend, ...... 100 00 " George P. Smith, Philadelphia, 50 00 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 143 From Benjamin J. Lang, Boston, Arthur L. Goodrich, Mrs. A. M. Wheatland, Eipley Ropes, Brooklyn, George Wheatland, jr., Mrs. Sarah Orne Russell, friends, .... Sarah B. Fettyplace, Greenfield, an old friend, N. F. Safford, Milton, John H. Silsbee, W. H. Gove, a friend, .... A. A. Low, New York, N. Y., Wm. P. Upham, Newtonville, a friend, .... a friend, .... Geo. R. Harris, . Geo. O. Harris, Nathan R. Morse, . Alden P. White, Danvers, Geo. A. Perkins, . Chas. A. Buxton, N. A. Horton, Sarah L. Huntington, Rev. Wm. Orne White, Brookline, George R. Emmerton, Frank Cousins, Rev. Henry W. Foote, Boston, a friend, .... James A. Emmerton, A. B. C, E. S. Morse, Interest on Deposit, 10 00 10 00 500 00 100 00 250 00 150 00 650 00 50 00 • 20 00 15 00 50 00 10 00 10 00 500 00 50 00 . 50 00 50 00 100 00 20 00 10 00 10 00 25 00 1 00 50 00 20 00 25 00 500 00 25 00 50 00 200 00 100 00 3 75 50 00 78 00 144 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. From Jas. P. Cook, Rev. DeWitt S. Clark, Caleb Foote, Chas. A. Ropes, R. W. Ropes, Brooklyn, Geo. P. Messervy, George Peabody, J. D. & J. W. Eaton, A. C. Goodell, jr., C. H. & J. Price, . Jos. F. Dane, David Coggin, James B. Cur wen, A. H. Johnson, Henry W. Peabody, S. E. Peabody, T. F. Hunt, T. F. Hunt, chairman of the building committee, friends of the Institute, bal- ance to make up the amount of the Plummer Hall fur- nishing bills, May 21, 1888. a i( tt tt a tt ft a a tt it tt tt tt a N. Y., 250 00 25 00 100 00 50 00 50 00 100 00 . 2,000 00 100 00 500 00 100 00 100 00 5 00 250 00 25 00 100 00 1,000 00 500 00 500 00 1,353 16 1,853 16 $16,617 91 Members. Changes occur in the list of our associates by the addition of new names, and by the withdrawal of some by resignation, removal from the vicinity, or by death. Information has been received of the death of the following members during the year now drawing to a close. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 145 Since the last annual meeting the names of two of the ost distinguished taken from the roll. most distinguished members of the Institute have been Spencer Fullerton Baird, secretary of the Smithso- nian Institution, director of the National Museum and chief officer of the U. S. Fish Commission, died at Wood's Holl, Mass., on Friday afternoon, Aug. 19, 1887. He was born in Reading, Pa., Feb. 3, 1823 ; a graduate of Dick- inson College, Carlisle, Pa., in 1840, and in 1846 its pro- fessor of Natural History. In 1850 he was elected assistant secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, a position he held continuously until 1878 when, upon the death of Professor Henry, he was made secretary of the Institution. On the establishment of the U. S. Fish Commission in 1871 he was placed at its head. He was also the government commis- sioner of the Centennial Exhibition at Philadelphia in 1876. For many years Professor Baird had labored for the es- tablishment of a great national museum in Washington, and he took advantage of the Centennial Exhibition to se- cure such an amount of material for the museum as to lead Congress to make an appropriation for a building for the museum and relieve the Smithsonian Institution from its support. His large contributions to science brought him medals from foreign governments, and honorary memberships in various scientific societies. The connection of his name with thirty-three new genera and species of animals at- tests the high appreciation in which he was held by his fellow-workers in zoology, while his writings, embodying the results of his long labors, have given him high rank in scientific literature. Professor Baird was chosen a corresponding member of the Institute, Nov. 30, 1859. 146 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Asa Gray, the distinguished botanist, died at Cambridge on the 30th of January 1888. He was the son of Moses and Roxana (Howard) Gray, born Nov. 18, 1810, at Sau- quoit in the township of Paris, Oneida county, N. Y. The father was of Scotch-Irish, the mother of English descent. After leaving the school and the academy, he became a student in the Medical School at Fairfield and studied with physicians in the vicinity, receiving his degree of M.D. at the age of twenty-one. In 1833-4 he was an assistant of Dr. John Torrey, the professor of chemistry in the College of Physicians and Surgeons in New York city, and was soon associated with him in the elaboration of the flora of North America. He remained a few years in New York, as an assistant in the Medical College and as Cura- tor of the Lyceum of Natural History. His early studies were in chemistry and mineralogy, and his first paper in the American Journal of Science and Art, written in con- nection with Dr. J. B. Crawe, was upon the mineralogy of portions of Jefferson and St. Lawrence counties. From this time, 1833, he was a regular contributor to the journal, and was soon one of its editors. The first edition of his text-book, "Elements of Botany," was printed in 1836. In 1842, he was appointed the first incumbent of the professorship founded in Harvard University on a be- quest of Dr. Joshua Fisher of Beverly , Mass. Dr. Gray continued in the active duties of this professorship until 1872, when he retired from the work of instruction and the care of the garden, that he might devote his time to his great work, "The Flora of North America," begun in 1838 in connection with Dr. Torrey. He had given to the col- lege his extensive herbarium and valuable botanical li- brary in the development of which he labored incessantly, and had the satisfaction of seeing them placed in a fire- THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 147 proof building erected for their reception. His position among the scientists of Europe is manifested by the cour- tesies and attentions extended to him during his last and sixth trip abroad. It is further shown in his having been elected an honorary member of the principal academies or societies in Europe, including the Royal Society of Lon- don and the Institute of France, and also in receiving the honor of doctorate from the universities of Oxford, Cam- bridge and Edinburgh. He returned from his last European trip in October, in apparent good health and spirits with the hope of some years more of work. On the 27th of the following month, a paralytic stroke put an end to his labors. He lingered until the evening of the 30th of January when he quietly passed away. Professor Gray was elected a corresponding member of the Essex Co. Natural History Society, Feb. 17, 1847, and was one ot the earliest ol the honorary members of the Institute. The President called for remarks from Prof. F. W. Put- nam as one who had been intimately associated with these honored members. Mr. Putnam in response said : — Mr. President : — Although this call is entirely unex- pected and I am unprepared to give in detail the many events in the lives of the great men you have named, such as should be given in obituaries and doubtless will be given in many an extended memoir, yet I am sure there is not a student of science in our land who would not, at any mo- ment, be able to say a few words to honor the memories of Professors Gray and Baird. The death of these distinguished men is felt by us all 148 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. to be a great loss to the country. They have so long been leaders, each in his particular way, that it seems as if we were now left without a guide to direct us in systematic natural history. By me, personally, their deaths are deeply felt, for it has been my honor to count them as friends who guided me in youth and who, in recent years, at a time of great trial, in a matter they well understood, took a firm stand for justice and for what they believed to be right ; and, as they acted in my case, so have they in many others. Always true to the high principles of their lives, they have ever been ready to work for justice towards others. It is this nobleness and kindness in their characters that have made them so much loved by the hundreds of younger naturalists with whom they were brought into in- timate relations. As would be expected of two such men, they were early brought together and continued through life in the closest ties, bound by mutual regard and deep- est affection. We all know of Professor Gray's gentle loving char- acter ; of his great work in systematic botany ; of the im- mense influence he has exerted as a teacher of nature's laws as shown in the vegetable kingdom ; of the volumes he has published and their far-reaching results ; how his text-books and manuals have been the means of inducing thousands of young men and women to study nature and her laws ; we know of the great herbarium he has founded, the Mecca of all American botanists ; and of his masterly presentation of the great laws by which nature has spread flowers and trees over the land, and of the classical me- moir on the "Botany of Japan." We know too of his position in the great discussion on evolution, and how clearly he presented the views of his friend Darwin, and THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 149 how he showed his own firm faith, true to his science and his God ; with courage in his convictions and caution in his speculations. Above all, we know the purity of the man whose principles all true naturalists will essay to fol- low. Of Professor Baird, we all know of his youth passed in the fields of Pennsylvania, and of his early researches in the zoology of the state while professor of natural history in Dickinson College, about the time when Professor Gray took the chair of natural history at Harvard; how he was selected by Professor Henry in 1848 to be the recip- ient of the first grant made by the Smithsonian Institution in aid of scientific exploration, that he might explore the bone-caves of Pennsylvania ; and how two years afterwards he was appointed assistant secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, in which position he did so much in directing systematic researches upon the zoology of America, and in organizing that great system of international exchange which has become one of the most important aids in the "diffusion of knowledge among men" in fulfilment of Smithson's bequest to the country. Years after, when the death of Professor Henry occurred, Professor Baird was the one man to take his place, and here he showed still more the great breadth of his mind and his loyal character. He was then called upon to administer trusts with which, during his life, he had had little in common, still no department of the great institution suffered, and all branches of science received from him equal attention ; although his love was ever for natural history in its broadest sense. We all know of his great administrative powers, of his influence over the large number of young naturalists who have gathered at Washington on the Government expeditions and sur- veys during the past thirty years, and the enormous col- ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX. 10* 150 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. lections brought together there ; of his great systematic work upon the Birds and Mammals of North America, and of the volumes which contain the results of his re- searches. We know, too, when the labors of administra- tion became so vast that he could no longer give his time to personal research, how he placed with generous hand the means he had accumulated at the disposal of others, and of the impetus he gave to the study of natural history by providing for workers not only the material for research, but salaried positions that they might continue their stud- ies. He thus fostered research in the broadest manner, and brought up a set of workers in Washington, which has re- sulted in making it the great centre of science in our coun- try, where to-day, nearly five hundred men are profession- ally engaged in scientific work in all departments, and many of these departments were actually created by the foresight and labors of this hard-working, self-sacrificing man. We know also of his founding the United States Fish Commission, and the truly wonderful results it has attained, not only in a scientific way, but in adding immense wealth to the country by furnishing food for the people, restoring fish to exhausted streams and portions of the coast, and in- troducing species that have become important in our supply of food on both sides of the continent. Had this one work of Professor Baird been his only and life-long effort, he would ever be remembered as a great benefactor, but while this work will ever stand out in prominence, from the great economic results achieved, it is only one of the many far- reaching results which we owe to him. Surely, Mr. President, we have lost from our little roll of Honorary Members, two men, whose equals in their re- spective lines of research and influence we cannot hope to see in our time. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 151 Rev. Edward Sumner Atwood, minister of the South church, Salem, died at the parsonage on Federal street on Sunday morning May 13, 1888. His death was very sudden and unexpected to the community, though his fail- ing health for the past year indicated that his life would thus terminate. Mr. Atwood was the son of George B. and Eliza (Sum- ner) Atwood and was born at Taunton, Mass., June 4, 1833, graduated at Brown University, 1852, at Andover Theological Seminary in 1856 ; in 1883 his alma mater con- ferred upon him the honorary degree of D.D. ; ordained pastor of the church in Grantville, Wellesley Hills, Oct. 23, 1856, where he continued until 1864. On the 13th of October, 1864, he was installed over the South church as colleague pastor with the late Rev. Dr. Brown Emerson, succeeding in that capacity Rev. I. E. Dwinell now of Oakland, Cal. Since Dr. Emerson's death, July 25, 1872, he had been the sole pastor. As a pulpit orator, Dr. Atwood had few equals : a terse, forcible and effective speaker. Gifted with a wonderful command of language, and keeping abreast with all the progressive knowledge of the day, he clothed his thoughts with striking beauty and wealth of felicitous illustrations, and was equally ready on all occasions. As a citizen, he was foremost in every good word and work and especially in the cause of education and advanced culture. As a mem- ber of the prudential committee of the A. B. C. F. M., he was very devoted, and wherever his services were needed he was ever ready, willing and energetic. Soon after coming to this city he connected himself with several of our local scientific, literary and educational in- stitutions. He was elected a member of the school board and half of the years of his residence here he contributed by his labors to its educational interests. In this work 152 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. he was prominent in the advocacy of the best education, the freest education based upon public duty and the pub- lic good. He was also enrolled as a member of the Essex Institute, and from that time to the close of his life he manifested a deep interest in its prosperity ; he believed in its objects, he recognized the good it had done and its powers for ac- complishing greater good in the> future, and to this end he gave freely of his time and versatile talents. The records of the Institute bear abundant testimony to the value of his membership. From time to time he favored the Institute with addresses and lectures. Among the interesting contri- butions on these occasions was a learned paper " On the be- ginnings and growth of language." It is noteworthy that his first address was upon the Bible. He profoundly be- lieved in the Bible, had no fear of true science, believing that all truth was of God. He recognized no antagonism between true science and true religion. This was at a field meeting held in Essex on Wednesday, July 1, 1868, an old Genevan Bible having been exhibited at the afternoon ses- sion, by Hon. David Choate. When called upon by the chair, he took for his theme this old volume,* giving some interesting facts respecting the history of the different edi- tions and spoke of the clear and exquisite printing which these books reveal, many of them not being surpassed by the best printing of the present day. This edition was printed at Geneva for the use of the English exiles who took refuge there. Soon after the death of Prof. Louis Agassiz, Dr. At- wood paid a beautiful tribute to the character and achiev- ments of that distinguished scientist at a meeting held on Monday, Dec. 15, 1873. He was a member of the com- *See Proceed. Essex Institute, vol. vi, p. 31. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 153 mittee that presented the resolutions complimentary to Prof. A. Graham Bell on the occasion of the first public exhibition of that wonderful invention, the telephone,* at a lecture of the Institute course delivered Monday, Feb. 12, 1877. He was one of the most active members of the com- mittee of arrangements for the celebration of the twenty- fifth anniversary of the Institute, Wednesday, March 5, 1873,| and on this occasion read a poem. He was also an active and interested member of the committee on the commemoration by the Institute, Sept. 18, 1878, of the fifth half century of the landing of Gov- ernor Endicott in Salem,J and he prepared an eloquent ad- dress on this occasion. For many years he was chairman of the publication com- mittee of the Institute, a position of much responsibility and usefulness. One of the most important of Dr. At- wood's later services was the preparation of a noble tribute to the life and character of the late John Bertram. Dr. Atwood will long be cherished in grateful memory by the members of the Essex Institute. Rev. Joseph Banvard, D.D., a well known Baptist clergyman, died at Neponset on Wednesday, Sept. 28, 1887, in the seventy-eighth year of his age. He was born in the city of New York, May 9, 1810. His father, David Bonverd (the spelling of the name being changed to Ban- vard in the course of a business life), was the son of a Huguenot refugee who came from France about 1770 and settled in the city of New York ; his mother was Elizabeth Mead, of Stamford, Conn. His health was delicate dur- ing his childhood and boyhood. He was a pupil at Joseph * See Bulletin of Essex Institute, vol. ix, pp. 21-31. t See Bulletin of Essex Institute, VOL. v, p. 66. X See Bulletin of Essex Institute, vol. x, p. 151; also Hist. Collections of Essex Institute, vol. xv, pp. 101-332. 154 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Hoxie's school until he was fourteen years old, and was a diligent student, high in scholarship and prominent in dec- lamation whenever the school had public exercises. Mr. Hoxie continued his interest in him after he left school, and was a firm friend through life. In 1825, he entered a wholesale drug store in New York city to learn the busi- ness ; he remained four years, continuing his studies in the evenings. Mr. Banvard was brought up strictly in the faith and practice of the Moravian church of which his parents were devoted members. In the winter of 1826-7, he was in the habit of attend- ing the services of the South Baptist church, Dr. Sommers pastor, on Sunday evenings. He enjoyed the preaching very much and in the spring of 1827 was confirmed and joined the United Brethren congregation. Before he thought of devoting himself to the ministry, he made missionary trips to the village up the North River, by invitation preaching in school houses and dwellings. He entered South Reading Academy* July 6, 1830, thence to the Newton Theological School, graduating in 1835. He had more invitations to preach during his years of study than he could accept. His methodical habits enabled him to keep one day ahead in his lessons so that he was never hurried and he finished his course at Newton in better health than when he entered. On the 26th of August, 1835, he was ordained pastor of the Second Baptist church in Salem, and began his minis- *In 1829, the South Reading Academy was incorporated, and established under the auspices of the Baptist denomination, and was intended as an introductory school to the Theological Seminary at Newton, although open to all others. The school for several years was flourishing and maintained a high standard of instruc- tion in English and classical learning. But at length the theological students were withheld and the corporation being without funds, it was judged best to discon- tinue the school. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 155 terial life there. While there he wrote his Question Books for his own school and many of his other books for children and young people. He remained in Salem about eleven years until March 7, 1846, when he resigned to accept the pastorate of the Harvard Street church in Boston, where he continued five years. He afterwards filled pastorates in West Cambridge, New York City, Pawtucket, R. I., Worcester, Mass., Pat- erson, N. J., and Neponset. In 1866, he was chosen President of the National The- ological Institute, District of Columbia, for the education of colored teachers and preachers, a position which he re- signed when the work was assumed by the American Baptist Home Missionary Society. Columbian college, Washington, conferred upon him the honorary degree of A.M. in 1845; Shurtleff college that of D.D. in 1861. His love for his profession increased with years ; its du- ties were pleasant, and he was ready for any call upon his time. He loved to preach, and said that he never had "a good Sabbath when he did not ;" he regarded the visiting of his people and their personal friendships as essential to his usefulness. His pastoral visits were to him as impor- tant a part of his duties as preaching and he was as faithful in the performance of them. His recreation from professional labor was the study of natural history. He had learned from his mother, when a boy, to " love all growing things " and he shared her love of flowers fully. He made a collection of the plants of Massachusetts, while he was living in Salem. His mother shared his enthusiasm and her interest added much to his pleasure in the work. He became a member of the Essex County Natural History Society, June 16, 1841. 156 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. In all his after -life, his Salem church held his most loving memories. He was frequently in the habit of spending several weeks of his summer vacations in Salem, and if any field meeting should be held during these visits, he usually attended and was always a welcome visitor. James Needham Buffum died at his residence, 12 Her- bert street, Lynn, on Sunday, June 12, 1887. He was the son of Samuel and Hannah (Varney) Buffum and was born at North Berwick, Maine, May 16, 1807. At an early age he came to Salem where he worked three years at or- gan building with Messrs. Hook & Co., and then learned the trade of a house carpenter. Associated with his brother David, he continued steadily this occupation until 1827, when he suspended manual labor for a year, which time he spent at the Friends' school in Providence, E. 1. Keturning, he went to Lynn and for the next twenty years was employed in building houses and stores in that rapidly growing town, and afterwards in the manufacture of pack- ing boxes and shoe cases until the time of his decease. Mr. Buffum was interested in many public enterprises, important to Lynn and its neighborhood. In 1868, he was chosen presidential elector; in 1869, mayor of the city of Lynn ; in 1872, re-elected to the same office ; and in 1873, representative to Massachusetts legislature. The antislavery cause, early enlisted his sympathy and active cooperation. He made the acquaintance of William Lloyd Garrison in 1836, whose lifelong friendship and es- teem he retained. The Liberator dates its existence from that year and Mr. Buffum was a subscriber and constant reader during its continuance of thirty years. He was a fore- most leader in this movement, and was also an advocate of woman suffrage and temperance reform. On account of its THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 157 proslavery attitude, he left the Friends' society, and estab- lished the Free church in Lynn, which had for its preacher, Samuel Johnson.* Mr. Buflfum was gifted physically and mentally. His na- ture was genial, his temper rarely ruffled, his sense of humor keen, and he had a ready wit. The deceased philanthrop- ist was admired and respected and his memory will be kept green. Admitted to membership, Aug. 13, 1862. Samuel Bartlett Buttrick died at the residence of his son-in-law John S. Ives, on Clifton avenue, Salem, Friday, Nov. 11, 1887, in the 87th year of his age, after an illness of several weeks. He was the oldest son of Willard and Mary (Bartlett) Buttrick and was born in Gorham, Me. , Oct. 1 6, 1801 ; came to Salem in 1823 ; mar- ried Jan. 26, 1833, Anne daughter of David Merritt of Salem ; descended, from William Buttrick, one of the pi- oneers and first settlers of Concord, Mass. (through Sam- uel2, Jonathan3, Jonathan4, Willard5, Willard6) , who came to New England in 1634 at the age of 18 years, married Sarah Bateman in 1646 and died June 30, 1698. By profession an accountant, an officer in the Village or First National Bank in Danvers,in the Commercial or First National Bank, Salem, in the Harmony Grove cemetery corporation, etc., etc. He was an active member of the First (Unitarian) church in Salem, elected a deacon Mar. 29, 1857, a position that he held to the close of his life. He became a member of the Essex Lodge of F. A. M. Feb. 5, 1828, took many of the degrees and filled several *Rev. Samuel Johnson was the son of Dr. Samuel and Anna (Dodge) Johnson ; was born in Salem, Oct. 10, 1822; a graduate of Harvard College in 1842; died at North Andover, Feb. 19, 1882. He was well known for his literary and philosoph- ical writings, especially as the author of a series of works on Oriental Religions, two of which were printed and the third was ready for the press at the time of his decease and has since been issued under the editorship of Rev. A. M. Haskell. ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX 11 158 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. positions of honor and trust and was ever after deeply in- terested in the masonic brotherhood. He was initiated into the Essex Lodge of I. O. O. F. Dec. 4, 1843, and when Fraternity Lodge was instituted in Nov., 1 846, he be- came one of the charter members, and was a trustee for more than twenty years. In all respects he was an up- right man and good citizen, discreet and even-tempered. He had the confidence and esteem of all who knew him or had business relations with him. He had a great fondness for the study of natural history, especially the flora, devoting much of his leisure to this pursuit. He was elected a member of the Essex Institute Mar. 12, 1856, frequently attended its field meetings, col- lecting many plants during the forenoon rambles placing them on the table at the afternoon session, frequently a list of his findings accompanying the same. Some of these have been printed in the earlier volumes of the Proceedings or Bulletin of the Institute. Advancing years did not diminish his zeal in this study, but he was ever on the alert to find some more plants on the first appearance of the opening of the spring flowers and to record these facts in his floral calendar. Eev. Ariel Parish Chute died at Sharon, Mass., Dec. 18, 1887. He was born in Byfield, Mass., May 16, 1809, the home of his ancestors for a century and a half, and fitted for college at Dummer Academy located in the same parish; graduated at Bowdoin College in 1832, the The- ological School at Andover in 1835, ordained over the Congregational church in Oxford, Me., the following year ; afterward he held a pastorate in Pownal, Me., Ware, Mass., and supplied the pulpit in Lynnfield about six }ears. In the intervals between these duties he was principal of the Warren Academy in Woburn, the academy at Milton, THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 159 Mass., and the Dummer Academy in his native parish. Since 1861, he has been in the service of the government, an officer in the Boston Custom House and in the United States Treasury, Boston, retiring with the reputation of a skilful and valuable officer. In consequence of advanc- ing age and failing health, the last few years of his life were spent at his home in Sharon. During his pastorate at Lynnfield he associated himself with the Essex Institute and became deeply interested in its work, and several field meetings were held in his little chapel under his auspices. Ou these occasions he took an active part, his familiarity with the surrounding objects, the va- ried scenery, the peculiar geological features, the fauna and the flora, enabling him to impart freely much valuable information and instruction on these and kindred subjects, thus adding much to the usefulness of these gatherings. Hon. Edward Swain Davis, eighth mayor of Lynn and one of the oldest and most respected citizens, died on Sun- day, August 7, 1887, at his home on Summer Street, Lynn. He was the son of Hugh and Elizabeth (Batch- eller) Davis and was born in Lynn, June 22, 1808, edu- cated in the schools of Lynn and graduated from the old Lynn Academy in 1826. His first position was a clerk- ship in Lynn Mechanics' Bank where he remained until his majority ; then in business in Philadelphia, returning home in 1833 to enter the service of the Nahant Bank. With a short intermission he continued in this situation un- til the winding up of its affairs. On account of ill health, he retired for several years from active business pursuits. Upon recovery he obtained a po- sition in a United States bonded warehouse in Boston. In 1861 he was a clerk in the state auditor's office continu- 160 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. ing for many years, filling the second, and then the first clerk's position. He took a great interest in the old militia. In 1835, was major of regiment of light infantry, first brigade, Essex County, promoted lieutenant colonel, commanding the regiment for a good portion of the time until 1843. He took an active part in several of the local societies that were formed some fifty years since : viz., to secure the abolition of slavery in the United States, the improvement of the character and condition of the free blacks, the ac- quisition by Indians and blacks of their natural rights, etc. He early espoused the cause of universal freedom, and lived to see it accomplished. The Young Men's Temper- ance Reform Society in 1835 likewise claimed his sympa- thy and cooperation. He was mayor of the city in 1859 and 1860 ; also president of the council, 1852, 1853, 1856, 1857 and member of the School Board six years ; repre- sentative Massachusetts legislature, 1839. Mr. Davis was a deep thinker and well-read man, de- votedly fond of books and possessed one of the largest and most valuable private libraries in Lynn. His society was frequently sought by students and men of culture. During his mayoralty he took a deep interest in the pub- lic library of Lynn. He became a member of the Essex County Natural History Society in 1834. William Putnam Endicott, the father of Hon. William C. Endicott, U. S. Secretary of War under the adminis- tration of President Cleveland, died at his residence, on Essex Street, Salem, Sunday, March 11, 1888, in his 86th year. He was the son of Samuel and Elizabeth (Putnam) Endicott, and was born in Salem, March 5, 1803, lived during the latter part of his life, and died in the house THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 161 formerly occupied and owned by his father. He was a graduate of Harvard in the class of 1822. He was ad- mitted a member of the Essex Lodge of Freemasons, May 4, 1824. He was accustomed to pass his summers at his country seat in Milford, N. H., and generally lived a quiet and retired life of gentlemanly leisure. In his early days he was connected with the militia and attained the rank of major. He also made several voyages to the East Indies as supercargo and was afterwards a merchant. He was admitted a member of the Salem East India Marine So- ciety in April, 1835. In 1844, he was one of the repre- sentatives from Salem to the Massachusetts Legislature. A lineal descendant of John Endecott, the first governor of the Massachusetts Bay Colony in the eighth generation, through Zerobbabel2, Samuel3, Samuel4, John5, John6, Samuel7. He was an original member of the Institute. Francis Goss died at his mother's house, in Salem, of diphtheria, Jan. 26, 1888. He was the son of Francis P. and Sylvia E. (Wright) Goss, born at Salem, Dec. 14, 1838 ; graduated from the Salem English High School, Jan. 28, 1857. The father and son for many years con- ducted the plumbing business on St. Peter's street, Salem. The latter was a member of Ethan Allen Council of Amer- ican Mechanics. Admitted to membership, July 15, 1863. Joseph Leonard Hammond, son of Joseph and Mary C. (Hammond) Hammond, born in Salem, Sept. 15, 1838, graduated a member of the twenty-fifth class in the Salem English High School. For many years he resided in China connected with the Custom's Service and in 1876 came home as a member of the Board of Commissioners, having in charge the Chinese exhibit at the Centennial Ex- position in Philadelphia. Remaining in this country about a year, he returned to China and engaged in business with 162 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Messrs. Morris & Co., merchants at Shanghai, where he died on the nineteenth of October, 1886, leaving a wife and three children residing in Salem. Admitted to mem- bership in the Institute Aug. 9, 1865. Joseph Bassett Holder, curator of the American Museum of Natural History in New York, N. Y., died in that city on Tuesday, Feb. 28, 1888. He was the son of Aaron L. and Rachel (Bassett) Holder, and was born in Lynn, Mass., Oct. 26, 1824. He was descended on the mother's side from the Bassetts, a well-known family in Lynn, from the early settlements. The Holders were also among the early Friends or Quakers. The immediate an- cestor was Christopher Holder who came from Alverton, Co. of Gloucester, England, arriving in Boston, July 27, 1656. The different branches settled in and about Boston. In 1700, one of his ancestors built a house on the corner of Nahant and Sagamore streets, which has been owned and occupied by several generations of this family. He was educated in the Harvard Medical School, and in 1846 began the practice of medicine in Swampscott, Mass., and later removed to Lynn and became the city physician. From his youth he was an ardent lover of na- ture, and devoted much time to its study and research, and took much pleasure in encouraging a like taste among the people. He was an ardent botanist and prepared a list of the plants of Essex county and left copious notes of their habits, times of appearance and kept what might be called a diary of plant life. He also made a catalogue of the birds of Lynn and vicinity, which appeared as Bul- letin No. 1, of the Publications of the Lynn Natural His- tory Society. This led to his meeting Professor Baird and the formation of a lifelong acquaintance. He early met Professor Agassi z and visited him at his house in Na- THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 163 hant, and for some years made many investigations dredg- ing and collecting, particularly with his friend Prof. William Stimpson. In 1859 he accepted an appointment of surgeon in the U. S. Engineer department at Tortugas ; this gave him an opportunity to enter more fully into his favorite studies. Arriving at Fort Jefferson he began experimental studies and collected hundreds of new and hitherto undescribed species in almost every branch of the animal (marine) kingdom. These were sent to the Smithsonian Institu- tion, Harvard and other colleges. On the breaking out of the war, Dr. Holder became assistant surgeon in the regular army. He was also health officer of the port. In 1868 he was ordered to Fortress Munroe, Va. In 1870 he resigned to join Prof. A. S. Bickmore in the establishment of the Museum of Natural History, Central Park, New York ; and for years that gen- tleman and himself carried on this great work, and cared for the collections, almost unassisted. During the past few years, he was curator of the department of inverte- brate zoology. Dr. Holder was a prolific writer, and while he contrib- uted to many scientific publications, he was always im- pressed with the value of creating an interest in nature among the masses, as exerting a refining and cultivating influence, and many of his writings tended in this direc- tion. Admitted to membership, Sept. 9, 1846. John Clough Holmes died at his office in Detroit, Mich., on Friday, Dec. 16, 1887, of apoplexy. Professor Holmes was born at Salem, Mass., Sept. 26, 1809. He was the son of Capt. Thomas and Anna (Cross) Holmes. He came to Detroit when a young man and found employ- ment in the dry goods store of John Palmer & Son. He was advanced to a partnership interest and continued in 164 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. the business with considerable success for many years and finally retired with a handsome competency ; afterwards he very largely devoted his time to the pursuit of educational and scientific studies and especially found much pleasure in the study of horticulture and pomology, and as early as 1852 established the Farmers' Companion and Horti- cultural Gazette. It was merged with another publica- tion and he resigned its control. In 1848, he served as a member of the board of education and is still remembered as an advocate of reform methods in the local schools. He was instrumental in the organization of the State Pioneer Society and was the editor of a collection of pa- pers which are among the most valuable. As a compiler and writer of matter relating to the early and contempo- rary history of the State he has undoubtedly accomplished more than any other man. He has been thus engaged for many years. Professor Holmes with others took the initiatory steps toward establishing the state agricultural college and after its organization became a member of the faculty. In 1874 he took part in the formation of the Detroit Scientific As- sociation and held various official positions in connection therewith until it dissolved and turned its valuable collec- tion of curiosities over to the Detroit Public Library. He took an active part in the work of the Wayne Co. Pioneer Society and was the president in 1882. He married Miss Jane Palmer a daughter of his business partner, who died March 8, lts84, leaving no children. During the later years of his life, he was a frequent vis- itor to Salem and took great pleasure in meeting with old friends and recalling the memories of the past. He was elected a corresponding member, Feb. 14, 1849. Austin Daniel Kilham, one of the best known and highly esteemed citizens of Beverly, died of paralysis, Oct. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 165 25, 1887. He was a son of Abraham and Louisa (Bridge) Kilham and was born at Beverly, July 25, 1817. For many years, the deceased had been identified with the finan- cial interests of the town, being at the time of his death Vice President and one of the Directors of the Beverly Na- tional Bank, also a Vice President of the Beverly Savings Bank.1 He was one of Beverly's sturdy citizens and al- ways took an interest in the welfare of the town and its prosperity. Admitted to membership Feb. 20, 1882. Jose Margati, a well known and highly esteemed cit- izen of Salem, died suddenly June 20, 1887. He was the son of Lorenzo and Dolores (Raca) Margati and was born in Manilla, Philippine Islands, Jan. 28, 1832. He came to Salem when a boy to obtain his education. His father, a wealthy Spaniard, died some years ago, leaving him a considerable share of his fortune. He made Salem his home ; became a fine linguist and developed a strong pas- sion for music. He was president of the Salem Oratorio Society and was also interested in the Salem Symphony Club. He showed ability as a musical composer and his compositions were always possessed of true merit. A few years ago he published in the Salem Observer a series of articles on oratorio music which evinced careful study and extensive research and won for the author high commen- dation from musical critics. Mr. Margati was a man of strong character and fixed principles. For many years he was bookkeeper and con- fidential clerk in one of the large mercantile establish- ments in Boston. He married Sarah B., daughter of Capt. Oliver Thayer of Salem, who survives him, together with 1 He was educated at Phillips Exeter Academy and passed the active period of his life as a successful merchant, doing business in Boston and residing in Bev- erly. ESSEX INST. BULL. VOL. XX 11* 166 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. two daughters. He had many friends and was held in high esteem in the social circles of Salem. Admitted to membership, May 25, 1874. James R. Nichols died at his home, on Summer street, Haverhill, Monday, Jan. 2, 1888. He was the son of Stephen and Ruth Nichols and was born at Merrimac, Mass., July 20, 1819, and went to Haverhill in early life and filled a position in Dr. M. Nichols' drug store. At the age of twenty-one he commenced the study of medi- cine with Dr. Kimball Flint ; attended medical lectures at Dartmouth College. He opened a drug store in Hav- erhill in 1843, continuing until 1856, when he removed to Boston and established a wholesale drug and chemical store. He returned to Haverhill in 1872. He visited Europe in 1855 and again in 1867. He founded in 1868 the " Jour- nal of Chemistry" and was its editor for many years and afterwards the senior editor of the popular "Science News." He found time during his business career to write books and give attention to inventions and discover v, lecturing frequently upon science and agriculture and serving in va- rious public and private capacities ; a pioneer in chemical discoveries in which he has acquired great wealth; the author of several volumes, the last of which entitled "Whence, What, Where," has had a great sale and has passed through several editions. Since relinquishing his business in Boston he has devoted himself to railroad man- agement, a director in the Boston and Maine from 1873 to his decease. In 1867, he was appointed by Mr. Pea- body a trustee of the Peabody Academy of Science lo- cated in Salem. Admitted to membership, Dec. 9, 1857. Col. Samuel Cook Oliver, eldest son of the late Gen. Henry Kemble and Sarah (Cook) Oliver, died at Salem, Sunday, March 25, 1888, a graduate of the Salem Latin THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 167 School from which he entered Harvard College in 1845. He remained there about two and a half years and then entered upon a business life with his father in Lawrence, Mass., who was at that time agent of the Atlantic Mills in that city ; always interested in the military he associated himself with the Salem Light Infantry, New England Guards and for several years the Boston Independent Corps of Cadets ; at the outbreak of the war he was commissioned Lieut. Col. of the 14th Reg. Mass. Vols., Col. Wm. B. Greene commanding, July 5, 1861. The Regiment was subsequently augmented by the addition of two companies and became the First Mass. Heavy Artillery which was stationed at Fort Albany, Washington. He resigned his commission March 13, 1862, and returned to Massachu- setts. He then obtained a new commission and assisted in recruiting Co. F. 35th Reg. Mass. Vol., of which he was commissioned captain Aug. 12, 1862. He participated with this regiment in the battles of South Mountain and of Antietam where he received a severe and permanent injury from the concussion from the bursting of a shell. His lower limbs were partially paralyzed ; he however re- covered for a time, returned to the regiment and served with it until Aug. 27, 1863, when he was promoted to be major and was transferred to the 2nd Mass. H. A., and served with this regiment to the close of the war, beino- restored to his old rank of Lieut. Col., Sept. 18, 1865, mustered out 3d Sept., 1865, Brevetted Colonel 22 May, 1866. Since the war the paralysis returned with his ad- vancing years making locomotion painful and difficult with- out the aid of canes. Admitted to membership Jan. 17, 1876. Warren Ordway, a wealthy retired shoe manufacturer of Bradford, Mass., died on Thursday, May 269 1887 ; a son of David and Mary (Emery) Ordway, born at West 168 THE RETROSPECT OF THE TEAR. Newbury, May 17, 1810. A lineal descendant of James1 Ordway of Dover, born, it is said, in Wales, 1620; re- moved to Newbury; married 23 Nov., 1648, Ann Em- ery who died Mar. 31, 1687. He died after 1702. Hananiah2 Ordway, b. Dec. 2, 1665 ; married Abigail Merrill ; d. June, 1758 ; was one of the first settlers in the westerly part of Newbury near Indian Hill. Nathaniel3 Ordway, b. July 3, 1695 ; d. Dec. 30, 1765 ; m. Aug. 14, 1718, Priscilla Mors, b. Apr. 22, 1697; d. May 29, 1735. David" Ordway, b. Sept. 16, 1745 ; d. Sept. 26, 1826 ; m. Apr. 16, 1767, Lois Patten who was b. Nov. 11, 1742, and d. June 2, 1818. David5 Ordway, b. Sept. 19, 1778 ; d. 1848 ; m. Aug. 9, 1802, Mary Emery who was b. 1783, d. Oct. 21, 1819, the parents of the subject of this notice. Mr. Ordway in early life was engaged in the comb and harness making business. Removing to Bradford in 1834, he began manufacturing shoes, continuing this occupation till 1876 when he retired. He was one of the first in the shoe trade to introduce the system of cash payments for work, which at once became popular with the manufactur- ers. He was a member of the State Legislature in 1860. He was a leading member of the Congregational church, and was widely known. He was a prominent citizen of Bradford where he held offices of trust from time to time. When the Bradford Farmers' club was organized he was the first president and one of its most active supporters. John Christopher Osgood died in Salem, Wednes- day, Oct. 12, 1887. He was the son of John Babbidge and Hannah M. (Osgood) Osgood, born in Salem, March 22, 1826, and educated in its schools ; entered in mercan- tile business as a clerk, with the firm of Eobert Upton & THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 169 Co. of Salem who were engaged in the African and South American trades. He rose in position to be a partner in the house and continued in the business up to 1860. He was interested in the whaling business and associated with others in fitting out from this port barques Wm. H. Shail- ers and Said Bin Sultan. He was also engaged in several other enterprises of a like character. He was a director of Asiatic National Bank and a trustee of Salem Five Cents Savings Bank ; for ten years superintendent of the South Church Sunday School ; held official positions with the various organizations connected therewith and also With several of the charitable institutions of the city : Children's Friend Society, Old Men's Home, Home for Aged Women, Salem Hospital, etc. He also served sev- eral years in both branches of the city government and on the school committee. A man of character and pronounced convictions and would never sacrifice his convictions to ex- pediency. Admitted to membership Oct. 5, 1853. Jonathan Perley, a well-known citizen, died on Sun- day, April 29, 1888, at his residence in Salem. He was the son of Jonathan and Sally (Smith) Perley, and was born in Salem, April 30, 1809. He was one of the oldest bookbinders in this city and vicinity, learned his trade of Stephen B. Ives, Sr., and after leaving Mr. Ives was associated with John P. Jewett & Co., who were sub- sequently extensive book-publishers in Boston. He es- tablished, later on, a large and successful business for himself which has been continued by his son, the only survivor of his children. He was greatly interested in the different orders of masonry and odd fellowship and filled many offices of trust and honor under these organi- zations ; also local politics claimed a share of his attention and he filled for several years a seat in the city council. 170 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. He took an active interest in the native American move- ment in 1855, and when the office of register of probate was made elective about that time, he was the first incum- bent chosen therein, but retained the position only about three months resigning on account of the inadequacy of the salary. For years Mr. Perley was clerk of the old Active Fire Club, a famous organization for nearly eighty years in Sa- lem, succeeding his father in the office. His long life had been one of quiet and persistent industry, of the purest moral character, deserving of respect and esteem with which he was universally regarded. Admitted to mem- bership, Aug. 2, 1848. John Pickett, a highly respected citizen of Beverly, died on Saturday, Dec. 3, 1887, from apoplexy. He was son of Thomas and Annis (Preston) Pickett and was born at Beverly, Nov. 9, 1807. In early life he was a sail- maker having commenced in that industry at the age of thirteen years. Subsequently the firm of R. and J. Pick- ett was formed and continued for many years until the death of the senior partner when Mr. John Pickett suc- ceeded to the business. The firm during the later years became interested in the coal and wood business. He al- so interested himself in the fishing business and at one time owned several vessels making regular trips between Bev- erly and the Grand Banks and the Georges. He was Presi- dent of the Beverly National Bank and Vice President of the Beverly Savings Bank. He has always been promi- nent in the town affairs, having held several positions of trust. He was one of the Selectmen at the time of the late civil war and made trips to the front to look after the needs of the Beverly boys in the field. For two years he repre- sented the town in the Massachusetts Legislature. He THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 171 was a man of a large and generous heart, warm in his im- pulses but of quiet and unostentatious benevolence. He enjoyed to an eminent degree the confidence and esteem of all with whom he had business or social relations. Ad- mitted to membership, Feb. 4, 1867. Benjamin C. Putnam, a well-known resident of Dan- vers, died at his home in that town on Monday, Feb. 20, 1888. He was born in Plaistow, N. H., Feb. 6, 1820, whither his father had moved from Danvers, having form- erly owned the farm on North Street now in the posses- sion of Stephen Day. He was a son of Benjamin and Nancy (Peaslee) Putnam and descended from John1 Putnam (through Nathaniel,2 born 1621, died Feb. 23, 1700; a Repres. Mass. Legis., 1690, 1691 ; Benjamin,3 Benjamin,4 Benjamin,5 Benjamin,6 Benjamin7, the father of the subject of this sketch) who came from Buckinghamshire in Eng- land and settled in Salem, Mass., 1634 ; had grant of land in Salem village, now Danvers in 1640; admitted a free- man, 1647, and died 1663. When about the age of seventeen he came to Danvers and was in the grocery business with A. P. Perley & Co., for several years. He then engaged in that business in Wenham, Mass., for twenty-five years. During his resi- dence in that town he represented it in the Legislature in 1853 and the district (including Wenham and Beverly) in 1862, and was the town clerk from March, 1857, to March, 1862. In 1860 he bought a farm in Tunbridge, Vt., which he sold in 1864 and then went to Boston and engaged in the hat and fur business as one of the firm of Osgood, Putnam & Wing ; he afterwards engaged in an extensive real estate business, residing in Chelsea, Mass. In June, 1886, he bought the estate of H. C. Nye of Dan- vers and moved thereon, disposing of his property in Bos- 172 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. ton. In early life he exhibited not only much native tact and energy but versatility, also some literary and dra- matic talent and gave occasional racy contributions to the press. Fond of reading and an independent thinker, his mother wit, restless activity and public spirit made him a leader in every community in which he lived. He held several responsible offices both in Massachusetts and Ver- mont, but in every case the office sought him, not the man the office. orable in all his dealings, ship, Aug. 4, 1857. He was an active and energetic man and hon- He was admitted to member- Edward R. Seccomb died suddenly from disease of the heart, at his residence in West Newton on Monday, Aug. 15, 1887. He was the son of Eben and Mary (Marston) Seccomb and was born in Salem, Mass., May 14, 1816. He was descended from Richard1 Seccomb, born in Cornwall, England, in 1645, arrived in Boston, Oct., 1680, finally settled in Lynn, where he died in 1694; through John2 who married Mehitable Simmons of Bos- ton; Simmons* born in Boston, May 17, 1711, married Elizabeth Rand, died in Derryfield, N. H., 1740 ; Joseph ,4 born in Derryfield, N. H., Dec. 7, 1736, married Ruth Brooks of Medford, resided in Dan vers and Salem, died Nov., 1810; Eben, born June 19, 1778, merchant in Sa- lem, married, 2nd, Mary Marston of Salem died June 24, 1835 ; and they were the parents of the subject of this sketch. Mr. Seccomb commenced his business life as a flour and grain merchant in company with his brother Eben, at the head of Central wharf, Salem. Some years later he was interested in an oil and candle factory in South Salem, for many years engaged in the African trade at the head of the Boston house of Seccomb and Taylor. He had resided in Brookline, Mass., and during his residence THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 173 there was a member of the board of selectmen of that town. Before moving to Newton some twenty years since, he had resided in Brooklyn, New York. He was a prominent member of the Baptist church at West Newton, was a member of the city council for several years, and always took a lively interest in local affairs. He was very benev- olent, giving largely and freely of his means for every worthy object and he will long be remembered as one of the leading public-spirited citizens of that city. He was admitted to membership in the Essex County Natural History Society, June 9, 1836. Daniel Varney, a worthy and esteemed citizen of Sa- lem, son of Solomon and Esther (Buxton) Varney, born in Salem, July 23, 1810, and educated in its schools, died in that city Dec. 18, 1887. The Varney tannery of to-day is one of the oldest in the city. He was apprenticed, early, to the business and for several years a member of the well remembered firm of W. D. & S. Varney, his associates be- ing his brothers William and Solomon, both of whom are deceased. He was the last of his generation. He was also associated with the firm of Varney, Haskell & Co., at one time doing a large business in hides and leather, on High street in Boston. He was a very suc- cessful business man and retired with a competency, be- ing succeeded by his nephews Henry and George W. Varney. Brought up as a Quaker, and bearing with him through life something of the quiet dignity and frank di- rectness of manner which characterize that sect, he was subsequently for many years a prominent member and supporter of the Universalist church in Salem. He has served upon the school committee and was at one time a member of the old fire department. He was admitted to membership, October 21, 1872. ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX 12 174 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Eichard Palmer Waters, the youngest child of Robert andLydia (Gellison) Waters, was born at Salem, Septem- ber 29, 1807. He died at Cherry Hill, North Beverly, May 19, 1887. He was never married. His fourscore 3^ears were marked by more than the ordinary vicissitudes likely to attend the lives of men of distinct originality and force of character like himself. He was fortunate in his birth. His parents were emi- nently worthy persons of limited means but of the sturdy old colonial type which gave so strong a local coloring to life in Salem at the time. He derived his given names, and probably some strain of blood, from the old pioneer ship- builder of Knocker's Hole, Richard Palmer, who had grants among the first of those that wrought so lustily in the noisy ship-yards about Creek Street, and the family possessions have been kept in memory there until recently by a sub- stantial old homestead on High Street Court,1 known as the Palmer House, but now demolished. He lost his father young. From early boyhood he found himself thrown upon his own resources, and throughout the battle of life he asked no odds of any body. Such an education as he had after leaving the Hacker school he picked up in a desultory way, in the counting-rooms of Salem, and in this he saw no mean opportunity, but made the most of it, pushing on with such sagacity and courage that his twenty-fifth year found him master of a little shop kept in the build- ing which stood on Essex near Cambridge street west of the old Carnes House. This was a section of the town where much retail trade centred in the days before the rail- road when the traffic of northern and eastern New England found its way through Salem to Boston over Essex Bridge 1 Formerly called Roast Meat Hill. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 175 and the Salem Turnpike.1 The same year, 1832, was marked in his history by the founding of the first society of Garrisonian abolitionists in Boston, and also of Crombie Street Church in Salem, a broad and vigorous movement which enlisted the interest of Eufus Choate amongst its corporators, and had from the outset the enthusiastic de- votion of Mr. Waters, though his antislavery proclivities seem afterwards to have led him to Howard Street.2 Indeed nothing which seemed to him to involve the broader inter- ests of mankind ever failed to touch him. He was from the first a pronounced supporter of the reformatory movements of the day, such as temperance, the abolition of slavery and the like, and he never suffered the condition of his purse nor considerations of personal preferment or gain to stand in his way. He used to tell with rare pleasure in later years, when his liberality in contributing to every under- taking which met his approval, be it social, political, de- nominational or charitable, had become well known, of the day of small things when he walked to Boston to attend an antislavery meeting because he could ill afford to ride, and of the eager delight with which he saw an aged Quaker add a thousand dollars to the contribution for the sacred cause, the footsore young enthusiast had been commis- sioned to collect. In later life Mr. Waters bore a manly part in the struggle for freedom in Kansas, in conjunction with Amos A. Lawrence and his honored associates, and was chosen, during the continuance of it in the autumn of 1855, to a seat in the Legislature, the only elective public office he ever held. A special feature of his benevolence was the interest he never ceased to feel in the business suc- 1 On Essex street west of North street corner, there were at least thirty-four me- chanics' and retailers' shops, before reaching Beckford street, and between that and Buffum's corner a dozen more. 2 See Rev. E. B. Willson's Ecclesiastical History of Salem, in Hurd's History of Essex Co. (Lewis & Co.) Vol. 1, pp. 52-4, 59-60. 176 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. cess of industrious young men. He knew of old what struggles and sacrifices business success costs and, since he had no family dependent on his means, felt himself at lib- erty to indulge in the luxurious bounty of helping on his juniors with well-considered loans of capital and credit. The keen commercial instincts of John Bertram and Michael Shepard seem to have made them the first to dis- cover in Mr. Waters the promise of a career, at a time when they with Capt. Wm. B. Smith of the Brig "Cherokee," and others, were enlisted in the undertaking to develop trade and build up an extensive business at Zanzibar.1 With warm encouragement from them and the cordial endorse- ment of Ex-Senator Silsbee, Mr. Waters visited the Na- tional Capital in February, 1836, and was there presented in person, by our representative, Stephen C. Phillips, to the President of the United States. He returned in March with a commission signed by General Jackson, — the first commission ever issued to an American or any other Con- sul at Zanzibar. He could hardly have succeeded in secur- ing this but for a fortunate coincidence. He was already known as a pronounced, outspoken and unconditional abo- litionist, and on that ground was of course much disparaged amongst influential people. Certainly this was not the sort of reputation likely to commend him to the favorable notice of General Jackson's second administration, but it was his fortune to have for an intimate friend the Rev. James Trask Woodbury of Acton, a man of marked en- ergy of character and mind, a thorough-going abolitionist like himself, and a brother of Levi Woodbury, at that time Secretary of the Treasury.2 1 Salem ships, belonging to the Rogers Brothers and other owners, had been touching and trading at Zanzibar since the opening years of the century. 2April 1, 1836, he passed the day at the Topsfield Stage House with the County Committee of the Essex County 4.nti Slavery Society of which he was a member; THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 177 Mr. Waters sailed from Salem for Zanzibar, Oct. 29, 1836, in the Brig " Generous," Capt. Benjamin Conant, Master, and sighted the Island, March 17, 1837, dropping anchor before the populous city of his destination the next morning. He was the bearer, amongst other papers, of a letter of thanks from the President to the Sultan for aid rendered our famous Sloop of War " Peacock," while aground near Muscat. His welcome was a marked one. He was received with a national salute from the Brig "Le- ander," Capt. James S. Kimball, belonging to Capt. Jo- seph Peabody of Salem, in addition to the official salute of the Sultan's Frigate " Shahalum," to both ot which the " Generous " replied. Two days later he was received by Captain Hassen, a resident Private Secretary, who had entertained him at dinner and arranged all needful for- malities, and by him presented to His Highness Syed Sied Bin, Sultan of Muscat and its Dependencies. His High- ness placed him in his own seat, warmly reciprocating his expressions in favor of commercial intercourse, and ten- dering him his choice of houses in the city, rent-free, and the use of long boats from his Sloop-of-War. Mr. Waters presented his credentials and President Jackson's letter, and retired after an hour's talk, much pleased with the in- terview. The mutual understanding then established was unimpaired throughout his official residence at Zanzibar, and indeed survived his return to his own country. In present, besides Mr. Waters, Rev. Gardner B. Perry, Rev. Cyrus P. Grosvenor, Deacon Dodge, Thomas Spencer and William Oakes. Mr. Garrison had been mobbed in Boston the year before. New Year's day, 1837, which was Sunday, he passed on ship board off the Cape of Good Hope, and his journal for that day re- cites with pious enthusiasm the liberation from Salem jail, just a year before, of Rev. George B. Cheever with whom he had then associated himself as his "beloved pastor,"— in whose martyrdom he rejoiced,— and whose two stirring sermons on the event he heard amidst the excited concourse which crowded the aisles and en- trances of the Howard Street Church. For Rev. J. T. Woodbury, see Palmer's Necrology of Harvard College, pp. 366-8. For Hon. Levi Woodbury, see Hist. Coll. Essex Inst., Vol. xxiv, p. 4. 178 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. the Sultan he met a potentate rarely endowed with gen- erous and royal attributes, a thorough Arab gentleman, wearing his honors with that native grace and easy dignity begotten of habits of authority and the instinct for com- mand. Their relations afterwards became very close, — so much so that the Sultan received with genuine emotion, in August, the Consul's condolences on the death of a fav- orite child, and often made occasions to discuss in the manliest and most ingenuous spirit the relative claims to reverence of the crescent and the cross. He had succeeded before the end of March in securing, with Capt. Hassen's aid, a house for his consulate, — for several years the only foreign consulate at Zanzibar, — and had his flag flying on Sunday, April 16, and ten days later was able to give an official reception there to His Highness, the Sultan, who paid him an unannounced visit, accom- panied by the young prince Syed Harled, his son, yet in his teens, twenty or thirty grandees and as many soldiers. From this time on His Majesty's attentions were unfailing. Presents of preserved and fresh fruits, — pots of ginger and bottles of sherbet, — testified to his friendly regard, when periods of illness confined Mr. Waters within doors, and on June 11 the Consul declined the Sultan's invitation to ride with him to his pleasure grounds in the country, for the reason that the day fixed was Sunday. The courtesy was declined a second time next month for the same rea- son, and afterwards the invitation was extended and ac- cepted for another day, His Highness remarking that amongst all the English and American Christians he had known before, only one kept the sabbath strictly. In the matter of religious scruple the Christians might have taken a lesson from the Moslem officers of the household. On the day of his arrival, receiving a call of welcome from a party of these, — the captains of two Men-of-War among THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 179 the number, — Mr. Waters offered wine which was de- clined on the ground that it was forbidden by the Koran. On the outward voyage, Mr. Waters had touched at Ma- junga Bay, where he had business with the Governor, pass- ing there in the twilight of January 25 within speaking dis- tance, as he entered, the bark "Eliza" of and for Salem, with his two brothers on board, but the darkness had pre- vented a recognition. Here he exchanged visits and gifts with the Moslem dignitaries, presenting cheeses and lemon- syrup, an article much used in lieu of wine, to the Gov- ernor and receiving from General Ramananama a shawl and a chain of gold. Here he made his first acquaintance with the Mahomeclan sabbath by attending worship at the Mosque on Friday, February 10, and on February 13 set sail for Mozambique, then a Portuguese slave depot, where he paid his respects to Governor, the Major Don Antonio Jose de Mello, and opened the subject of improved com- mercial relations. Here he lived on board ship, remaining in port long enough to welcome the arrival of a new Gov- ernor from Lisbon, and to be urged to come ashore and take up his residence at the palace, and sailing March 10, for Zanzibar. The sight of deck-loads of Portuguese slaves filled him with unutterable loathing, — "mostly children" — his journal says, " children from ten to fourteen years of age>» * * * «But what can I say when I remember the millions in my own country ! " At Zanzibar, as elsewhere, his arrival was made the oc- casion of demonstrations of good- will towards the great nation he was to represent with such success and honor and whose dignity he never failed to make respected. His of- ficial residence continued until 1844 and did not forbid him to take an active and lucrative interest in the commercial enterprises of the port. He even carried on extensive bus- iness transactions with the Sultan, and the latter did not hesitate to loan him large sums of money, at times, from 180 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. his ample treasury. Here he established and sustained the reputation for open-handed hospitality and a high stand- ard of mercantile honor which characterized him through life. While enjoying the entire confidence and exceptional intimacy of His Highness, he was never weary of welcom- ing his countrymen whether naval officers, missionaries, scientists or tourists, to the courtesies of his roof. The em- inent Dr. Charles Pickering, naturalist to the South Sea Exploring Expedition, commanded by Commodore Wilkes, was one of the many sojourners who made the consulate their home, and he records a grateful acknowledgment of his obligations to Mr. Waters in his famous report on the ethnology of the regions visited and explored. After his return to America, the Sultan continued to send reminders of his regard from time to time, notably, as late as 1850, an Arab horse. A private journal, kept by Mr. Waters during the first three years of his life at Zanzibar, when impressions of the new country were fresh, and the consulship an untried experiment, is full of romantic interest. It notes the arrival and clearance of Salem shipping, and contains amongst other things an original calendar of the rotation of Sunday evening services at the four Calvinistic churches of Salem, between Oct. 10, 1836 and May 10, 1840, that he " might know where his friends were passing the even- ing in worship together on every Sabbath." It glows in every page with the true missionary spirit to which he had pledged himself to the venerable Dr. Anderson, at their last interview before his departure. It details his frank and manly dealing with the masters of slave vessels with whom he came in contact,1 — his constant and tender 1He exchanged repeated civilities, in October, 1837, with the captain of the Spanish brig, "Scorpion," from Cadiz for Goa, which had put in for provisions. This Spanish captain proved to be a highly interesting person, but the nature and quantity of the supplies purchased proved him to be a slaver. He called to take leave of the Consul before sailing, and he, while wishing him personally every sue- THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 181 solicitude for the welfare of his aged mother, — the austere way in which he observed each recurring Sunday, — the pious memoirs and the ethical and theological reading sent out by his fast friend, Deacon Rufus Putnam, and others, in which he took delight, — the hymns of praise in which he lifted up his solitary voice in the wilderness, — the con- tagious enthusiasm with which he kept our national feasts, Thanksgiving, Independence Day, and the like, inviting guests of every nationality to his board, and even inspir- ing the Arab and English residents with something of his own patriotic joy, — his troubles in reconciling what he told the Sultan of the professed beliefs of the Christian world with what His Highness observed in his experience with Christians, — and his struggles to lead a life consis- tent with these professed beliefs even to the point of de- clining in one instance to receive at his house a shipmaster whose conduct he stamps as "unbecoming a man." No small part of his time was consumed in selling the out- ward cargoes and procuring return freights for Salem craft which came and went at short intervals, and in weighing the ivory, turtle-shell and copal brought from the interior to the coast on the backs of slave-gangs straining under the lash of Arab drivers and chiefs. The entertainments on board ship tendered him by foreign and American offi- cers, and the courtesies extended in recognition at the American consulate, are well described,1 and his account cess, and tendering him every business facility if he would come to Zanzibar with a cargo in which Mr. Waters could trade, added, as they shook hands, "I cannot wish you a prosperous voyage for you are engaged in a business which I hate from the heart." 1 A London merchant named Hunt, who had several vessels in the Zanzibar trade, and an agency there, arrived in his pleasure yacht, the brig "Sandwich," in August, 1837, and in his business with the Sultan found it convenient to avail him- self freely of the good offices of the American consulate. During his stay he made a dinner party in honor of the Consul,— had his five vessels, then in port, dressed out in bunting,— a salute to the Consul's flag fired from the yacht and her yards manned, at his approach, -and did every thing in his power to give zest to ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XX. 12* 182 TIIE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. of his first reception at the Summer Palace of the Sultan, in August, 1837, gives so good a picture of Zanzibar life and surroundings that it cannot be omitted. The Consul at half-past five in the morning was rowed in one of the Sultan's boats to the Residence at Matony, a new sea-side Palace two miles from the city, so as to be the festivities, which closed some days later with a dinner at the consulate. In September, 1838, the United States Ship of War "John Adams," Captain Wyman, commander, visited Zanzibar, and on the fourteenth, which was Friday, the Mo- hamedan sabbath, the Sultan gave a dinner at the sea side palace to Captain Wy- man and fourteen of his officers, with the Consul. The next day the party visited the summer palace and gardens. On Sunday, the sixteenth, divine service was held on board the "John Adams," and on Monday she was inspected by the Prince, when salutes were exchanged between the " John Adams" and a frigate of the Sultan. With the American missionaries at Ceylon and Bombay, Mr. Waters kept in close communication. July 2, 1839, a party of them touched at Zanzibar in the brig " Waverly," Captain Ward, of and from Salem. On the national holiday, in other years, the consul had made such patriotic demonstrations as he was able, and was to have given a dinner on the Fourth, but the " Waverly" brought him news of the death of his brother Robert. On the Fourth of July, 1837, finding none of his countrymen in port, he made guests of all the English gentlemen he could find in Zanzibar and gave a dinner, at which six English officers were pres- ent, their vessels honoring the day with a display of flags, while he saluted the national colors with discharges of small arms from the roof of the consulate and threw up rockets in the evening. A year later, the brig "Rolla," his brother John commander, at sunrise, noon and sunset fired a salute which was answered by the British yacht " Sandwich" and an Arab frigate. But on July 4, 1839, the consul enjoyed a celebration much more to his liking. Two days had passed in interchange of visits between the "Waverly" and the consulate, — a period of religious sympathy indeed refreshing. The morning of the Fourth was spent in a visit to the plantation of Syed Sulliman, a relative of His Highness and Governor of Zanzibar. The wife and daughters of the Governor received the ladies of the mission with marked attention and kindness. All the vessels in port were dressed out in their colors and the American, British and Arab flags were flying from the consulate flagstaff. A salute was fired at sunrise by the "Rolla," at noon, another by the bark "Augustus," Captain Millet, to which the Sultan's frigate replied, and rockets were thrown up in the evening. The Consul and Captain Ward called on the Sultan in return for a like attention from his Highness and the Prince on the third. Next day the missionaries and the ship-masters visited His Highness and the ladies were received by his family above stairs. He presented each of the four ladies of the missionary party with a cashmere shawl, which they hesitated at first to receive, but His Highness in- sisted. They then, on his invitation, inspected the yacht " Prince Regent," a present to the Sultan from the late King William IV of England. July seventh was Sunday, and they heard the first sermon ever preached at Zanzibar. The next day the party, in palanquins and on donkeys, visited the Summer Palace and enjoyed a ramble amongst the groves of palm, orange, clove and nutmeg. On the day fol- lowing, July 9, the " Waverly" cleared for Muscat and Bombay, the Consul and Captain Millet sailing in her for a few miles down the harbor. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 183 ready to start early and take the ride in the cool of the morning. Reaching the palace just after sunrise, he was received by the Sultan at the door and welcomed. His Highness had been ill during the night and excused him- self from taking the ride to his gardens in the country. Breakfast was then served, — the coffee fine, and in cups of gold. The party was mounted at seven, consisting of the young prince, a youth of eighteen, two secretaries to the Sultan, several officers of the army and navy and a guard of sixteen soldiers in red coats and white trowsers. The Consul was placed in front, next the guard. The horses were Arabs of fine mettle. The roads were good, many birds were singing, and the appearance of the country was most delightful. Riding slowly they reached the plantation, some six miles out, and found a one-story country-seat of stone, plastered and whitened on the out- side, pleasant of aspect and placed on a high hill which overlooks the country to a great distance. One feature of the delightful scene was the Sultan's great plantation of clove trees, two hundred thousand of them, set in rows a mile or more in length, twenty feet apart. The tree is of a most beautiful green and attains a height of about twenty feet. The air, for some distance, is strongly impregnated with the odor of cloves, recalling to the memory of the guest the " spicy breezes " in Bishop Heber's much ad- mired missionary hymn. Cloves in large quantities were drying, spread about in the sun.1 There were nutmeg and coffee trees too, which the Consul had never before seen, though he had already passed a night in the open air on one of the islands in the bay, under the shelter of the cocoa-palms. Orange groves and bananas were notable 1 These great clove plantations seem to have been not uncommon. Cant. Has- sen had one eight miles out in the country culled "Salem," which Mr. Waters vis- ited Oct. 15 and Dec. 21, 1839. It numbered twelve thousand clove trees. 184 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. features of this African scenery, but of course common to other regions also. On returning at the close of the day, the Consul paid his respects to the Sultan at the Matony palace, and thanked him for the pleasure he had enjoyed. His High- ness expressed satisfaction and added that he had given orders to have a horse in readiness for the Consul when- ever he would ride, and also a guide to show him the most charming rides into the country. On Jan. 11, 1840, Mr. Waters sailed from Zanzibar for a visit home in the Barque "Cavalier" of which his brother John was master. He had declined the Sultan's offer of a passage in a ship he was despatching to America. He arrived May 7, and spent four months in visiting friends in various parts of the country. He became a member of the East India Marine Society, Sept., 1840. He sailed again by the same vessel on her return voyage, Sept. 11, this time as the commercial agent of David Pingree, reach- ing his post, Jan. 8, 1841, and meeting here his brother William arrived a month before at Zanzibar by the Arab ship "Sultana." At the close of his official career he left Zanzibar for Bombay in October, 1844, and reached home by the overland route early in 1845, establishing himself for life soon after at the fine old homestead farm, which, from an early day and under many owners, had crowned the sightly and commanding eminence in North Beverly known as Cherry Hill.1 This estate of one hundred and fifty or more acres, some of it lying on ground so high as to overlook the southern portion of Essex County, and some of it bordering on Wenham Pond, came into his hands in the spring of 1846 by purchase from Capt. Thomas Holmes of Salem, and JThis was one of the sites which the State sought to purchase at the time of lo- cating the Insane Asylum now placed on Hawthorne Hill in Danvers. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 185 the new proprietor soon became engrossed in the develop- ment and improvement of it. The first grantee of this tract had been one William Allford (or Alvord) of the numerous and wealthy guild of "Skinners", in London, a man of some consideration in the Colony, he having been selected in mid-summer 1635, with Captain Endecott, on a committee of three to assign convenient places for shops and trades in Salem. He arrived in the summer of 1634 bringing a letter of intro- duction to John Winthrop, jr., which described him as an honest man, well known to Mr Cotton. His grant was made Ann0 1636 and reads thus in the town records ; "Mr Alford (200 acres vot.) where it is allotted to him qpvided that In Case he deprt to Leaue it desiring noe aduantag by it." " Where it is allotted " appears in votes of 10th m° 1643, 10th m° 1650 and 1st m° 1653. He was driven away before 1638 by persecutions to which his Antinomian heresies and unsound and alarming views on psedo-baptism subjected him, and was thus able to sell this farm which, by the conditions of his grant, had he left it willingly, he would have been forbidden to do. The act of the Court of November, 1637, for " dis- arming of ye opinionists," described him as Mr Alfoot and required him, with four other Salem men named, to de- liver up their arms to Lieft. Danfort. If no deed from him is to be found recorded, it should be remembered that the act providing for a registry of deeds was only passed in 1640 and also that the peculiar condition of his grant may have made publicity seem undesirable. At any rate the estate, first known by the English settlers as Alford's or Allvord's Hill and then for a while as Long Hill, is in- ventoried thus amongst the " temporall estates," late of Henry Herrick, deceased, March 28, 1671. "The ffarme bought of Mr Allford, coutaineing 2 hundred acres — £300," 186 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. and it passed by his will to three sons, of whom Upham finds Joseph, the fifth son, to have been in possession in 165*2. Alford died in 1677. This Henry Merrick appears to have been the progeni- tor of our great Herrick family. He is thought to have been in Virginia before coming to Massachusetts Bay, and he joined the First Church in Salem in 1629. He was the fifth son of that famous courtier, diplomatist, Cheap- side goldsmith, Queen Elizabeth's Turkish Ambassador, money-lender to King James, and long-time member of parliament, Sir William Herrick of Beau Manor Park in Leicestershire, the uncle of the poet.1 Upham finds rea- son to think that Joseph before 1692 occupied the Cherry Hill property which lies at the extreme southeast corner of the region infected by the witchcraft frenzy. He was at various times a militia corporal, a witchcraft constable, a town representative, a parish magnate, and a West India merchant, and was known at the close of his career for some occult reason as Governor Herrick. Before the mis- erable delusion had passed away, he did what he could to recant and to vindicate the memory of some of its victims. Neither he nor his father had taken more kindly than had Alford to the church methods of the day, for Henry Herrick and his wife Edith were fined for giving aid and comfort to a "person excommunicate" and Joseph was at one time in much disfavor for his skepticism as to the prevailing views of Diabolism and Satanic interference.2 Since the death of Governor Joseph Herrick in 1718, Cherry Hill has been described in a series of wills, deeds, inventories and indentures which give a rare picture of iSce Herrick Genealogy, Revised Edition of 1885, pp. 7-13, 17-19, 418; Hist. Coll. Essex Inst., Vol. IV, pp. 266-7. 2 Herrick Genealogy, pp. 210-14, 363-7. Upham's History of Witchcraft and Salem Village, Vol. I, map and pp. 66, 153-4, 269-70. lb., Vol. II, pp. 12, 28, 272- Stone's History of Beverly, pp. 256-7. Mass. Hist. Coll., 6th Series, Vol. I, p. 15. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 187 the domestic life of the times, as the homestead succes- sively of his sou and grandson, both named Kufus, the former of whom was again the fifth child by his second mar- riage with Mar}r Endicott, [by whom he also had daugh- ters, Tryphosa and Tryphena], and the latter of whom, in 1758, conveyed his interest to Capt. George Dodge; and through him, with Israel and Deacon Joshua Dodge, and their grantees, Jonathan Conant,1 and others, it came into the possession, towards the close of the century, of Col. Israel Thorudike of Beverly.2 From him it passed through the intermediate hands of John Safford of Hamilton and Barnabas Dodge of Beverly, to Henry, an elder brother of Capt. Joseph White of Salem, and on the death of the former in 1825, to Capt. Joseph White. He enjoyed it but a few years, spending the afternoon before his tragic death April 6, 1830, 3 in a visit to the farm. Indeed one of the plots for taking his life was to overturn him in his chaise after dark, while riding home alone from Cherry Hill as he often did, and to make it appear that his death had resulted from accident. Hon. Stephen White, his brother Henry's son and his devisee, was the next owner of Cherry Hill and, for some years, a royal hospitality pre- vailed there. Nathaniel P. Willis was a frequent guest, and so was Daniel Webster. From him the estate passed to Col. Amos Shelden, who leased it for a time as a man- ual labor school to an Institution numbering some sixty 1 A marked character in his day; the last of the name to occupy the old Roger Conant Homestead, which stood near Kittredge's Crossing in Beverly; a member of the Committee of Correspondence and Safety; also a selectman and one of the town representatives of the year 1780, the first year of the State Constitution. See History and Genealogy of the Conant Family, pp. 118, 226-8. 2 See Stone's History of Beverly, pp. 130-2 and Quincy's History of Harvard Uni- versity, Vol. II, pp. 411-14, 596. Ward's Journal and Letters of Samuel Curwen, (4th Ed.) pp. 661-4. 3See works of Daniel Webster, Vol. vi, pp. 41-51. Stone's Hist. Beverly, p. 9. 188 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. pupils and incorporated as "The New England Christian Academy."1 Hon. David Pingree owned Cherry Hill next, and after him Capt. John Hammond and then Capt. Thomas Holmes who, in 1846, conveyed it to Mr. Waters.2 The new proprietor removed every building, standing on the property, save a single tool-shop, replacing them with ample barns, out-buildings and offices and a modern house and converting the tool-shop, placed in a new location, into a dwelling house for farm-hands. Some of these build- ings were the growth of recent years and of the manual labor experiment, but some of them were of an interesting antiquity. The house itself was standing in 1758, for in demolishing it, in June, 1852, Mr. Waters found a slab of board, some four feet long and nineteen inches wide, sup- posed to have served as the sill or lintel of a dormer win- dow, and still preserved in the family of Deacon Saml. P. Fowler, on which were roughly carved the characters "RXHX 1758." Rufus was the last of the Herricks to occupy it, and 1758 was the year in which he sold the es- tate out of the Herrick family — perhaps a bit of sentiment, i Hist. Coll. Essex Inst., Vol. VI, p. 84. 2Transfers of* this property since it left the Herrick family will be found re- corded in the following deeds, for citations of which the Essex Institute is largely indebted to the courtesy of Hon. John I. Baker of Beverly and of Daniel N. Crowley, Esq., of Dauvcrs. See Essex Deeds, Southern District. Deed Lib. FOL. Deed Lib. FOL. Herricks to Dodge 105 119-21 Safford & Dodge to White 170 276-7 Dodge to Conant 155 148 Heirs of Henry to Ste- Raymond to Conant 155 148 phen and Joseph White 246 254 Conant to Thorndike 155 148-9 Heirs of Joseph to Dodges to Trow 137 228 Stephen White 275 108-246 Dodges to Trow 142 210 Stephen White to Mclntier 275 247 Trow to Thorndike 155 149 Stephen White to Mclntier 277 8-9 Trow to Thorndike 156 50 Mclntier to Shelden 285 262- 1 Batchelders to Thorndike 156 49 Shelden to Pingree 300 183 Warren to Thorndike 158 201 Shelden to Pingree 306 21 Felton to Thorndike 161 179 Shelden to Pingree 308 3 Porter to Thorndike 166 174 Pingree to Hammond 318 26 Thorndike to Safford & Hammond to Holmes 364 217 Dodge 165 240 Holmes to Waters 364 218 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 189 this rude inscription, on taking leave of the ancestral birth- place. The homestead had a gatnbrel roof, lutheran win- dows and a porch-chamber. It was a dignified old house ; a rather good type of the better class of colonial or pro- vincial architecture, and seemed worthy, when it disap- peared, of a longer life.1 From an observatory on the modern house, with the aid of a powerful glass, always kept mounted on a swivel and ready for use, a magnificent panorama of inland and ocean scenery is disclosed which, together with the interesting traditions of the place and the ready welcome of its genial host, made Cherry Hill a favorite resort with all his in- timates. Salmon P. Chase, while Secretary of the Treasury and afterwards Chief Justice, rarely allowed a summer to go by without passing some weeks of it under this hospit- able roof, and was visiting Mr. Waters on July 27, 1864, when a Field meeting of the Institute occurred on a part of the grounds near Wenham Pond, and sent a message of re- gret that his engagements did not permit him to be present at the meeting.2 Mr. Waters was open-hearted, courageous, public spir- ited and patriotic. His sympathies were broad and warm, his charities were unstinted, and it has been well said of him that where his heart was, head, hand and purse went along with it. He conducted a voluminous and world-wide correspondence with all sorts and conditions of men. On Jan. 6, 1860, he presided at Mechanic Hall in Salem over a mass-meeting of citizens interested in the relief of the surviving members of the family of John Brown, which was addressed by James Freeman Clarke, Ralph Waldo 1See will of Henry, Ipswich County Court Records, 1666-1682, pp. 136-8; will of Joseph, Essex Probate Records, Book 312, Leal 172-4; will of Rulus, Ibid, Book 328, Leaf 260-4; Essex Deeds, Lib. 87, fol. 42. 2 Proceedings Essex Inst., Vol. IV, pp. 47-9, and Hist. Coll. Essex lust., Vol. vi, p. 151. ESS1SX INST. BULL. VOL. XX 13 190 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. Emerson and Wendell Phillips in person, and in writing by John A. Andrew and John G. Whittier. In February, 1861, he was commissioned by Gov. Andrew, with six other distinguished sons of Massachusetts, to represent the Commonwealth in the so-called Peace Conference which sat at Washington on the invitation of the State of Virginia. Mr. Waters was for many years a member of the Essex Agricultural Society, being chosen a trustee for 1848 and the nine years succeeding, and was always active on its com- mittees and in promoting the yearly autumnal exhibitions of the Societ}^. He was an original member of the Essex Institute at its formation in 1848, having joined the Essex Histor- ical Society in 1846 and the Essex County Natural History Society in 1847. During his residence abroad, he had occasionally forwarded contributions to the cabinets of the society last named, at a time when friends were none too many, and science struggled hard, and no gift was thought so trivial as to be unwelcome. An appreciative and discriminating tribute, published in the Salem Gazette on the day following his death, has the added value of having been penned under the eye, if not indeed by the hand of a venerable contemporary and life-long friend, the senior editor, Hon. Caleb Foote. A few passages taken from it will fitly close this notice. "The death of Richard Palmer Waters," says the Ga- zette of May 20, "removes from our community and neigh- borhood a person of a very marked and interesting charac- ter, of most generous instincts and habits, of deep religious principles and feelings, and the most thorough devotion to his public and private duties. He was one of the frank- est and most outspoken of men, of great natural impetu- osity and ardor — never withholding his sentiments, and urging them with all the fire of his nature, with vehe- mence of voice and action and ready speech. THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 191 \ "Although he held no political position, he was called upon to perforin important duties in the business commu- nity. For a long time he was a Director of the Naum- keag Bank, from which he retired five years ago. He retired from the Presidency of the Naumkeag Steam Cot- ton Company at the annual election in January last, but remained upon the board of directors. l|r $F "jK- "31c "Jffr 7|c "With his natural characteristics and surroundings, he could not have failed to be an ardent anti-slavery man, going to the farthest extremes in his outspoken anger against what he considered rthe sum of all villanies' ; but retaining cordial good will and intimate relations with old friends who could not, till years afterward, sympathize in his position. yf: ts v|r tf $F tw "For several years the health of Mr. Waters had been failing, and those who had seen him of late have thought his end could not be distant. For a year past he had been sub- ject to sudden attacks of dizziness which instantly brought him insensible to the floor or ground. On Wednesday morning last he had been, as usual, to his barn, to take a look at his cattle, and, after returning to his house, he was seized with a paralytic attack, and continued unconscious till 11 o'clock on Thursday, when his life ended. In giving to a friend the date of his birth, Mr. Waters added these words 'Grateful to God for unnumbered mercies and a most happy life at home and abroad, I await Divine Prov- idence with cheerful hope and confidence for the future as I have done in the past.' " ■■-"'■■■< IHHh H Mis mm 1 UN H